2200064 9701_Silent_700_s_763_765_Maintenance_Jan78 9701 Silent 700 S 763 765 Maintenance Jan78
2200064-9701_Silent_700_s_763_765_Maintenance_Jan78 2200064-9701_Silent_700_s_763_765_Maintenance_Jan78
User Manual: 2200064-9701_Silent_700_s_763_765_Maintenance_Jan78
Open the PDF directly: View PDF
.
Page Count: 294
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
siLENT 700
electronic data terminals
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
for the
Model 763 ASR Oa.ta Terminal
and
Model 765 Portable Memory Terminal
MANUAL No. 2200064-9701
Issued 15 January 1978
Preliminary Issue
~
~
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
INCORPORATED
(
Copyright 1978 by Texas Instruments Incorporated
All Rights Reserved - Printed In USA
The information and/or drawings set forth in this document and all rights in and to
inventions disclosed herein and patents which might be granted thereon disclosing or
employing the materials, methods, techniques or apparatus described herein are the
exclusive property of Texas Instruments Incorporated.
No copies of the information or drawings shall be made without the prior consent of
Texas Instruments Incorporated.
'.
'~r1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paragraph
Title
Page
SECTION I. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.1
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.3
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Block Diagram Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bubble Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard/ Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I-I
I-I
I-I
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
SECTION II. INSTALLATION
(
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Terminal Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Power Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Paper Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Model 765 Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2-7
Model 763 Cable Connections
2-10
EIA Interface Definitions
2-10
Terminal Testing
SECTION III. OPERATION
(
3.1
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.5
3.2.6
3.2.7
3.2.8
3.2.9
3.2.10
3.2.11
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Keyboard Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Command Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Memory System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Upper Case Lock Key and Numeric Lock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Character and Field Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Skip and Enter Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "... 3-7
Paper Advance, Line Feed and Carriage Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Control and Escape Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Programmable Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Terminal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Switching the Terminal to Off Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Using the Terminal Memory System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Exercise I. Using the Memory Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
T ABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Paralr.ph
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.3.7
3.3.8
3.3.9
3.3.lO
3.3.11
3.3.12
3.3.13
3.3.14
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
3.4.5
3.4.6
3.4.7
3.5
3.6
3.6.1
3.6.2
3.6.3
3.6.4
3.6.5
3.6.6
3.6.7
3.6.8
3.6.9
3.6.lO
3.7
3.7.1
3.7.2
3.7.3
3.7.4
3.7.5
3.7..6
3.7.7
3.7.8
3.8
3.9
3.lO
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
Exercise 2. Creating A File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise 3. Change The Record File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise 4. Change The Playback File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise 5. Storing Data In A File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise 6. Playback Of A File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise 7. Editing A File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise 8. Copy From File To File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise 9. Comparing Continuous and Line Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. .
Exercise lO. An Alternate Method of Storing Data In A File . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise 11. Locking, Freeing, Erasing and Deleting Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminal Communications . . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminal Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminal Parameter Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Model 765 Operation With An Acoustic Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model 763 Or 765 Operation With A Data Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model 763 Operation With An Internal Modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model 763 Operation In A DC Current Loop ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Interactive On Line Full Duplex Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shorthand Form Of Commands And Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASR Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fl .- Playback On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F2 - Record On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F3 - Playback Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F4 - Record Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F5 - Rewind Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F6 - Rewind Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,.......
F7 - Playback FWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F8 - Playback REV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F9 - Printer On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FlO - Printer Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FI - Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F2 - Find . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F3 - Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F4 - Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F5 - Delete Line(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F6 - Delete Character(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F7 - Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F8 - Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing A Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copy Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Compression Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line And Continuous Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prompting Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Using ADC Functions In Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-14
3-15
3-15
3-20
3-21
3-21
3-22
3-24
3-25
3-27
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
3-33
3-37
3-38
3-38
3-38
3-38
3-38
3-38
3-39
3-39
3-39
3-39
3-39
3-39
3-39
3-40
3-40
3-40
3-40
3-41
3-41
3-42
3-42
3-43
3-43
3-44
3-45
3-46
3-47
',. j
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
Paragraph
3.15
3.16
3.16.1
3.16.2
3.16.3
Horizontal Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Run Command (*B Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valid Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASR Functions
Comments
3-47
3-48
3-48
3-48
3-49
SECTION IV. THEORY OF OPERATION
(
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.3.6
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.5
4.5.1
4.5.2
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.5.5
4.5.6
4.5.7
4.5.8
4.5.9
4.5.10
4.5.11
4.6
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
4.6.4
4.6.5
4.6.6
4.6.7
4.7
4.7.1
4.7.2
4.7.3
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ; .... 4-1
Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Bubble Memory System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Organization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Data Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Read Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Write Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Power Up Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Main Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
TMS 9980 Microprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Memory Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Keyboard/ Printer Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Keyboard Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Printhead Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Character Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Printer Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Printhead System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Printhead Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Temperature Compensation Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Print Voltage Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Mechanism Drive Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Solenoid and Stepper Motor Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Communications System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Receiver Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Carrier Detect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Carrier Detect Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Receive Data Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Transmitter Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Transmit Low Pass Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
TraQsmit Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Functional Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Unregulated Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Soft Start Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
III
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Paragraph
4.7.4
4.7.5
4.7.6
Page
DC To DC Converter Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Failure Protect Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
SECTION V. MAINTENANCE
5.1
5.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
5.3
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.2
5.4.3
5.4.4
5.4.5
5.4.6
5.4.7
5.4.8
5.5
5.5.1
5.5.2
5.5.3
5.5.4
5.6
5.7
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Self Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
RAM Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Test Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
ROM And Bubble Memory Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Discrete And Dual Memory Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
High Speed Character Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Troubleshooting Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Removal And Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Upper Terminal Cl;lse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Printer Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Printhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Upper Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Memory Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Lower Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Terminal Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Printhead Pressure Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Print head Position Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Transmit Level Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Communications System Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Printhead Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
SECTION VI. PARTS LIST
SECTION VII. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
IV
~,
,-j
('
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Concluded)
APPENDIX A. KEYBOARD LAYOUTS AND SYMBOLIZATION
APPENDIX B. ASCII CODE TABLE
APPENDIX C. PRINTHEAD MATRIX CHARACTER SET GENERATION
APPENDIX D. PRINTER CONTROL CHARACTER SET
APPENDIX E. ERROR CODES
APPENDIX F. INTERNATIONAL KEYBOARD LAYOUTS AND SYMBOLIZATION
APPENDIX G. OPTIONAL JUMPER CONNECTION TABLE
(
v
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure No.
Title
Page
1-1
1-2
'Memory Terminals . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0
Memory Terminal Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . . . . . 1-2
2-1
2-2
Model 763 Current Loop Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ .... 2-8
Terminal Cable Connector Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
3-1
Terminal Keyboard
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
Memory Terminal Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Bubble Memory Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Memory Sysiem Block Diagram ..~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . 4-5
Memory Data Transfer Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
CRU Address Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Internal 9600 Baud Asynchronous Bus Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Main Processor to Communications System Interface .... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Memory Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '.... . 4-11
Memory Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .' . . . . . . . 4-12
Printhead System Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Printhead Driver Address Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
PVOLTS Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Motor Driver Circuit Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Motor Drive Feedback Sensor Output Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Feedback Sensor Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Acoustic Coupler/Modem Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Power Supply Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
DC to DC Converter Circuit, Simplified Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Regulator Circuit, Simplified piagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
Discrete Memory Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Dual Memory Board . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Bubble Mask Data Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Terminal Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Terminal Connector Loc;itions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Printer Mechanism Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Printhead Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Keyboard Pencil Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Discrete Memory Module Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Dual Memory Module Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Printhead Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
3-1
vi
~~
\
I
~
LIST OF TABLES
Table No.
Title
Page
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
INTF-OPTN 113 Cable Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
INTF-OPTN 103/202/212 Cable Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Current Loop Cable Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
CBS 100 I F Coupler Cable Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Interface Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2-11
EIA Interface Definitions
4-1
4-2
Main Processor to TMS 8080 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
4-24
Acoustic Coupler/ Modem FSK Transmission Frequency
(
vii
MODEL 785 PORTABLE MEMORY :fI:RMINAL .
Figure
1~1.
Memory Terminals
1-0
SECTION I
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.1 INTRODUCTION
The Model 763 Memory Send Receive terminal and Model 765 Portable Memory terminal represent a
new generation of data terminals. The terminal has a typewriter style keyboard, a thermal printer, and
a non-volatile, magnetic bubble memory system capable of storing up to a maximum of 91,206
characters. The capability to edit stored data enables the user to correct data prior to transmission to a
central data processing equipment complex.
The two terminals are very similar in appearance (fig. I-I) and operation. All references to the terminal
used in this manual will apply to both models unless otherwise noted. The memory system used by the
terminal is non-volatile, that is, it retains the data that is stored in it even after the power has been
removed. The non-volatility of the memory is possible through the use of a magnetic bubble memory
system. This memory system allows text editing and file management capabilities in addition to nonvolatile data storage.
The communications system of the terminal is capable of interfacing with the majority of the
commercially available modems. The Model 763 is also available with either an optional internal
modem or a DC current loop interface. The Model 765 has a built-in acoustic coupler. Both terminals
can communicate at standard baud rates up to and including 9600 baud.
(:
Terminal parameters that traditionally have been controlled by switches can be altered by the use of
english text commands typed in on the keyboard.
1.2 BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION
The terminal can be functionally divided into five major subsystems as shown in figure 1-2. They are:
C.
•
Bubble Memory
•
Keyboard/ Printer
•
Main Processor
••
Communications
•
Power Supply.
1.2.1 BUBBLE MEMORY. The bubble memory system provides the capability for non-volatile
storage of data. The terminal has 20,000 characters of storage in the standard configuration. It is
expandable, in increments of 20,000 characters, up to a maximum of 80,000 characters. The bubble
memory represents a new technology in the field of solid state memories and these terminals are the
first commercial application of this new memory system. The bubble memory does not have the speed
that is normally associated with random-access memories and therefore is used for storage of data
much as a floppy disk would be used.
1-1
BUBBLE
MEMORY
KEYBOARDI
PRINTER
CONTROLLER
MAIN PROCESSOR
I
..~
COMMUNICATIONS
POWER
SUPPLY
Figure 1-2. Memory Terminal Block Diagram
The bubble memory system is composed of a bubble memory controller along with function timing
circuitry which controls all data exchanges between the bubble memory devices and the main
processor system. The bubble memory devices and their associated drivers and sense amplifiers are
located on separate printed circuit assemblies. Each memory device on an assembly can contain a
maximum of 1O,~00 characters. The discrete memory printed circuit assembly that is installed in earlier
models of the terminal contains one bubble memory device, while the newer memory printed circuit
assemblies have two devices.
1.2.2 KEYBOARD/PRINTER. This system consists of a 30 character-per-second thermal printer, a
full ASCII keyboard and a microprocessor (TMS 8080) with its associated read-only memories. The
electronics for the keyboard/ printer system is located on the upper printed circuit assembly. This is the
same one that is used in the Model 743 and Model 745 terminals with a few additional connections to
allow interface with the main processor located on the lower printed circuit assembly. All data entered
from the keyboard is detected by the TMS 8080 and inputted to the main processor through an
asynchronous, 9600 baud internal bus. The main processor checks the data from the keyboard to
determine what action is required, the TMS 8080 is instructed by the main processor to execute the
sequence requested. The control of the printer, keyboard scanning, and other associated functions is
accomplished by the TMS 8080 which is subservient to the main processor.
1.2.3 MAIN PROCESSOR. The heart of the main processor system is the TMS 9980
microprocessor. The operating system (firmware) for the terminal is stored in the 20K of Read Only
Memory (ROM). The main processor also has 12K of Random Access Memory (RAM) for terminal
operations. All terminal operations are controlled either directly or indirectly by the TMS 9980. The
TMS 9980 initiates data exchanges with the bubble memory system, system RAM and ROM. All
communication between the terminal and a remote device is under the control of the TMS 9980 as well
as the keyboard/ printer system.
1-2
c
1.2.4 COMMUNICATIONS. The communications system is capable of data exchanges with remote
devices through modems or with devices that are hardwired to the terminal. The Model765 has a builtin acoustic coupler that can exchange data at either 110 or 300 baud. In addition both the Model 763
and Model 765 can interface with most commercially available modems through the lower port (EIA)
at the rear of the terminal. The Model 763 can be ordered with either an optional internal modem or a
20 rna. DC current loop interface. The key element of the communications system is the asynchronous
communication controller (TMS 9902). The TMS 9902 provides timing, data serialization and
deserialization thus allowing the control of asynchronous communications by the main processor. The
baud rate of the TMS 9902 is programmable allowing the baud rate to be altered by an instruction
from the main processor. The other parameters of the communications system (i.e., parity, full or half
duplex, ABM sequence) are controlled by the main processor and can be changed by the use of english
text commands from the keyboard.
1.2.5 POWER SUPPLY. The power supply used in the terminal is split between the two major circuit
boards. The two supplies provide all of the resultant DC voltage necessary to operate the terminal. In
addition, it provides status signals to the bubble memory system in the event of power disruption or
shutdown to prevent loss of data.
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS
The following is a list of the specifications for the terminal. These specifications apply to both the
discrete and non-discrete bubble memory versions of the terminal.
PRINTER
METHOD: Non-impact, thermal printer; 5 x 7 dot matrix electrically heated on thermographic
paper.
CHARACTER SET: 95 printable ASCII characters in normal mode with additional 33 control
ASCII characters printed in edit mode.
CHARACTER SIZE: .26 cm x .2 cm (0.105 in. x 0.080 in.)
LINE LENGTH: 20,.32 cm (8 inches); 10 characters/2.54 cm (inch); 80 characters/ line.
LINE SPACING: 6 lines/2.54 cm (inch).
PRINTING RATE: up to 30 characters/ second.
PAPER: TI thermographic printing paper, No. 972603, 21.6 cm (8-1 /2 in.) x 30.48 m (100 ft.); last
3 m (10 ft.) color coded.
PLATEN: Friction-feed.
CARRIAGE RETURN AND LINE FEED: Automatic at column 81; no code is transmitted.
The 81 st character received is buffered and printed on the next line.
(,
KEYBOARD
CODE: ASCII; 128 codes generated.
1-3
PHYSICAL
SIZE: Width: 39.1 cm (15.4 in.); Depth: 40.6 cm (16.0 in.); Height: 13.9 cm (5.5 in.); Weight: 7.7
Kg (17 pounds) including paper.
ENVIRONMENT
TEMPERATURE: operating: 10° C to 40° C (50° F to 104° F); storage: -30° C to 70° C (-22° F to
158° F) without paper; -30° C to 40° C (-22° F to 104° F) including paper.
HUMIDITY: operating: 10% to 90% (no condensation); storage: 10% to 95% (no condensation).
SHOCK: operating: 0 G.; storage: 20 g. for 11 msec.
VIBRATION: operating: 0 g., 10 to 60 Hz.; storage: 1.5 g., 5 to 500 Hz.
POWER REQUIREMENTS
VOLT AGE: 115 volts RMS,
+ 10%-15%
FREQUENCY: 47-63 Hz.
POWER: 100 watts maximum.
DATA TRANSMISSION
M ETH 0 D: asynchronous, serial-by-bit, serial-by-character.
CODE: ASCII; 7-level, 11 bits/ characters including parity, start, and two stop bits at 10
characters/ second; 10 bits/ character including one stop bit at speeds above 10
characters/ second.
MODE: operator selectable, half or full duplex.
PARITY: operator selectable, odd, even, or mark parity; operator selectable parity checking.
RECEIVED DATA BUFFERING: character buffering on received data, permitting true 30
characters/ second operation (no filler characters required after CR or LF).
TRANSMITTED DATA BUFFERING: operator selectable line buffering on data to be
transmitted, permitting corrections prior to transmission.
INTERF ACE: opeator selectable integral acoustic coupler / dc current loop / originate modem or
EIA interface.
BAU D RATES: operator selectable 110 or 300 baud on integral interface or up to 9600 baud on
EIA interface. Throughput limited to 2400 baud.
1-4
c
INTEGRAL ACOUSTIC COUPLER
COMPATIBILITY: Bell System 103/113 data sets.
MODE: Originate.
MODULATION: Frequency shift keying.
TRANSMIT CARRIER FREQUENCIES: Mark: 1270 Hz.; Space: 1070 Hz.
RECEIVE CARRIER FREQUENCIES: Mark: 2225 Hz.; Space 2025 Hz.
TRANSMIT LEVEL: Adjustable from -20 dBm to 0 dBm.
RECEIVER SENSITIVITY: -38 dBm with full duplex and 300 baud operation; -45 dBm with
half duplex and 300 baud operation.
EIA INTERFACE
OPTIONAL AUXILIARY EIA INTERFACE KIT: used to interface the terminal to an external
device such as a modem. Interface cable is a minimum of 6 feet in length and terminates with a 25pin male connector (Cannon #DB25P or equivalent).
SIGNAL LEVELS: Serial interface signal levels are defined by EIA Standard RS-232-C as
follows:
Data Signal
Timing or
Control
Function
-25 to -3 VDC
Marking
-3 to +3 VDC
Not Defined
Not Defined
Off
+3 to +25 VDC
Space
On
DC CURRENT LOOP SERIAL DATA INTERFACE
MAXIMUM CURRENT: 100 milliamps (transmit or receive).
NOMINAL CURRENT: 20 milliamps.
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP: 3 V (receive) and 1.5 V (transmit) while marking.
MAXIMUM TRANSMIT VOLTAGE: 50 V while spacing.
1-5/1-6
SECTION II
INSTALLATION
2.1 INTRODUCTION
This section provides general installation information. Paper loading, cable connectors and terminal
testing information is also provided.
2.2 TERMINAL SETUP
This paragraph provides the steps required to set up the Model 765 terminal. The Model 763 required
doing step 5 only. Proceed as follows:
I.
Place the terminal with the Silent 700 label on the case facing up on a table or stand.
2.
Unlatch the suitcase cover by pushing out and down on the top part of latch until the bottom
part of the latch unhooks from the groove in the suitcase bottom; then swing the bottom part
of the latch away from the suitcase bottom while still pressing down on the top part of the
latch.
3.
Lift the suitcase cover straight up and off.
4.
Remove the ac power cord from the inside of the suitcase cover.
5.
Plug the three-socket female connector of the power cord into the rear of the terminal and
the three-prong male connector into an ac wall outlet.
2.3 POWER APPLICATION
CAUTION
Caution should be observed when first operating the terminal after it
has been stored at temperatures outside of the normal operating range.
The terminal is designed to operate between 10° C and 40° C (50° F and
104° F) and should be allowed to come within the operating range
before power is applied. Operation ofthe terminal outside of this range
may result in a malfunction.
(.
1.
Check that the power cord is plugged into the terminal and the wall outlet.
2.
To switch the terminal ON, flip the power switch (located on the top right rear of the
terminal) toward the rear of the terminal. The terminal will respond by moving the
printhead over to the left margin and typing the message "READY" followed by two
characters that will indicate the revision number of the terminal internal programming.
3.
:ro switch the terminal OFF, flip the power switch toward the front of the terminal.
2-1 '
2.4 PAPER LOADING
Load thermal paper in the terminal as follows:
1.
Switch the terminal power ON.
2.
Lift the paper door.
3.
If a usable amount of paper remains on the paper supply roll, grasp the unused roll and lift it
from the paper compartment. Tear the paper halfway between the paper roll and the platen,
then remove the roll. If no paper remains on the paper supply core, simply lift out the paper
core.
4.
Press and hold the PAPER ADV key until any remaining paper is ejected from the paper
chute.
2-2
5.
Grasp the new paper roll so that the loose end of the paper is toward you with the end
pointed up.
CAUTION
The warranty and/ or service contract on the thermal printhead is
subject to nullification if the thermal printing paper used in the
terminal does not meet TI specification 972603-0001.
6.
Place the paper roll on the paper roll supports, checking that the
~oll
can rotate freely.
PAPER
ROLL
SUPPORTS
ALUMINUM
ROLLER
PAPER
CHUTE
c\
.2-3
7.
Grasp both corners of the loose end of the paper and gently pull up about 15 cm (6 inches).
8.
Feed the paper over the aluminum roller and down through the paper chute until it appears
behind the window. The paper will not slide behind the printhead because the printhead is
pressed against the platen.
9.
Press and hold the PAPER ADV key until the paperfeeds behind the printhead, then under
the window. Note: If paper does not feed freely, gently push the paper down the chute and
simultaneously press and hold the PAPER ADV key.
PRINTHEAD
WINDOW
10.
Tear off the excess paper by pulling it forward and down over the tear off edge of the
window.
11.
After the paper loading is complete, cycle the power off and on to return the printhead to the
left margin.
PAPER
DOOR
CLOSED
TEAR OFF
EDGE OF
WINDOW
PRINTHEAD
2-5
2.5 MODEL 765 CABLE CONNECTIONS
When the Model 765 terminal is ordered in its standard configuration, it is provided with its built-in
acoustic coupler. To interface with data sets, the following optional EIA cables are available:
INTERFACE -
OPTION 113 cable assembly (TI Part No. 2200055)
INTERFACE -
OPTION 103/202/212 cable assembly (TI Part No. 2200051)
The pin assignments are shown in tables 2-1 and 2-2 respectively.
Table 2-1. INTF-OPTN 113 Cable Pin Assignments (TI Part No. 2200055)
Terminal
Connector
(P1)
Cable
Termination
(113)
P1-1
P1-2
P1-3
P1-4
Pl-8
P1-9
Pl-l1
Pl-14
P1-15
P2-1
P2-5
P2-3
Pl-13
P2-20
P2-6
P2-4
P2-2
P2-7
Function
AA
CS
SS
ON LEVEL
CD
CC
CA
SA
AS
Table 2-2. INTF-OPTN 103/202/212 Cable Pin Assignments (TI Part No: 2200051)
Terminal
Connector
(P1)
Cable
Termination
(202/212)
Pl-l
Pl-2
Pl-3
P1-4
Pl-5
Pl-7
P1-8
Pl-9
Pl-l0
Pl-ll
P1-14
P1-15
P2-1
P2-5
P2-3
P2-8
P2-12
P2-11
P2-20
P2-6
P2-22
P2-4
P2-2
P2-7
2-6
Function
AA
CS
SS
CF
SCF
SCA
CD
CC
CE
CA
SA
AS
c
2.6 MODEL 763 CABLE CONNECTIONS
When the Model 763 terminal is ordered in its standard configuration, it is provided with one ofthree
EIA cables. To interface with data sets it is necessary to use either:
INTERFACE -
OPTION 113 cable assembly (TI Part No. 2200055)
INTERFACE -
OPTION 103/202/212 cable assembly (TI Part No. 2200051)
The pin assignments are shown in tables 2-1 and 2-2 respectively.
To interface the Model 763 terminal to a dc current loop use:
CURRENT LOOP cable assembly (TI Part No. 2200053)
The pin assignments are shown in table 2-3.
Table 2-3. CURRENT LOOP CABLE Pin Assignments (TI Part No. 2200053)
Terminal
Connector
(P1)
Cable
Termination
P1-6
P1-7
P1-5
P1-4
E1
E2
E3
E4
Function
RL-1
RL-2
X-1
X-2
The 20 Ma. dc current loop (TTY) interface is passive, that is current for operation of this interface
must be provided by an external source.
Full and half duplex interconnections are shown in figure 2-1.
When the Model 763 is equipped with the optional internal modem, then a Y-cable that will allow EIA
interface with a CBS 1001 F data coupler is required. The following cable assembly is available for this
requirement.
CBS 1001F COUPLER cable assembly (TI Part No. 2200052)
The pin assignments are shown in table 2-4.
2-7
FULL DUPLEX
HALF DUPLEX
,--------1
I MODEL 763
,
I
rMODEL
I
763- - - - - i
4
l'NPUT
I
r- ----,
I
I
t
CURRENT I XMIT
I
L -
;E;;;R;;-.J
I
I
I
I
I
SWITCH
I
CURRENT
SENSE
I
I
I
I
I
X2
f
RLl
P1 - 6
(
EXTERNAL
TRANSMITTER!
RECEIVER
AND
CURRENT
SOURCE
:I
(RCV)
RETURN
(GREEN)
I
P1.7
I
XMITIRCV
INPUT
_____ _
I
EXTERNAL
RECEIVER
AND
CURRENT
I
I
- - -.J
(RED;
I-_S~~_
X2
Rev. INPUT
Pl -4
Rll
I
INPUT
CURRENT
SENSE
RETURN
I
(WHITE)
XMIT RETURN
1--- - - --
Pl - 6
I
I
(RCV)
I
L _______
r----RL2
RCV. RETURN
P'·5
I (XMIT)
RETURN'
I
(RED)
C~~~~~T
(BLACK)
>----~
X, )
- - I
I L -
------
(WHITE)
INPUT
I I" I I
X, , - - - - - - ,
XMIT!RCV
RETURN
Pl·5
I
~L2
L _______
I
(BLACK)
:>
X,
l
4
'NPUT
RL2
I
I
I
EXTERNAL
TRANSMITTER
AND
CURRENT
(GREEN)
I-~O~~_
XMIT INPUT
P'·7
Figure 2-1. Model 763 Current Loop Connections
Table 2-4. CBSIOOIF COUPLER Cable Pin Assignments (TI Part No. 2200052).
Tenninal
Connector
(P1 and P2 [ P403 ] )
P1-5
P2-1
P1-6
P1-9
P1-7
P1-10
P2-5
P2-4
Cable
Termination
(P3)
P3-SH
P3-SG
P3-0A
P3-CCT
P3-0H
P3-RI
P3-0T
P3-0R
/
Function
SH
SG
OA
CCT
OH
RI
OT
DR
Figure 2-2 shows the location of the cable connectors of the terminal. Table 2-5 is a cross-reference
chart of the cable assemblies available and the connectors that they connect to.
2-8
"\
)
(
111111111
MODEL 763
c
MODEL 765
Figure 2-2. Terminal Cable Connector Locations
2-9
Table 2-5. Interface Cables
Terminal
Pin Number
and Signal
P1
[Lower]
1
2
3
4
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
PG
CTS
ACV
DCD
SH
DA
OH
DTA
DSA/CCT
AI
ATS
LOLVL
HILVL
XMT
SG
P2
[Upper]
1
2
3
4
5
SG
6
7
8
9
AL1
AL2
-
6
7
8
9
_.
INTF-OPTN
103/202/212 Cable
Pin
EIA Ckt
AA
CB
BB
CF
SCF
CBS 1001F
Coupler Cable
(Lugs)
1
5
3
AA
CB
BB
12
SH
DA
11
20
OH
6
CCT
AI
BA
AB
22
4
2
7
1
5
3
CD
CC
6
20
CA
4
BA
AB
2
'I
7
I
I
SG
-
DA
DT
DA/X2
DT/X1
10
11
12
13
14
15
CURRENT
LOOP
(Lugs)
*
8
,
SCA
CD
CC
CE
CA
INTF-OPTN 113
Cable
Pin
EIA Ckt
E4
E3
E1
E2
-
-
,
2.7 EIA INTERFACE .{>EFINITIONS
Table 2-6 provides additional information about the interface connections used by the terminal.
2.8 TERMINAL TESTING
Once installation is complete or anytime you wish to test the terminal, refer to Section V.
2-10
Table 2-6. EIA Interface Definitions
Plug
Pin
Source
EIA Ckt.
Definition
P1
1
Common
AA
PROTECTIVE GROUND - Connected to the terminal chassis and power cord ground.
P1
2
External
CB
CTS - Clear to Send. Held to ON condition by an external device to indicate that
transmission is permitted. Bell System 103 data set constantly holds this signal ON
once the communications channel has been established.
P1
3
External
BB
RCV - Received data. Held to a ON state by an external device when there is no
incoming data.
P1
4
Ex temal
CF
DCD - Data Carrier Detect. Held to an ON condition by an external device to indicate
that received data is valid.
P1
5
External
SH
SH - Switch Hook. EIA level that is held to an ON condition by an external device to
indicate a lifted handset when using an telephone set with DAA.
*P1
5
External
SCF
SCF - Reverse Channel Receive Carrier. EIA level that when ON in reverse channel
mode indicated ready for terminal to transmit.
P1
6
Internal
DA
DA - Data Transmission. EIA level that is held to an ON condition to request connection to the local telephone line.
P1
7
Internal
OH
OH - Off Hook. EIA level that is held to an ON condition to cause a hook pickup
signal to an associated DAA.
*P1
7
Interna!
,seA
P1
8
Internal
iCD
DTR - Data Terminal Ready. Switched to the ON position to prepare an associated
data set for connection to a communications channel in addition to maintaining the
connection once it has been established. This signal is switched OFF to terminate a
call.*
P1
9
External
CC
DSR/CCT - Data Set Ready/Coupler Cut Through. This is held to an ON condition by
an external device when connection has been made to the communication channel.
P1
10
External
CE
RI - Ring Indicator. Switched to an ON condition by an external device on the
receipt of each ring pulse from the line.
P1
11
Internal
CA
RTS - Request to Send. Switched to an ON condition when data is ready for transmission. In half duplex operation this signal is also used by the associated data set to
control the direction of transmission and to aid in performance of the call turnaround.
The Bell system 103 data sets do not require this signal to operate but it will continue
to function as though it were required.
P1
12
External
DO
SCR - Synchronous Receive clock. For future use.
P1
13
External
DA
SCT - Synchronous Transmit clock. For future use.
P1
14
Internal
BA
XMT - Transmit data. Holds to a mark state when no data is being transmitted.
P1
15
Common
AB
Signal Ground -
Common return for all data and controllines*.
P2
1
Common
AB
Signal Ground -
Common return for all data and controllines*.
SCA - Reverse Channel Transmit. EIA level held to an ON condition when in reverse
channel mode and the terminal is ready to receive.
(403)
2-11
pled to terminal
Table 2-6. EIA Interface Definitions (Continued)
Plug
Pin
Source
EIA Ckt.
P2
4
Common
DR
*P2
4
Internal
P2
5
Common
*P
5
Internal
X1 - TTY Transmit Current Loop sourcing the internal TTY switch.
P2
6
External
R L 1 - TTY Receive Current Loop sourcing the internal TTY detector.
P2
7
Internal
R L2 - TTY Receive Current Loop sinking the internal TTY detector.
P2
9
Internal
P2
2,3,~~
10 1
Definition
DR - Data Ring. Analog data signal of internal modem. (complement of Data Tip)
X2 - TTY Transmit Current Loop gated by the internal TTY switch.
DT
AA
DT - Data Tip. Analog data signal of internal modem (complement of Data Ring)
Protective Ground -
Connected to terminal and power cord ground*.
Not used.
*The 763/765 Terminal is shipped from the factory with signal ground connected to protective ground on the top PWB assembly
(near PIN 1 of J403) through connector plug P330.lf the user wishes to disconnect signal ground from protective ground for system
interconnection reasons, he may do so by removing the inside cover and moving plug P330 one stake pin tathe right of it's origional
position as viewed from the keyboard. Signal ground is AC coupled to safety ground when the plug P330 is connected between the
two stake pins to the right. Signal ground is directly connected to safety ground when the plug P330 is connected between the two
stake pins to the left.
/,_0".
r
2-12
(
..
SECTION III
OPERATION
3.1 INTRODUCTION
This section will help you become acquainted with the Model 763 Memory Send Receive (MSR) and
the Model 765 Portable Memory Terminal (PMT). Because the operation of both the Model 763 and
the Model 765 is identical all references in this manual to a terminal will apply to both terminals unless
it is stated otherwise. The terminal keyboard is shown in figure 3-1 and should be referred to during the
following paragraphs.
3.2 KEYBOARD CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
The keyboard of the terminal is very similar in function and appearance to that of a standard electric
typewriter. There are some keys that are unique to the terminal and so may be new to you. Th,is
discussion on the various controls and indicators of the terminal will help you understand what the
special keys on the keyboard do and how their special functions can make using the terminal faster and
easier.
3.2.1 COMMAND KEY. (CMDJ Depressing the orange CMD key in the upper right side of the
keyboard puts the terminal into the command mode of operation.
(\
The terminal has two system modes of operation, the COMMAND mode and the INTERACTIVE
mode.
The terminal is placed into the COMMAND mode when new commands are to be entered into the
terminal. There are thirteen basic commands that are used with the *A terminal. They are:
CATALOG
CHANGE
COPY
CREATE
DELETE
EDIT
ERASE
FREE
LOCK
OFFLINE
ONLINE
STATUS
RUN (See Note)
TEST
NOTE: *B Terminals Only
Each of these commands will be discussed in detail when the particular function they are used for is
presented. When the CM D key is depressed the terminal will immediately stop what it is doing, even if
it is in the middle of another operation, and go into the COMMAND mode and await a command.
The INTERACTIVE mode can be viewed as the working mode. When the terminal is in the
INTERACTIVE mode it can transmit and receive data and record and playback files from memory.
When the terminal is switched on, it is in the INTERACTIVE mode of operation. You will notice that
there is no key for this mode. This is because whenever the terminal is not in the COMMAND mode it
is in the INTERACTIVE mode. Once the terminal is in the COMMAND mode it will remain in that
mode until the SKIP key is depressed and the command requested has been accomplished.
3-1
CJ~~[IJ~GJ~~~CJCJ[JCJBEJ
BGJQGJ~QQ~~~[J~~DDB
UPPER
r i l l II
~~ ~~~
[J 1111 iii rill fin O· fOl'r:;:r D
F
~~~~~
;
~~
BGJ[J[JGJGJGJ~~~CJBB
I
I LN~[JJ2
0
~
~
COMMA NO
PLAYBACK
0
0
RECOROO
COMMO
ON LINE
0
Figure 3-1. Terminal Keyboard
3.2.2 MEMORY SYSTEM. Before any of the other functions are presented, a brief discussion about
the memory system used by the terminal will help you understand the function of the other keys and
indicators. Both the Model 763 and the Model 765 use a revolutionary new memory system called a
magnetic bubble memory. It is this memory system that lets you store information (data) for playback
at a later time. Wht:H this bubble memory is' combined with the powerful editing functions of the
terminal, you have the ability to record, playback and edit the information before transmitting it to a
local or remote devict;.
3.2.2.1 Memory System Information Storage. In many ways the memory system of the terminal works
like files in an office file cabinet. If you wished to store some information in a file cabinet you would
first place the information in a file folder. Next, you would write a name on the file so you would be able
to tell it apart from other files in the file cabinet. Before information can be stored in the terminal
memory, there must be a file to keep it in. Instead of a file folder, the terminal memory system reserves a
space for the information to be stored in. This reserved area of memory is called a file. The terminal
uses the file names to locate the information stored in the memory system.
The size of the files used in the memory system are adjustable. This means that you can make the file
larger or smaller depending on the amount of information that is to be stored in the file. Just as the
memory system is composed of files, the file itself is composed of records. A record is the term used to
describe the length of each line in the file. The records of a file are also adjustable and can be from 1 to
80 characters long. The records in separate files may be of different lengths but all the records in one
specific file must be the same length.
3.2.2.2 File Formats. Another feature unique to the terminal is that data can be recorded in the
terminal memory in two different formats, LINE or CONTINUOUS.
In the LINE format, each record in memory will contain only one line of data. For lines shorter than
the designated record length, memory is reserved between the end of the line of data and the end of the
3-2
c
record. For example, if the record of a file is 72 characters long (80 is the maximum) and the number of
characters entered is only 62, then the ten characters of memory space between the end of the line of
data and the end of the record would be reserved. Since the editing function is record oriented, this
format is particularly helpful in preparing and/ or editing a data file. It does not allow efficient use {jf
memory, as you can see from our example there were ten characters worth of memory not used on the
single line.
CONTINUOUS format fills each designated record before beginning another record. Therefore, each
record may contain one or more lines of data. If the line from our previous example was rcorded in a
CONTINUOUS formatted file, then after the 62 characters were entered the terminal would use the
first ten characters of the next line to fill up the remaining space in the record. Although this format is
more difficult to edit than the LINE format, it allows for efficient use of memory. When the data stored
in memory is transmitted to a remote device through the communications channel or printed by the
terminal printer it will be identical, whether it was recorded in LINE or CONTINUOUS format.
The memory and the files that are used in it have some general limitations. They are:
•
The name of a file cannot exceed six characters.
•
The name of a file cannot start with a number; though it may contain numbers but no spaces
between characters or numbers.
•
The maximum length of a record is 80 characters.
•
The maximum number of records that a file can contain is determined by the amount of
memory that has not been used. The CATALOG command will tell how many records are
available for use.
•
The maximum number of files a terminal can contain is 16.
Once the file has been created, data can be stored in it by use of the ASR FUNCTIONS which, along
with the EDIT FUNCTIONS, are described in the following paragraphs.
3.2.3 FUNCTION KEYS. There are 18 special functions available that allow you to store, edit and
playback data that is in the bubble memory. The FCTN key is used with the number keys located at the
top of the keyboard to produce these functions. The procedure to use a function key is simple. If an F2
function is required, simply hold down the FCTN key and at the same time press the number 2 key. The
definition of the F2 function is listed on the decal that is directly above the number keys. This decal lists
all but two of the functions available, PRINTER ON and PRINTER OFF. You will also notice that
there are two listings for each key. For example, the Function 2 (F2) means RECORD ON in the ASR
mode and FIND in the EDIT mode. These two modes, ASR and EDIT should not be confused with
the system modes of CO M MAND and INTERACTIVE. The ASR operations are accomplished in the
INTERACTIVE mode and the EDIT operations are accomplished in the COMMAND mode.
3-3
3.2.3.1 ASR and Edit Modes. The ASR is the normal operating mode ofthe terminal. When the unit is
switched on, it is in the INTERACTIVE-ASR mode. It will remain in this mode until it is put into the
EDIT mode by a command. When in the ASR mode, data can be typed, recorded ina file, played back
from a file as well as many other keyboard and communications operations. The EDIT mode allows
the correction of data that has been stored in the terminal memory. When in the EDIT mode,
characters or lines of text can be either inserted or deleted. A function called FIND allows you to define
a word or a set of words and the terminal will locate the line that the requested text is in.
3.2.3.2 ASK Function Keys. When the terminal is in the ASR mode, function keys FI through FO
control files in memory that have been designated as the RECORD file and the PLA YBACK file. The
RECORD file is simply a file in memory that is controlled by the ASR function keys. Any file in
memory can be designated as the RECORD file. Only one file at a time can be the RECORD file. The
same considerations apply to the PLAYBACK file. A file can be designated as both the PLAYBACK
and RECORD file at the same time.
The following SR functions control the PLAYBACK and RECORD files:
FI - PLAYBACK ON
The contents of the PLAYBACK file will be printed by the terminal printer.
F2 -RECORD ON
The terminal will begin storing information that is entered from the keyboard or the communications
channel into the RECORD file.
F3 - PLAYBACK OFF
The PLAYBACK file will stop printing.
F4 - RECORD OFF
The RECORD file will stop storing information it receives from the keyboard or the communications
channel.
F5 - REWIND PLAYBACK
The PLAYBACK file will return to the first record in the file.
F6 - REWIND RECORD
The designated RECORD file will return to the first record of the file.
F7 - PLAYBACK FWD
The last current PLAYBACK file record will be printed. The last current PLAYBACK file record is
defined as the record that was last referenced by the terminal. If the current record has already been
printed, the next record will be printed.
F8 - PLAYBACK REV
The PLAYBACK file will return to the beginning of the current record. If it is already at the beginning,
it will return to the beginning of the previous record.
r,
l)
3-4
(
F9 - PRINTER ON
The terminal printer will be turned ON. This function is automatically active when either the
COMMAND mode is entered or when the terminal is switched ON.
FO - PRINTER OFF
The terminal printer will be turned OFF. This is very useful when using the communication channel
and you do not wish to have the terminal print a copy of the information being transmitted.
3.2.3.3 Edit Function Keys. The EDIT mode allows you to modify the contents of an existing file in the
memory. The EDIT mode is a very powerful tool that will allow you to delete a character or a large
string of characters, a line of text or several lines. When characters or lines are deleted, the EDIT mode
will move up the remaining text to fill the space created by the deleted text. If material must be inserted,
there is an INSERT function that allows text to be inserted. The INDEX function of the EDIT mode
allows you to move through a file in either direction. The EDIT mode can search a file for a word or
group of words that you request. In addition there is a TOP function that allows the access of the first
line of a file. The PRINT function prints a file that you are editing. As you can see, the EDIT mode has
many functions that allow you to easily modify the contents of a file. This modification may be in the
form of updating material, correcting errors or entering new material into an existing file. The
functions available in the EDIT mode are:
FI - INDEX
The current record pointer (the record that is being looked at) is moved forward or backward relative
to the current record. The INDEX function is indicated by the INDEX prompt symbol .... .
(-
F2 - FIND
The record within a file containing a word or a group of words (called a character string) up to IS
characters (30 characters in a *B terminal) that you define will be located. The FIND function is
indicated by the prompt symbol {:.
F3 - TOP
The current record pointer is returned to the first record of text in the file.
F4 - PRINT
The contents of the file being edited will be printed.
F5 - DELETE LINE(S)
One or more lines of text can be deleted from the file being edited. It is indicated by the DELETE LINE
prompt symbol -:::'
-
F6 - DELETE CHARACTER(S)
The ability to eliminate characters from a text one at a time is provided. It uses the DELETE
CHARACTER symbol .....
:~:
C\
3-5
F7 - INSERT
The ability to insert small or large quantities of text (if there is enough room) into the file being edited is
provided. The INSERT function has two symbols, an OPEN INSERT symbol 'V to indicate where
to indicate where the insertion will end.
the insertion will begin and a CLOSE INSERT symbol
F8 - STOP
The terminal will leave the EDIT mode and return to the INTERACTIVE-ASR mode.
3.2.4 COMMANDS. As stated previously, there are 13 different commands (14 in *B terminal),that
can be used with the terminal. To use these commands the terminal must be in the COMMAND mode.
When the command and its parameters have been typed in, the SKIP key will cause the terminal to
execute the command. The parameters are simply the information required by the terminal to execute
the command. A description of each command follows:
CAT ALOG - To list all files that currently exist in memory and all of the perti~ent information
associated with each file. The amount offile space available for use and the record and playback file are
also listed.
CHANGE -
To change a terminal configuration parameter.
COpy - To copy data from one file to another file, to the printer, or to copy data from the keyboard
to a file.
CREATE - To alloc~.. te memory for a data file. To assign a file name. To specify a format (LINE or
CONTINUOUS), record length and the maximum number of record that a file is to contain.
DELETE - To eliminate a file from the file catalog. The memory allotted for that file becomes
available for future use.
EDIT -
To modify the contents of an existing file.
ERASE - To erase the contents of an existing file. The memory allocated for that file and the file
name remain unchanged.
FREE -
To release the file protection provided by the LOCK command.
LOCK -
To prevent a file from being erased, deleted or written into.
OFFLINE -
To place the terminal OFF LINE for local operator use.
ONLINE - To place the terminal ON LINE for data transmission and reception through
communications channel.
RUN -
(*B Only) To execute commands from a file.
3-6
ST ATUS -
To list the current status of all terminal configuration parameters.
TEST - To activate a resident test program under which the terminal will perform various self-test
tasks including a ROM check and a write/read test of memory.
EJ
ITJo
3.2.5 UPPER CASE LOCK KEY AND NUMERIC LOCK SWITCH.
L':x:ur:.
The
UPPER CASE lock key is very similar to the shift lock on a standard typewriter with one exception.
When the terminal is in upper case lock, it still requires the use of the shift key to print shifted, nonalphabetic characters. For example, even with upper case lock on, the shift key is still required to print
the percent, % symbol. The UPPER CASE lock key will remain on until it is depressed again.
The NUM LOCK switch located to the right of the space bar, activates the numeric pad (indicated by
the small white numbers against the dark background). When the NUM LOCK switch is on (indicated
by the red indicator next to it) the rest of the keyboard is inoperative with the exception of those
functions shown in Appendix A. Notice that the number zero for the pad is the space bar.
3.2.6 CHARACTER AND FIELD KEYS. ~ ~ Both the character and field keys are active
when in either EDIT mode, COMMAND mode or when ASR RECORD ON (OFF LINE) is active.
The character key will cause the print head to move either backward or forward one character space at a
time. If the key is held down longer than one-half second, repeated operation will occur. To make the
printhead backspace, simply depress the CHAR key. To make it go forward depress the SHIFT key
and the CHAR key. The first time the CHAR is used, the printer will do a linefeed and one backspace
each subsequent depression will cause a backspace until another key is depressed. If in the
COMMAND mode O'· recording into a file, the CHAR key allows use of the character overstrike, that
is, when the printhead is located under a character in a record depressing any character key will cause
that character to replace the original character in that location. Using the CHAR forward function will
cause the current record in the RECORD file to be printed one character at a time. The same is true ifit
is in the EDIT mode.
Depressing the field key will cause a line feed and the printhead to move to the beginning of the record.
Depressing the SHIFT and FIELD keys will cause characters at the right of the printhead to be
printed, stopping the printhead to the right of the last character in the record.
GJ
(~3 The SKIP key acts as the CARRIAGE
3.2.7 SKIP AND ENTER KEYS.
RETURN does on a standard typewriter. When storing data in memory, the SKIP key creates an EndOf-Line (EOL) symbol when it is depressed.
The ENTER key acts as a PLAYBACK ON function in ASR mode. When editing a file, the ENTER
key will cause editing to terminate on the current record.
KEYS.~
G8
3.2.8 PAPER ADVANCE, LINE FEED AND CARRIAGE RETURN
The PAPER ADV key will advance the paper one line each time it is depressed. If it is depressed
and held it will cause the paper to advance continuously until it is released. This key does not generate a
code that can be stored in memory.
3-7
The Line Feed (LF) key will cause the paper to advance one line. This key generates a code that can be
stored in memory. The Carriage Return (CR) key will cause the terminal to perform a carriage return.
This key generates a code that can be stored in memory.
88
3.2.9 CONTROL AND ESCAPE KEYS.
The CTRL key is used in conjunction with
other certain keys to generate control functions used during communications.
The ESC key is used to generate the ESC code also used during communications.
(~
3.2.10 PROGRAMMABLE KEY.
This key is labeled KEY and it will print the character that
the operator has programmed it to print. The character definition for the KEY is changed by a simple
command entered through the keyboard.
C~NDO
RECORDO
3.2.11 INDICATORS. PLAVBACKO
ca-o
ONLINEO
There are six indicators located on the
lower right side of the keyboard. They indicate the following, when lit:
COMMAND -
The terminal is in the COMMAND mode of operation.
PLAYBACK - The PLAYBACK file is on and outputting its contents.
RECORD -
The RECORD file is in the record mode and accepting data.
COMM - If the acoustic coupler (Model 765) is selected as the communications channel, this
indicates that the coupler detects a carrier signal. With the EIA channel selected, this indicates a Data
Set Ready condition.
ON LINE -
The terminal is on line.
NUM LOCK - Located next to the rocker switch NUM LOCK; indicates that the numeric keypad is
active.
3.3 TERMINAL OPERATION.
The following paragraphs contain a number of exercises that will allow you to exercise the capabilities
of the terminal. Prior to the exercises, a brief description of off line operation, the terminal memory
system and error codes is given.
The exercises are structured in the following format:
A brief explanation of the exercise to be performed.
The steps to be performed. These will be in upper case letters. When something is to be typed into
the terminal it will be shown in bold letters.
A discussion of what response that can be expected from the terminal as well as explanation of the
responses. These will be set in normal case text following most exercise steps.
3-8
General rules. These will be set apart from the exercise and give general guidelines for operation
of a particular mode or function.
NOTE
These are examples of exercise formats and are not complete exercises and therefore should not
be attempted.
Example 1:
TYPE IN THE WORD STATUS AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. The terminal will print out
the current terminal parameters.
In this example you are asked to type a word indicated by the bold face type which is ST ATUS.
Example 2:
TYPE IN CREATE MYFILE L 4 80 AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. The terminal will
respond by printing a DONE message.
In this example a group of words is requested. Unless otherwise noted it makes no difference if it is
upper or lower case. The spaces between the words must be included or the terminal will respond
with an error code.
c
3.3.1 SWITCHING THE TERMINAL TO OFF LINE. When the terminal is in the off line mode of
operation, it cannot communicate with any external equipment that may be connected to it. In
addition, the terminal cannot accept any communications from external equipment when in the off line
mode.
In the following exercises in this section the off line mode is used to prevent accidental transmission of
data in case the terminal you are working with is connected to an existing data communications
network. Perform the following steps to ensure that the terminal is ready to perform the exercises.
1.
Check to see if the terminal is on line or off line. To do this, look at the indicator marked on
line in the lower right side of the keyboard. If the indicator is lit, the terminal is ON LINE. If
the indicator is not lit, then the terminal is already in an off line mode and you may proceed
on to the next topic.
2.
Depress the orange CMD (command) key in the upper right side of the keyboard. The
terminal will respond by performing a line feed and a carriage return, that is, the paper will
advance one line (line feed) and the printhead will slew over to the left margin (carriage
return). The printhead will print a command symbol ~ ,the COMMAND indicator in
the lower right side of the keyboard will be lit and an audible beep will be heard. You are now
in the COMMAND mode and can switch the terminal off line.
3.
Type in the word off line and then depress the orange SKIP near the middle right side ofthe
keyboard. The terminal will respond by doing a carriage return and a line feed. The message
DONE will be printed. Notice that the ON LINE indicator is now extinguished.
()
3-9
4.
To switch the terminal back to the on line mode, simply repeat steps 1 through 3 and
substitute the word on line in place of off line in step 3.
NOTE
With the terminal off line it is now possible to operate the terminal
without any chance of accidentally transmitting data over a data
communications network.
3.3.2 USING THE TERMINAL MEMORY SYSTEM. One of the features of the terminal is the
ability to record and playback information in the terminal memory. This feature that allows you to
type in all of your information and review as well as correct it before it is transmitted to data processing
equipment.
To store information (data) in memory, it is first necessary to establish an area in memory where the
data can be stored. The memory uses a system of files to organize the storage of information. The files
that are used in memory are created by the operator. Each file has four factors that must be specified by
the operator when the file is created. They are FILE NAME, FILE FORMAT, FILE SIZE, and
RECORD SIZE. The following describes each area:
•
FILE NAME. - Each file in memory has its own name. This name is used to make all future
references to the file. The name of a file in memory must contain at least one letter and no
more than six letters or numbers and the file name must begin with a letter.
•
FILE FORMAT. - The format of the file determines how the terminal will fill up the file
with the information that is entered. The two formats are: LINE and CONTINUOUS. Each
has its own advantages and disadvantages. Briefly, the LINE format tells the terminal to fill
up the file exactly as you type in the information. This is very direct and easy to edit later on,
but is an inefficient use of memory. The CONTINUOUS format completely fills up each line
(record) in a file, but is more difficult to edit. The format of the file is designated by the use of
the letter C or L when the file is created.
•
FILE SIZE. - This, simply is how big the file will be. The size ofthe file is measured in lines
(records) of text.
•
RECORD SIZE. - This termisa measure of how many characters will be contained in each
record or line of text. The maximum record size is 80 characters.
3.3.3 ERROR CODES. Sometimes while doing these exercises mistakes are made, the terminal will
inform you of these errors by printing out an error code. An error code is a two digit number that is
preceded and followed by three asterisks
••• (' (' ••• . When the terminal prints out an error
code, you recheck your work to see if any obvious errors have been made. If you cannot determine
where the error lies, look in Appendix E at the list of error codes and see what error has been detected
by the terminal. For some errors, the terminal will type out a message stating the problem.
3-10
(~\
'0
3,3,4 EXERCISE 1. USING THE MEMORY CATALOG, The first exercise will involve the use of
the memory catalog. The catalog gives you a listing of all of the current files in memory as well as
characteristics of the files and how much of the file has been used. In addition the catalog also lists
which files have been designated as the record and playback files and also how much of memory is
available for use in creating files.
l.
PLACE THE TERMINAL IN THE COMMAND MODE BY DEPRESSING THE
ORANGE CMD KEY IN THE UPPER RIGHT SIDE OF THE KEYBOARD. The
terminal will respond by printing the command prompt symbol, ~, , performing a
linefeed (the paper will advance one line), a carriage return (the printhead will return to the
left margin), producing an audible beep, and lighting the COMMAND indicator in the
lower right side of the keyboard.
2.
TYPE IN THE COMMAND CATALOG AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. The word
catalog is a command for the terminal to print out the memory catalog. 'The SKIP key is
used to instruct the terminal to execute the command that has been typed in. If you make a
mistake in the typing of the command message, depress the SKIP key anyway, the terminal
will print out an error code and then you can start again with step I.
~
CATALDI:;
MEMORY CATALOG
NAME
c
TI765
CENSUS
ORIIERS
PROMPT
IIATA
MYFIlE
CARS:
CREDIT
DONE
T'y'PE
lINE.l
CONT.l
CONT.l
CONT.l
lINE.l
lINE
cm·n. l
CONT.l
MA~ FOUP :",
IT ONL~
CONSISTS OF FOUP LINES.
NOTE
If you make an error while entering your character string, you can
-
-
make corrections by using the CHAR or FiELD key before the SKIP
key is depressed.
3-16
('
~j
7.
DEPRESS AND HOLD THE CIibR KEY UNTIL THE PRINTING ELEMENT(upper
left corner of the printhead) IS UNDER THE "F" OF THE WORD "FOUR".
-
NOTE
If the CHAR key is depressed for longer than 1/2 second, it
automatically repeats until released. The other keys that operate in the
same manner are: Space, Underscore, Minus, Period, and- Asterisk.
8.
TYPE THE WORDS THREE LINES AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. You are using
the character overstrike feature to change the word "FOUR LINES." to "THREE LINES."
Depressing the SKIP key instructs the terminal to enter the line as corrected into memory
and to print the next line (record).
9.
DEPRESS F5 (DELETE LINE). The terminal will respond by printing a DELETE LINE
prompt symbol
. By using this function you are requesting that the current record be
deleted from the file.
10.
TYPE IN THE NUMBER 1 AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. The number indicates how
many lines are to be deleted, beginning with the current record. Since the number entered
was aI, only the current record will be deleted. After the specified number oflines have been
deleted, all the records after the last deleted record are then moved to fill up the space. After
the deletion has been completed, the terminal will print the new current record.
c
NOTE
-
The number of lines to be deleted can be corrected using the CIibR key
before the SKIP key is depressed.
Entering a zero or no number at all will terminate the function and the
current record will be printed and b6 available for editing.
}
IT ONLY CONSISTS OF FOUP LINES.
THREE LINES.
THIS LINE IS TO PE DELETED.
Z 1
THIS
IS THE VERY LAST LINE.
11.
USE THE CHAR KEY TO POSITION THE PRINTING ELEMENT UNDER THE
LETTER "V" OF THE WORD "VERY".
12.
DEPRESS F6 (DELETE CHARACTER) 5 TIMES. You can simply hold the FCTN key
.....
depressed and a delete character symbol ;:::: is printed each time the number 6 key is
depressed. This symbol indicates that the character above it has been deleted. There are five
deletions required for the four letters of the word "VERY" and the space following it.
3-17 -
-
A few points about the CHAR and FiELD keys are worth considering at this point.·
-
•
The C@R and FI~D keys are active when the terminal is in EDIT mode, the
COMMAND mode, or when the RECORD ON function is active and the terminal is
off line.
•
The CH~R key will cause a backspace to the last printed character the first time it is
depressed. Additional depressions or holding the key down will result in a line feed and
continuing backspacing.
•
The FIELD key will cause a linefeed and the printhead will return to the beginning of
the record.
•
The CHAR key (CHAR and SHIFT key) will cause the printhead to print the contents
of the current record one character at a time. When the printhead ha's reached the eud
of the data in a record it will stop and depressing the CHAR key will cause an audible
beep with no action taken.
•
The FIELD key (FIELD and SHIFT key), will cause the printhead to print the
remainder of the contents of the current record.
-
-
-
13.
DEPRESS THE FIELD KEY. The terminal willlinefeed, printout the corrected record and
the printhead will remain at the end of the text.
14.
DEPRESS THE CIk\R KEY ONCE. This will place the printing element under the period
of the text.
15.
STRIKE THE SPACE BAR (to strikeover the period) AND TYPE IN OF THE STORY.
The record will now contain the phrase that you have just entered.
16.
DEPRESS THE SK.IP KEY. This will instruct the terminal that you have completed your
editing of the record. The terminal will print ETX to indicate that the next record is the end
of the text. The INDEX prompt symbol will be printed below the ETX message.
THIS
IS THE VERY LAST LINE.
THIS
IS THE LAST LINE.
OF THE STOR'·,...
ET::<
17. TYPE IN A -1 AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. The -1 instructs the terminal that you
require the record before the current record.
18.
DEPRESS THE FIE-LD KEY. This will cause the printer to linefeed and move the
printhead under the first character in the record.
3-18
19.
DEPRESS THE CHAR (CHAR AND SHIFT) KEY THREE TIMES. This will move the
print head forward. Notice that as the print head moves forward it prints the contents of the
record one character at a time, each time the CHAR key is depressed.
20.
DEPRESS F6 (DELETE CHARACTER) FIVE TIMES. This will delete the word
"ONLY" and space following.
21.
DEPRESS THE CHAR KEY. The terminal will print the corrected record and position the
printing element under the first letter of the word CONSISTS.
NOTE
When using the DELETE character function followed by the CHAR
or FIELD keys it should be understood that the following rules apply:
If the CHAR key is used, the printhead will return to the first character
after the deletion.
-
If the CHAR key is used, the printhead will return to the last character
before the deletion.
If the FIELD key is used, the printhead will return to the end of the
text.
If the FI].LD key is used, the printhead will return to the beginning of
the record.
In all cases the record will be reprinted.
22.
USING THE CHAR KEY MOVE THE PRINTHEAD UNDER THE SPACE BEFORE
THE FIRST LETTER OF THE WORD "THREE".
23.
DEPRESS F7 (INSERT). The terminal will print the open insert prompt symbol .I;:J
24.
STRIKE THE SPACE BAR AND THEN TYPE IN THE WORD ONLY.
ET>-::
+ -1
IT ONL~
CONSISTS OF TH~EE LINES.
IT!;;;! !:~: !f :;;:: !!~;
IT CONSISTS OF THPEE LINES.
CONSISTS OFO
ONL··'"
(~:
3-19
25.
DEPRESS F3 (TOP). This will terminate the insertion and cause the close insert smbol
to be printed indicating the location where the insertion ended. ~."
NOTE
Using any function except F6 or F7 will terminate the insert function.
26.
DEPRESS F4 (PRINT). The edited text will now be printed.
27.
DEPRESS F8 (STOP). The terminal will terminate the EDIT mode and enter the ASR
mode.
ONL","
cJo THPEE LINES.
THIS IS A VEPY SHO~T STOPY.
IT CONSISTS OF ONLY THPE£ LINES.
THIS IS THE LAST LINE OF THE STDRY.
..DONE
ETX
Many times it is necessary to copy data from a file to the printer, to copy data from a file to another file,
or to store data into a file directly from the keyboard. The COPY command will let you copy data from
the keyboard into a file, even if that file isnot the record file. The contents of a file can be printed out on
the terminal printer using the COPY command. The contents of a file can be copied into another file by
use of the COPY command. This is an advantage because the files do not have to be in the same format.
This allows you to create and edit a file in the LINE format and copy it into another file in the
CONTINUOUS format. The following exercise will help you to become familiar with the many uses of
this command.
3.3.11 EXERCISE 8. COPY FROM FILE TO FILE. To cop~data into another file, it is necessary to
first create another file that the data can be copied into.
l.
ENTER THE COMMAND MODE.
2.
TYPE IN CREATE COPY2 C 480 AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. This command will
produce a file in the continuous format that has the capacity offour records with each record
being 80 characters in length.
3.
ENTER THE COMMAND MODE.
4.
TYPE IN COPY MYFILE TO COPY2 AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. This will cause
the terminal to take the contents of MYFILE and copy it into the file labeled COPY2. The
data stored in MYFILE remains unchanged.
3-20
(
5.
ENTER THE COM MAND MODE.
6.
TYPE IN CATALOG. The catalog will show that the COPY2 file has had data copied into
it. Because of the difference in formats there will be one less complete record in the COPY2
file that is used in MYFILE. This is because the continuous format of the COPY2 file makes
more efficient use of memory.
7.
ENTER THE COMMAND MODE.
8.
TYPE IN COPY COPY2 TO PRINTER AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. This will
verify that the contents of MYFILE were copied into the COPY2 file. Notice that the
contents were printed even though the COPY2 is not the playback file. This is because the
copy command will print the contents of any file in memory.
9.
ENTER THE COMMAND MODE.
to. TYPE IN COPY MY FILE TO PRINTER AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. The
contents of MYFILE will be printed showing the copy command does not alter the contents
of files that are copied.
3.3.12 EXERCISE 9. COMPARING CONTINUOUS FILES AND LINE FILES. This brief
exercise will show the major differences between data stored in the continuous and line formats when
printed in the edit mode of operation.
l.
ENTER THE COMMAND MODE.
2.
TYPE IN EDIT COPY2 AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY.
3.
DEPRESS F4 (PRINT). Notice that most of the text fits on one line and part of another
line, instead of three separate lines. To assist you in editing continuous formatted files the
. This EOL symbol is
end of each line of text is indicated by the End-Of-Line symbol •
generated each time the SKIP key is depressed. This character is only printed as an aid while
the terminal is in the edit mode. In exercise 8 you observed that when the continuous file is
printed that it looks identical to the original line formatted MYFILE. A good reminder is
that both types of file formats appear identical when they are printed in the ASR mode or
transmitted over the communications channel. The only time that the format shown in this
exercise is seen is when the file is being edited.
3.3.13 EXERCISE 10. AN ALTERNATE METHOD OF STORING DATA IN A FILE. Up tothis
point, when data was to be stored in a file it was necessary to use the record file and the ASR RECORD
ON function. The copy command will allow you to store data directly from the keyboard into a file
without a record file. The following exercise will show you the way to store and playback data from
MYFILE using the COPY command.
l.
ENTER THE COMMAND MODE.
3-21
2.
TYPE IN COPY KEY TO MYFILE AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. This command
instructs the terminal to store data that is entered from the keyboard into the file labeled
MYFILE. The terminal will respond by leaving the COMMAND indicator lit, performing a
linefeed and carriage return. The file will be erased and anything that is now typed on the
keybord will be entered into MYFILE.
3.
TYPE IN YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS, USE THE SKIP KEY AS A CARRIAGE
RETURN AND TYPE IN YOUR COMPANY NAME AND ADDRESS ON THE
SECOND LINE.
4.
DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY (to return to the beginning of the next line) AND DEPRESS
THE ENTER KEY.
5.
TYPE IN COPY MYFILE TO PRINTER. The text that you entered in step 3 is now being
printed. You will notice that with the COpy command it is not necessary to rewind the file
before record or playback because the COPY command does it automatically. It should also
be understood that the use of the COPY command does not allow you to start recording'
data in a file at any other record other than the first record of the file unless an END
parameter is used with the command. The parameter will be discussed in a following
paragraph.
3.3.14 EXERCISE 11. LOCKING, FREEING, ERASING AND DELETING FILES. After a file
has been used to store data, it may become necessary to remove the data from the file so that more data
can be stored in it. The terminal can remove the contents of a file without altering the file itself by using
an ERASE command. fhe file can be eliminated by the use of a DELETE command which will remove
the file and any data that is stored in it. To prevent the accidental erasure or deletion of a file there is a
LOCK command that will prevent a designated file from being erased, edited, or deleted. The
command that releases a file from being locked is the FREE command. This exercise will help you to
become better acquainted with these functions.
1.
ENTER THE COMMAND MODE.
2.
TYPE ERASE MYFILE AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. This will instruct the terminal
to erase the data stored in MY FILE. You can use the CATALOG command to verify that
MYFILE no longer contains any complete records.
3.
ENTER THE COMMAND MODE.
4.
TYPE IN DELETE MYFILE AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. The terminal will delete
MYFILE from the memory catalog.
5.
ENTER THE COMMAND MODE.
6.
TYPE IN LOCK COPY2 AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. The terminal will lock the file
labeled COPY2. To verify this, use the CAT ALOG command, and the COPY2 file will have
the letter L printed after its format. Also notice that the previously deleted MYFILE no
longer exists.
3-22
/
~
10
(
7.
TYPE THE COMMAND MODE.
8.
TYPE IN DELETE COPY2 AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. The terminal will respond
by printing error code ••• ;~:4 ••• (attempting to write in a locked file) and no action
will be taken.
An attempt to EDIT or ERASE the locked file will produce the same error response from
the terminal.
9.
ENTER THE COMMAND MODE.
10.
TYPE IN FREE COPY2 AND DEPRESS THE SKIP KEY. The COPY2 file is now
unlocked and can be edited, erased or edited.
You have now performed the basic off line operations of the terminal.
3-23
3.4 TERMINAL COMMUNICATIONS.
The communications system of the terminal allows exchange of data with a large variety of data
communications equipment. The following paragraphs provide information needed by the operator to
use the terminal with other communication equipment. Technical information and specifications
necessary to interface the terminal. with remote equipment are also given.
In its broadest sense, a memory data terminal is any device, connected to a communications network,
which can store, transmit, receive and playback data. The Model 763 and 765 terminals are
typewriters, further defined as Automatic Send-Receive (ASR) data terminals that have the ability to
store the data that is typed in them and to transmit the data over a communications network. They can
also receive and store information that is received from a communications network.
The difference between an ASR memory data terminal and a standard typewriter is the ability of the
memory data terminal to generate codes from the keyboard. These codes can be stored, played back or
printed by the terminal printer and! or transmitted to another device (data terminal, computer, etc.).
The ASR also receives, stores, and! or prints the codes received from a device connected to it. The code
system used by both Model 763 and 765 is the ASCII code system.
How are these digital signals passed from one device to another? If the distance between the two units is
not too great (50 feet is usually the limit), the units can be hooked directly to each other by cables.
When they are hooked up in this fashion the unit is said to be hardwired to the other unit.
For longer distances the use of cables becomes impractical and a method of using telephone lines
becomes necessary. A device that converts the digital output of the terminal so that it is compatible
with the phone lines is called a modem. The modem can be external to the terminal or built into the
terminal. The Model 763 has an optional built-in modem available. When a modem is used, it is
necessary to use a modem on both ends of the telephone lines. There are several types of modems
available on the commercial market and it is very important that the same types of modems are used. If
the modem is external to the terminal, then the modem is hardwired to the terminal and the modem is
also hardwired to the telephones lines but, the terminal or mod~m is not considered as being hardwired
to the remote device since a telephone line separates them. ,
The use of a modem still requires special phone devices that work with the modem. These devices
would be impractical if you wished to travel with the terminal so there is a third way to communicate
with a remote device. The Model 765 has a built-in acoustic coupler that uses the handset of an
ordinary telephone. The terminal converts the digital signals into tones. These tones travel over the
telephone lines to a device that converts the tones back into digital signals that can be used by a remote
device. The acoustic coupler contains a modem and is built into the rear deck of the Model 765.
The Model 763 is capable of operating in several communications configurations, each of which is
described in this manual. The primary use of the 763 is in hardwired and external modem
configurations. The Model 765 is also capable of several communication configurations but the
primary use is as a portable memory terminal using its built-in acoustic coupler as the means of
communications.
3-24
Both Model 763 and 765 terminals have a revolutionary memory system. The memory in the terminal
can store up to 20,000 characters in the standard configuration and can be expanded to 80,000
characters. This means that it is possible to type, correct and store all of the information before you
transmit it to a remote device instead of transmitting data at the speed that you type, errors and all. It
can also store data received from a remote device.
Communication procedures will differ from one installation to the next, the following topic is limited
to the location nd operation of the different communications functions. It will not show a specific
sequence of operation to make the terminal exchange data with a remote device. This is because the
procedures are determined by the type of equipment the terminal is connected to as well as the remote
device it is communicating with.
The terminal parameters (constants or values) of the terminal can be easily and quickly changed to
meet a variety of communication requirements. Parameter selection is made by the use ofthe STATUS
and CHANGE commands. The STATUS command will cause the terminal to print a listing of the
current parameters of the terminal. The CHANGE command allows you to change any of these
parameters.
3.4.1 TERMINAL STATUS. When the terminal is in the COMMAND mode and the word STATUS
is typed in and the SKIP key is depressed, the terminal will print out a status listing. This listing, as
shown below, will provide you with the current status of the terminal parameters.
~'S:TATUS:
LHiE MODE:
INTERNAL/ 300 BAUD/ EVEN PARITY/ HALF DUPLEX/
OPTIONS ON:
EDe.····
OPT! ONS OFF:
PCHECK/ ABMPRT/ AUTOABM/ EOTDIS/ BUFFER/ DC3/
ABr-1:
I':ECORD FILE:
PLFf'f'BACK FILE:
H:AN:SM I T EOL:
CRLF
I':ECEIVE EOL:
CI':LF
KE'l:
DC1.~/
DC2.4/
...
3.4.1.1 Line Mode. The LINE MODE listing contains four parameters. They are:
Interface - This is the selection of the communication option. The choices are INTERN AL (acoustic
coupler, originate modem or 20 mao dc current loop) or EIA (external) interface.
Speed - This parameter determines the speed the terminal will use to communicate with another
device. The speed is listed in baud rates. The selections are: 110,200,300,600, 1200,2400,4800,9600.
Throughput is limited to 2400 baud.
NOTE
The speed that the terminal is set to must be the same as the device it is
to communicate with.
3-25
Parity - This determines what type of error checking scheme will be used (if it is enabled, see
PCHECK). The selections are EVEN, ODD and MARK.
Duplex - This determines the communication mode. The selections are: FULL (full duplex), HALF
(half duplex), and HALFRC (half duplex with reverse channel). The HALFRC can only be used with a
device connected to the EIA communication port.
3.4.1.2 Options. The STATUS printout shows two OPTION listings, OPTIONS ON and OPTIONS
OFF. The options that are listed can be switched either ON or OFF. The options are:
EDC - This sets the interactive extended line control (DCI-DC4 and Extended Line Control) ON or
OFF.
DC3 -
Determines if a DC3 from the playback file will stop playback or not.
DCl.3 - Activates or de-activates DCI and DC3 control of the PLAYBACK file from the receiverin
the interactive mode.
DC2.4 - Activates or de-activates DC2 and DC4 control of the RECORD file from the receiver in the
INTERACTIVE mode.
PCHECK - The terminal will check for parity (error detection) on received data if PCHECK function
is ON. If it is ON and a parity error occurs, a question mark will be generated in place of the character in
error. Parity checking only occurs in EVEN or ODD but not MARK parity.
(',\
\0
ABMPRT - This enables or disables the printing ofthe ABM (Answer Back Memory) sequence when
in half duplex. If ABM is secure, it will not be printed, regardless of this option.
AUTOABM - ABM auto-trigger enable. If this enable is set to ON, the terminal will automatically
transmit the ABM sequence three seconds after a call is automatically answered by the terminal (EIA
only).
EOTDIS - End of transmission disconnect enable. If this enable is ON, the terminal will monitor
received data for an End-Of-Transmission character. If one is found the terminal will disconnect the
line (EIA only).
BUFFER - If this enable is ON, the transmitter, in addition to the receiver is buffered when the
terminal is in the interactive mode, i.e., data is not transmitted until the SKIP key is depressed or the
80 (82 with *B) character has been entered.
ABM - The Answer Back Memory (ABM) can use up to 34 ASCII characters to form the ABM
sequence. If the sequence is secure, it is not printed.
RECORD FILE - This defines which file will be used in the INTERACTIVE mode as the record file.
I~
o
3-26
(/
PLAYBACK FILE playback file.
This defines which file will be used in the INTERACTIVE mode as the
XMTEOL (Transmit EOL) and RCVEOL (Receive EOL) - Defines the system transmit and receive
sequences to be used when the terminal is transmitting or receive data in the INTERACTIVE ON
LINE mode.
The SKIP key acts as TRANSMIT EOL in the INTERACTIVE mode when ON LINE. The
parameters that can be used as TRANSMIT EOL are NL (New Line), CRLF (Carriage Return-Line
Feed), DC3, or a Single Character enclosed in double quotes. NL, CRLF, or a Single Character
enclosed in double quotes can be used for RECEIVE EOL. The parameters are defined as:
NL - When transmitting, a LF (Line Feed) character is sent and the print head is placed at the
beginning of the next line. When a LF character is received, the printhead is placed at the
beginning of the next line.
CRLF DC3 -
A Carriage Return-Line Feed sequence will be sent.
PLAYBACK file will be turned off (if on) and a DC3-nul will be sent.
Single Character - The specified character will be ~ent when EOL is reached. If no character has
been specified, no action will be taken.
NOTE
The end-of-file (EOL) sequence is the character set to be transmitted or
received in lieu of the end-of-line symbol used internally by the
terminal. For example: if the CRLF is selected as the end-of-line
sequence, whenever the end-of-line symbol is read from the playback
file for transmission, the symbol will be replaced with CRLF. On the
other hand, whenever a CRLF sequence is received from the
communication channel for recording, the end-of-line symbol will be
recorded instead of the CRLF.
3.4.2 TERMINAL PARAMETER MODIFICATION. An example of how to change terminal
parameters with the CHANGE command is provided in the following situation:
You have received a Model 765 terminal for use in the field. Before using the built-in acoustic coupler
you check the terminal configuration with the STATUS command. The following listing is printed.
c
3-27
~ ·S:TATUS:
LINE MonE:
EIA/ 1200 BAUD/ EVEN PAPITY/ HALF nUPLEX/
OPTIONS: ON:
EDC/ nC3/ nC1.3/ DC2.4/
OPTIONS: OFF:
PCHECI ABMPPT/ AUTOABM/ EOTDIS/ BUFFER/
AE:M:
PECO~'n FILE:
PLAYBACK FILE:
T~'ANSMI-T EOL:
C~'LF
PECEIVE EOL:
C~'LF
KEY:
DONE
You now notice that two of the parameters need to be changed so that the acoustic coupler can be used
for data transmission. The baud rate (speed) is set for 1200 and the maximum that can be used with an
acoustic coupler is 300. The other parameter that must be changed is INTERFACE. It must be
changed from EIA (EXTERNAL) to INTERNAL. (Refer to table 3-1, the change command entry
table).
To change the speed from 1200 baud to 300 baud you must use the CHANGE command. Place the
terminal in the COMMAND mode and type in the CHANGE format:
CHANGE [(Parameter Name)] TO [(Entry)]
To change the baud rate using this format you would refer to the change command entry table and find
the Parameter Name which, in this case, is SPEED. Since the desired rate of 300 baud is one of the
acceptable entries, the number 300 would be typed in the area reserved for parameter entry. The result
would be:
~
CHANGE SPEED TO 300
When the SKIP key is depressed, the terminal acknowledges that the parameter change is complete by
printing the word DONE.
To change the INTERFACE from EIA to INTERN AL the same format is used. Referring to table 3-1,
you would find that the parameter name is INTERFACE and the parameter entry is INTERNAL.
After entering the COMMAND mode you would type in:
~
CHANGE INTERFACE TO INTERNAL
After the SKIP key is depressed the terminal responds by printing the word DONE.
The STATUS command can be used to verify that the terminal parameters have been changed. Once
the terminal parameters have been changed they will remain in that state even if the power is removed.
Many of the communication procedures used with data terminal require the control characters. The
terminal has the capability to generate all of the standard ASCII control characters. The control
characters are made by using the CTRL (control) key in conjunction with the key that corresponds
with the desired function. A layout showing the control key assignments of the keyboard is shown
below.
3-28
(
Change Command Entry Table
Parameter Name
ABMPRT
AUTOABM
EOTDIS
RECORD*
PLAYBACK*
EDC
KEY*
DC3
DC1.3
DC2.4
BUFFER
XMTEOL*
RCVEOL*
SPEED
PARITY
PCHECK
DUPLEX
INTERFACE
ABM*
c'
Entry
ON, OFF
ON, OFF
ON, OFF
FILENAME
FILENAME
ON, OFF
A SINGLE CHARACTER ENCLOSED IN
DOUBLE QUOTATION MARKS
ON, OFF
ON, OFF
ON, OFF
ON, OFF
NL, CRLF, DC3 OR SINGLE CHARACTER
ENCLOSED IN DOUBLE QUOTATION
MARKS.,
NL, CRLF OR SINGLE CHARACTER
ENCLOSED IN DOUBLE QUOTATION
MARKS.
110,200,300,600,1200,2400,4800**,9600**.
EVEN, ODD, MARK
ON, OFF
FULL,HALF,HALFRC
INTERNAL, EIA
UP TO 34 ASCII CHARACTERS ENCLOSED
IN DOUBLE QUOTES. A SINGLE IMBEDDED
DOUBLE QUOTE IS REPRESENTED BY 2
CONSECUTIVE DOUBLE QUOTES. IF AN S
FOLLOWS THE CLOSING QUOTE,
SEPARATED BY A SPACE, THE ABM WILL
BE CONSIDERED SECURE AND WILL NOT
BE PRINTED.
• No entry will yield no definition.
•• The terminal can communicate with devices at these baud rates but actual throughput is limited to 2400 baud.
3-29
3.4.3 MODEL 765 OPERTION WITH AN ACOUSTIC COUPLER. This paragraph describes the
operation of the Model 765 terminal with its built-in acoustic coupler. All that is required for this
operation is a standard telephone set and an electrical outlet to provide power to the terminal. Setup
the terminal as follows:
I.
Set the terminal on a table close to a standard telephone and a commercial ac power outlet.
2.
Remove the outer cover as described in Section II.
3.
Remove the power cord from the inside of the cover and plug the female connector into the
rear of the terminal and the male connector into an electrical outlet.
4.
Switch the terminal power ON.
5.
Check the ON LINE indicator in the lower right corner of the keyboard to see if it is lit. If it is
lit skip to step number 8.
6.
If the ON LINE indicator is not lit, place the terminal in the COMMAND mode by
depressing the CMD key.
7.
Type in the command ON LINE and depress the SKIP key. The ON LINE indicator should
now be lit.
8.
Check the t<:rminal parameters to ensure that they meet your system requirements. The
parameters can be checked by using the STATUS command described earlier in this section.
ST ATUS, CATALOG and other. commands will not be transmitted even if the terminal is
ON LINE.
'~i
~
~~\
10
NOTE
When using the built-in acoustic coupler the terminal must be in
INTERN AL configuration and SPEED must be 300 baud or less.
9.
If any ofthe parameters are incorrect, they should be changed with the CHANGE command
as described earlier in this section.
10. Open the paper door and check that the terminal is properly loaded with a sufficient supply
of thermal printing paper.
II.
Pick up the telephone handset and dial the appropriate number; an audible high frequency
signal (data tone) can be heard after the call is answered.
12.
As soon as you hear the data tone, firmly insert the telephone handset into the acoustic
coupler muff so that the cord is to the left of the terminal as shown below. The, Model 765
will in turn transmit a data tone to the remote equipment.
3-30
c
NOTE
It is very important to insert the handset into the muffs so that the outer
lip of each muff mates with the grooves of the handset; or until the
removable caps on the handset are completely surrounded by the inside
circumference of the muffs.
tNSERT HANDSET 'NTO MUFFS UNTIL
MUf'f OUTER LIP ENGAGES GROOVE
OR UNTil HNWSET EARPIECE ANO
MOUTHPtEC'E. ARE CO .... LETELY IN·
SEATED AROl.JNO THEIR ENTIRE CIR
CUMFERENCf..
\
13.
Check that communication between your terminal and the remote equipment is in progress
by observing that the CO M M indicator in the lower right corner of the keyboard remains lit.
If the CO M M indicator goes out, communication has been lost and you must return to step
II.
14.
Begin communication according to your system procedures.
IS.
When you have finished, switch the terminal OFF LINE and terminate communications
according to your system procedure; remove the telephone handset from the acoustic
coupler and replace the handset in its cradle.
SET. This. paragraph describes how to
3.4.4 MODEL 763 OR 765 OPERATION WITH A DATA
.
use either the Model 763 or 765 terminal with an external data set. There are two different EIA data set
cable assemblies that can be used with the terminal that allow the terminal to be connected to several
types of data sets. The option 103/202/212 Cable Assembly (TI Part No. 2200051) allows the terminal
to be connected with the following types of Bell System data sets: 103A, 103J, 202C, 202S, and 212A.
The 113 data set cable assembly is used to connect the terminal to a Bell System type 113A data set.
3-31
The type of data set to be used with the terminal will determine which cable assembly to use. Both of the
cables connect to the terminal at PI which is the bottom connector at the rear of the terminal. Setup the
terminal as follows:
1.
If the terminal is not already connected to the data set, ensure that it is connectd with the
correct cable for the data set being used.
2.
Switch ON the terminal.
3.
After the terminal prints out a READY message, enter the COMMAND mode by using the
CMD key.
4.
Use the STATUS command followed by the SKIP key to check the current terminal
parameters.
5.
Ensure that the INTERFACE is EIA (external) and that the baud rate is correct for your
system application. If any of the parameters are incorrect, insert the correct parameters with
the CHANGE command.
6.
Set the terminal to on line (if it is off line) with a CHANGE command. The COMM
indicator should be lit.
7.
Set all the controls on the external data set according to your system requirements.
For instructions on operation ofthe data set refer to the directions provided with the data set
being used.
8.
When the connection is complete (the COMM indicator will be lit) you may begin
communications according to your system procedure.
NOTE
If the COMM indicator goes out, communication has been lost and
you must set up the data set again.
9.
U'your system requires, depress the keyboard HERE IS (this is produced by depressing the
CTRL and number 1 keys) to transmit the contents of the Answer Back Memory (ABM).
10.
When you are finished, terminate communications according to your system procedures.
3.4.5 MODEL 763 OPERATION WITH AN INTERNAL MODEM. This paragraph describes the
operation of the Model 763 terminal with the optional internal modem. The CBS 1001 F Coupler cable
assembly (TI Part No. 2200052) must be used with the optional internal modem. This cable assembly is
3-32
i-"\
0
(
a Y-cable assembly with a male and female connector. This cable allows connection of the Model 763
to a CBS 100 I F type data coupler. Setup the terminal as follows:
I.
If the terminal is not already connected to the data coupler, ensure that it is connected with
the CBSIOOIF Coupler cable assembly.
2.
Switch ON the terminal.
3.
After the terminal prints out the READY message, enter the COMMAND mode by using
the CMD key.
4.
Use the STATUS command followed by the SKIP key to have the terminal print out its
current parameters.
5.
Check the parameters and ensure that the INTERFACE is INTERNAL and the SPEED
does not exceed 300 baud. If any ofthese parameters do not meet your system requirements;
use the CHANGE command to reconfigure them.
6.
Open the paper door and check that the terminal is properly loaded with a sufficient supply
of thermal printing paper.
7.
If the terminal is OFF LINE, switch it to ON LINE.
8.
Begin operation according to your system procedures. When the connection is complete the
COMM indicator will be lit.
NOTE
If the COMM indicator goes out, communications have been lost,
repeat step 8 to restore communications.
9.
When you are finished, terminate communications according to your system procedures.
3.4.6 MODEL 763 OPERATION IN A DC CURRENT LOOP. To operate the Model 763 in a dc
current loop (20 rna.) interface, the current loop cable assembly (Tl Part No. 2200(53) must be used.
The terminal setup for dc current loop operation is the same for the internal modem. The operation is
determined by your system procedures.
3.4.7 INTERACTIVE ON LINE FULL DUPLEX MODE. In the full duplex, on line mode, the
terminal will process all ASCII characters received from the active communication channel.
Likewise, valid ASCII characters entered from the keyboard will be transmitted over the active
communication channel with the selected parity. The record and playback files, if defined, can be
controlled with the FI-F6 function/ keys at the keyboard and the control characters (DCI-DC4) if
3-33
Extended Device Control (EDC) is on. The following is a description ofthe Automatic Device Control
(ADC) functions:
DC2, FI PLAYBACK ON - The playback file is transmitted.
EOL indicators are replaced with the system defined transmit EOL sequence (CRLF, NL, etc.)
DC2, F2 RECO RD ON - Data from the communication channel is recorded. Data is scanned for the
receive EOL sequence. Iffound, the sequence is replaced by the EOL indicator. The record is written to
memory when an EOL is found if the file is a line formatted file. Ifnot, the record is written when filled
or a record off function occurs.
DC3, F3 PLAYBACK OFF - The playback file is turned off.
DC4, F4 RECORD OFF - The record file is turried off.
F5 REWIND PLAYBACK - The playback file will return to the first record of the file.
F6 REWIND RECORD - The record file will return to the first record of the file.
F7 -
Forward One Record - The last current playback record will be transmitted.
F8 Reverse One Record - The playback file will return to the beginning of the current record.
F9 Printer On - The terminal printer is turned on.
FO Printer Off - The terminal printer is turned off.
During a record operation at speeds above 300 baud the printer is disabled. At speeds of 300 baud and
slower, data which is recorded will also be printed if the printer is enabled.
3.4.7.1 Parity. Parity is generated for each character transmitted based on the setting of the PARITY
value in the terminal parametets. The parity is generated even ifthe PARITY CHECK option is OFF.
Parity on received data is checked only ifthe PARITY CHECK option is ON and the PARITY value is
ODD or EVEN. A general rule for parity operations using phone lines is that synchronous
communications are ODD parity and asynchronous communications are EVEN parity. If the
PARITY value is set to MARK, the parity bit is always set. MARK parity is almost never used.
If the parity of a received character indicates an error and the PARITY option IS ON, a question mark
will be stored in the bubble memory in place of the character in error. If the PARITY option is not ON
then all of the characters will be stored in the bubble memory without any indication of errors that may
exist.
Parity is also used to check for errors of data stored in the bubble memory system. If the data being
played back out of the bubble memory system has question marks in it then it could be either indicating
parity errors in the data received or the data stored. A quick check of the bubble device will indicate
where the problem lies.
3-34
(
3.4.7.2 Answer Back Memory. An ABM sequence of up to 34 characters may be defined by use of the
CHANGE command. The ABM sequence is transmitted only if the terminal is ON LINE. It is
transmitted after the ENQ control character is received or when the HERE IS key is depressed. If the
terminal is in the ON LINE half duplex, the ABM sequence is also printed unless the parameter
ABMPRT has been set to OFF or the ABM message is "secured". If the AUTOABM parameter is
enabled, the ABM sequence will be sent three seconds after a call has been auto-answered on the EIA
interface. If the secure option is selected during ABM definition, the ABM will never be printed.
3.4.7.3 Interactive Buffered Operation. If the BUFFER option is on, the transmit buffer holds data
coming from the keyboard for up to 80 characters in length. This data is printed as it is put into the
buffer regardless of duplex selection. To initiate burst-mode transmission, the end-of-line sequence
assigned to the SKIP key on the keyboard must be entered. Prior to transmission the contents of the
transmit buffer may be edited from the keyboard with the CHAR or FIELD keys.
3.4.8 INTERNAL INTERFACE COMMUNICATIONS
-- --'
3.4.8.1 Acoustic Coupler Interface Port Operation (765 Only).If the terminal is configured to be on
line, then the ON LINE indicator on the keyboard will be lit. When the acoustic coupler detects a valid
carrier on the communication line, the COMM indicator on the keyboard will be lit. The terminal must
be on line and a valid carrier must be present before communications should be attempted. The
absence of a valid carrier will result in an error code on attempted transmission. Half or full duplex up
to 300 baud is applicable.
3.4.8.2 20 rna., DC Current Loop Interface Port Operation (763 Only). If the terminal is on line, the
ON LINE and COMM indicators on the keyboard will be lit. The interface is a 4-wire system which
may be connected externally for 2-wire half-
T=86
t= 860
ANNIHILATE
~------------------~~
T = 296
297
2970
~~
88
880
DETECT STROBE
2911
2910
GENERATE
T-640
t'"'6400
70
700
87
870
REPLICATE
t= 2960
~
2
20
1
T=O
t= 0
TRANSFER
IN
____________
?--~
~!
U"~
641
6410
642
6420
____________________________
~
Note: t in jll, T in field eyel•.
EKh field eycle belinl et 0 0 field
orientetion.
Operetions I - - . r y to reed (solid linel
Operetions nec-v to write (cIIIIhed linel
Figure 4-4. Memory Data Transfer Timing
number is a ten bit address, it requires two of the memory controller registers. Next, the processor
sends a code of the four address lines to the memory controller which in this case will be a read
command. It is worth noting that the main processor is a sixteen-bit device while the memory
controller is an eight-bit device. To compensate for this difference, the memory controller only uses the
odd bytes from the main processor. The even bytes do not contain any useable information and are
prevented from being sampled by the memory controller select logic. Once the controller has. been
loaded with the data it will set the Bubble Shift Start (BSS) line active. This will cause the coil drivers to
begin rotation of the data loops in the selected memory device (selection is by the main processor
through the CRU bus). Only the memory device that has been selected by the main processor will be
rotated. The memory controller maintains a count as the data is rotated in the device. The controller
uses dock counts to compute what page number should be at the transfer element of the device at any
given time during the read sequence. When the requested page number is at the transfer gate, the
controller sends a transfer out enable (BXOUT) signal to the function timing circuit. The function
timing circuit will perform a transfer out cycle during the next bubble shift. At the proper time, a
transfer out (XOUT) signal is applied to the selected memory device through the function driver that
will cause the data at the transfer gate to be transferred into the major loop of the device. The BSS
signal remains active and the data in both the minor and major loops continues to move in shift register
4-6
fashion. When the memory controller internal count indicates that the first data bit in the major loop is
at the annihilator / replicator element it will send a replicate enable (REP) signal through the function
timing circuit that will cause each bit in the major loop to be duplicated as it passes the replicate
elements. The original data will move in shift register fashion back to the transfer element ofthe major
loop and the newly created data will move to the detector element. When the memory controller has
determined that the first data bit has reached the detector element, it will cause the data bit to be
strobed into the internal register of the memory controller. This continues until all data in the page has
been read. When the original data in the major loop has reached the transfer gate it will send a transfer
in enable (8XIN) signal to the function timing circuit that will cause the data in the major loop to be
returned to its original page location in the minor loops. The memory controller continues to move the
data until the original starting address is reached and then it goes through a stop cycle to orient the
bubbles safely to the rest position.
When the memory controller has the entire data page in its internal register, it sends an interrupt to the
main processor. On a priority basis, the main processor will honor the interrupt and read in one byte of
data at a time until all 20 bytes of the page that was stored in the memory controller have been read.
(~/
4.3.5 WRITE SEQUEN CEo When the main processor stores a data word in memory, it loads the page
location register and all 20 bytes of the data to be stored. As with the read cycle, the main processor
addresses the internal registers of the memory controller using the four address lines. The major
difference between the read and write sequence is that for the write sequence the data to be stored must
also be loaded into the memory controller and the command word that follows is a write command.
The memory controller will again be shifting the data in the loops until the correct page is at the
transfer gate. The memory controller will then send a transfer out pulse to transfer the data into the
major loop. The data will continue to move around in the major loop until the memor controller has
determined that the first bit is at the annihilator / replicator element. At this time the memory controller
sends an annihilate enable (8ANNIH) to the function timing circuit that will cause each data bit to be
diverted, without duplication, out of the major loop as it comes to the element. It is necessary to
perform this annihilation cycle regardless of previous data existing in the page. At the time that the
memory controller determines that the first bit has reached the generate element, it will send a data out
(DO) to the function timing circuit. The (lata out signal will cause a generate pulse to input the first data
bit of the word to be stored in memory to the function driver of the selected memory device. After all of
the data to be stored in a page is loaded into the major loop, the operation proceeds to return the page
to rest as discussed in the read sequence.
4.3.6 POWER UP SEQUENCE. When power is applied to the main processor, it initializes the
bubble memory system. Two major tasks are performed by the main processor as part of initialization.
First, a determination is made of what memory modules are installed in the terminal. Second, it reads
and verifies the masks located in the first three pages of the memory devices and stores them in RAM.
To check for the presence of a memory device, the main processor reads the last page of the device
(which is not user available). It will continue to check until all eight memory device positions have been
read. The memory controller reads the mask out of the first three pages, verifies the data and transfers
it into a designated area of the system RAM. The system firmware uses this mask in conditioning data
transfers with the memory devices to compensate for defective minor loops that occur during
manufacturing. If this mask data should be lost from the memory device, refer to the Section V
Maintenance for procedures to re-establish the mask.
4-7
4.4 MAIN PROCESSOR~\.
The key element of the terminal is the main processor system. The TMS 9980 microprocessor is used as~'
the main processor. The TMS 9980 and its associated memory and interface circuits constitute the
main processor system.
4.4.1 TMS 9980 MICROPROCESSOR. The TMS 9980 is a single-chip 16-bit microprocessor with
an 8-bit data bus. It is packaged in a 40-pin dual-in-line package. The microprocessor can address up to
16,384 bytes of memory and has four prioritized interrupts. The TMS 9980 uses a direct commanddriven 110 interface designated as the communications-register unit (CRU). The CRU provides up to
2,048 directly addressable bit locations, 000 through FFF. The CRUCLK signal is used to switch from
the input to the output mode. Figure 4-5 shows the CR U address assignments.
IFF
FFF
..
C
w
'"
:J
I-
r-
0
2
I
I
LATCH 3 } __
J
lBF
BFF
17F
....
I
-
...
..
..
7
6
.....
....
....
5
4
3
2
1
BBLOSEL
MOVO
MOVI
MOV2
I
I
LATCH 2
~_J
13F
SH
RI
DSR/CCT
C
w
'"I-
:J
r-
r
I
I
0
2
7FF
INPUT 2
}-_J
OFF
BBLINT
SHUTDN
01CE
01CC
01CA
01CS
01C6
01C4
01C2
01CO
014
014C
014A
0148
0146
0144
0142
0140
010E
010C
010A
010B
0106
0104
0102
0100
~\.
".::.~
)
NOT USED
OBF
w
'"
:J
I-
r-
0
2
I
LATCH 1
3FF
OOSE
008C
OOBA
OOB8
CPLRSEL- 0086
0084
DA
0082
DTR
OOBO
OH
PWRBAD-
C
}-_JI
07F
9902
COMMPORT
0040
IFF
9902
PROC. PORT
000
0000
000
NOTE: On PWA up all outputs of latches 1 thru 3 will be inactive except OA, DTR, and OH.
Figure 4-5. CRU Address Assignments
4-8
o
Address bits 000 through 03 F control the operation of the 9600 baud asynchronous data bus connected
between the TMS 9980 and the TM S 8080 in the keyboard printer control system as shown in figure 46. The address bits 03F through 07F are the control signals between the TMS 9980 and the
communicatIons port as shown in, figure 4-7. The remainder of the chart (fig. 4-5) shows other
functions that the CR U bus can address. For example, if the main processor needed to write data into
memory device 0, the CRU bus would need to output the code OICO (BBLOSEL). This code would:
cause memory device 0 to be enabled while the remainder of the memory devices would be disabled.
4.4.2 MEMORY ORGANIZATION. The terminal has 20K bytes of read only memory, 3K bytes of
random access memory and from 22K to 91 K bytes of bubble memory. The main processor can only
address a maximum of 16K bytes of memory so a memory mapping scheme is required. Quite simply, it
is the responsibility of the main processor to rearrange the existing memory through CRU addressing
before accessing a memory location. The 4K ROM that is always in the system is designated as ROM O.
There are two additional8K ROM sections designated ROM BANKO and ROM BANKI. Figure 4-8
shows memory organization. It is possible to bring ROM BANKO or BANKI into the system through
use of CRU signals. These same CRU address bits also control selection of the memory modules.
Figure 4-9 shows the memory structure of the terminal.
M~IN
PROCESSOR
TMS99IO
"'"
TMS9902
UART
EIA
DRIVERS
AND
RECEIVERS
~
TMS 5501
NPUT!OUTPU
CONTROLLER
Figure 4-6. Internal 9600 Baud Asynchronous Bus Block Diagram
4-9
.
KEYBOARDI
PRINTER
SYSTEM
TMSIOIO
~
..
..
.~
EIA
LEVEL
SHIFTEIIS
CONTROL
AND DATA
TERMINAL
EIA
PORT
0
II:
!
Ic
..
I-C!
--"
MAIN
PROCESSOR
TMS9980
CONT.ROL
ADDRESS
MULTIPLEXER
(MUXI
TMS9902
UART
CPU
DATA
rv-l,-L['v-
..
0
I>
J>
J>
Z
0
n
..
0
z
:II
ACOUSTIC
COUPLER
0
:;;~
~
EIA
LEVEL
SHIFTERS
CONTROL AND DATA
(7H1
INTERNAL
MODEM
(7631
Figure 4-7. Main Processor to Communications System Interface
4.4.3 INTERRUPTS. The main processor uses a system of prioritized interrupts to determine which
device requires servicing. All of the interrupts used by the terminal go to the main processor through a
prioritized decoder. The output ofthis decoder is applied to the main processor. The decoder itself does
not use latching because the interrupts will remain on until they are honored. If two interrupts arrive at
the dt!coder simultaneously, the one with the highest priority will be serviced first. When the main
processor resets the highest priority interrupt the next highest interrupt can be requested.
4.5 KEYBOARD/PRINTER CONTROL SYSTEM
Keyboard encoding and printer control is performed by an interrupt-driven, stored program,
microprocessor system. This system consists of a TMS 8080 microprocessor, one 4K x 8 ROM (TMS
4732), one 64 x 8 RAM (TMS 4036), and an input/ output controller (TMS 5501).
··\·
C
•
'
. 1
4-10
ROM
(4K BYTES)
(O~ OFFF)
RAM
(3K BYTES)
(3000 ~ 38FF)
I
0
•
po
0
n
0
>
0
::I!
>
0
ROM
BANKO
(2K BYTES)
(1000 ~ 2FFF)
[OPSYSTEM)
~
po
II
0
>
ROM
BANK 1
(8K BYTES)
(1000 ~ 2FFF)
[RTP]
i
BUBBLE ifF
(3COO -4 3eOF)
MOV 0
= 0 ..d Pt10V 2 = 0
Figure 4-8. Memory Organization
The TMS 8080 system on the upper board is connected to the main processor on the lower board
through a 9600 baud asynchronous internal communication bus. The TMS 9980 sends command
characters directing printhead position, LED status indications and printable characters. The TMS
8080 will send encoded data from the keyboard to the main processor and will also acknowledge
receipt of characters and commands. Table 4-1 describes the command and characters sent to the TMS
8080 from the main processor.
c
4.5.1 KEYBOARD SCAN. The TMS 8080 generates control signals to scan the keyboard once each
4.3 milliseconds. When a key depression is detected during a scan, the character is encoded and proper
action is taken by the terminal. After a depression is detected, a 12 milliseconds delay is allowed for
contact bounce and then scanning resumes at 4.3 millisecond intervals. No other key depressions are
processed by the terminal until the first depression is released. When this occurs, a 12 millisecond delay
is allowed for contact bounce, then the keyboard scan resumes at 4.3 millisecond intervals. Each scan
is a complete scan so that mUltiple key depressions may be detected. When simultaneous depressions
are detected during a scan, neither key is acted upon. This scanning/ debounce technique effects a twokey rollover with lockout operation.
4-11
16K
(3FFF)
(3BFF)
BUBBLE
MEMORY
RAM 2 lK
(37FF)
RAM 1 lK
(33FF)
12K
(2FFF)
8K
(lFFF)
4K
(OFFF)
RAM 0 lK
ROM 2
4K
ROM 4
4K
BANKO
BANK 1
ROM 1
4K
ROM 3
4K
ROM BANK
ROM 0
4K
#0
#1
#2
WITH:
--
BUBB LE
RAM
RAM
000
100
1 1 0
o
(POWER UP DEVICES)
Figure 4-9. Memory Structure
Table 4-1. Main Processor to TMS 8080 Commands
Functions
Character (Hex)
00-lF
Control character. Only BS, BELL, LF, and CR will be processed. All others are ignored.
20-7F
Full ASCII character set. The appropriate dot pattern is generated and printed. Auto CR occurs
with reception of 81st character.
80
Forces a system restart. Causes the head to seek the left. Same as a power up sequence.
81-00
Causes the head to slew to the indicated column.
81 for Column 1
DO for Column 80
Note the head will slew left or right, to reach the column.
01
Short 8ELL (50 msec)
02-00
LED Control ON/OFF
DE-OF
Undefined - Will be ignored
EO
Prints COMMAND Prompt Symbol
4-12
c
Table 4-1. Main Processor to TMS 8080 Commands (Concluded)
(
Functions
Character (Hexl
-
E1
Prints Edit Record Index Symbol
E2
Prints End-of-Line (EOL) Symbol
E3
Prints Edit Record Delete Symbol
E4
Prints Start of I nsert Mode Character
E5
Prints End of I nsert Mode Character
E6
Prints Delete Character Symbol
E7
Prints Find Character String Prompt
E8-EF
Ignored
FO
Resets the TMS 8080 Control Character Print Feature
F1
Enables the TMS 8080 Control Character Print Feature
F2
Performs a CR-LF operation
F3
Sets Half Duplex Lockout
F4
Resets Half Duplex Lockout
--
4.5.2 PRINTHEAD POSITIONING. The TMS 8080 generates control signals for horizontal
positioning of the print head as well as vertical positioning with respect to the paper.
The control electronics positions the print head horizontally by properly timing different levels of
current through the windings of the 3-phase, 15-degree stepping motor. The motor is mechanically
coupled to the printhead. The control electronics monitors an optical sensor mounted on the motor for
the feedback to control stepping motion during printing and slew motion. The print/ step cycle
operates asynchronously up to 35 characters per second. The cycle time is divided into three basic
segments: settle - 11.3 ms, print - 10 ms, and step -7.2 ms. Slew time for carriage return for a full 80
columns is a maximum of 195 ms. Backspace operations are performed in one character time.
Printhead positioning is done in 0.100 inch increments. An automatic carriage return-line feed is
executed upon receipt of the 8 I st character in a line. Upon power turn on, the printhead is backspaced
to the left margin. Fault detection methods are used by the TMS 8080 to prevent damage during power
cycling cond.itions, obstruction of printhead motion, or loss of optical sensor signal.
The TMS 8080 positions the printhead vertically by properly timing current levels through the 4-phase,
line feed stepping motor. The stepping motor is mechanically coupled to the paper drive roller
advancing paper underneath the printhead. A line feed operation is performed in one character time.
The paper advance key on the keyboard allows the operator to direct the TMS 8080 to perform the
repeated line feeds until released.
('
The control electronics generates timed current levels through the head lift solenoid which is
mechanically coupled to the head pressure bar, to relieve print head pressure during line feed and head
slew operations.
4-13
4.5.3 CHARACTER PRINTING. The TMS 8080 generates the proper control signals to form the
appropriate character using the 5 x 7 dot matrix of the thermal printhead. The print voltage is enabled
and then the matrix data is transferred to the printhead one column at a time. After 10 ms have elapsed,
print voltage is removed. The print head is then ready for the next character.
The domestic/ international character set is shown in Appendix C Dot patterns for control characters
are shown in Appendix D. Note that these are only printed ifthe control character priht mode has been
set up by the TMS 9980 system.
4.5.4 PRINTER MECHANISM. The mechanism positions the printhead horizontally as each·
character is printed, slews the print head to a desired position and advances the paper to position the
printhead vertically for the next line of print under control of the TMS 8080. The last character printed
as well as the previous line are visible by the operator under normal lighting conditions. A line is
composed of 80 character positions.
4.5.5 PRINTHEAD SYSTEM. The printhead consists of a five by sev~n matrix of 35 heating
elements and a transistor mounted on a monolithic chip~ Mounted on a heatsink, the chip is connected
to the print head interface printed circuit card with a flexible cable. Mounted on the print head interface
printed circuit card are two selected resistors (R TRI M and R3) which control the characteristics of the
temperature compensation circuit so that its operation is optimum for each individual printhead. A
block diagram of the printhead system is shown in figure 4-10.
Each of the 35 heating elements on the printhead consists of an SCR and a heating element. The 35
elements are controlled by the priIithead driver address lines diagrammed in figure 4-11. When both X , , - - , , '
and Y inputs to a given element are positive, the SCR energizes and remains on (approximately 10
msec).
4.5.6 PRINTHEAD DRIVERS. The printhead drivers are implemented on two SN98614 linear
integrated circuits, each of which consists of six driver circuits. Each driver circuit has a low power,·
TTL, AND-input stage and a totem pole, power transistor output stage. All drivers are enabled by a
signal called PHDSTRBE, and each is controlled by address lines from the processor. Each driver
translates TTL data into the levels necessary to control the printhead heating elements. The nominal
output levels of the drivers are -4.7 volts low and +3.5 volts high.
4.5.7 TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION CIRCUIT. The printhead compensation circuit
provides a regulated, temperature compensated voltage to the printhead. The voltage is programmed
by the selected resistors on the printhead interface printed circuit card and the voltage drop across the
base-emitter and base-collector junctions of the temperature compensation transistor on the
monolithic printhead chip.
4.5.1 PRINT VOLTAGE CIRCUIT. Refer to the schematic in Section VII, RIl2 meters current to
RTRIM and DT (temperature-compensating transistor). RTRIM and DT are connected in series with
RllO to ground on the printhead assembly. RTRIM is selected during manufacture so that its
resistance compensates for variations in the voltage/ current characteristics of DT. Thus, the resulting
PVOL TS is correct for particular printhead.
~,
~>
4-14
~
~
.~.
OP AMPV103
VREF
'1
RESELECT
f"
~
CONT"AST
ADJUSTMENT
Vl
-0
~
PRINTHEAD
V
'--
O.75mA
RTRIM
"
-
+
I-TEMP
12 ROW/COLUMN
TEMPERATURE·
COMPENSATING
TRANSISTOR
(DTI
J
INTE"'ACE PC CAROl
Figure 4-10. Printhead System Block Diagram
I
PRINTHEAD
DRIVERS
U101, U102
ROW/COLUMN
DATA FROM
ADDRESS BUS
(AO·A111 AND
PRINTHEAD
STROBE
PRINT
MATRIX
ADDRESS
LINES
..
GND
YD7
,
'
YD6
YD5
ROWS
TEMPERATU RECOMPENSATI NG
DIODE
YD4
.t'
YD3
r-
C
I-- E
B
YD2
YD1
XD1
I
N OTE
XD2
COLUMNS
This view sh OWl the printhead
as it rests on the paper (from
heatsink side of printheadl.
XD3
XD4
;
I
XD5
Figure 4-11. Printhead Driver Address tines
When the PRINT signal is at logical ZERO from the processor, Q 103 is energized, applying +5 volts to
the cathode of CRI06 which holds it off and holds QI02 on. Capacitor Cl14 charges which results in
impedance changes, in R TRIM and DT.
When PRINT switches high and QI03 is off, the QI03 collector and CRI06 cathode are at -12 volts.
This switches QI02 off and prevents the voltage on Cl14 from changing during a PRINT period.
Circuit gain is not changed when the CONTRAST potentiometer Rl23 is adjusted. Gain is fixed at 70.
RI22 is selected during manufacturing unit test of the printhead interface printed circuit card in order
to calibrate the function of the temperature compensation circuit. This calibration enables use of any
printhead with any printhead interface printed circuit card without any adjustment or circuit change.
4-16
,~
I
I
"...,j
(
Transistor QIOI switches the base of QI04 to ground and holds it there except when PVOLTS is to be
turned on. Diodes CRIOI and CRI02 provide base current to QIOI to keep it at ground whenever a
break occurs in the DT jTRIM circuit which would cause excessive PVOLTS.
As diagrammed in figure 4-12, CI13 and RI08 control the initial step of PVOL TS and the rate of
change of PVOLTS when QI04 is switched on by QIOI being turned off. Transistor QI03 and CI09
form a timing circuit whose natural period is 10.5 to 15 msec. Normally, this circuit is switched on at the
leading edge and off at the trailing edge of the IO-millisecond PRINT control signal from the TMS
8080A. But only in case of a TMS 8080A failure which allows PRINT to stay at a logic ONE level
would the PRINT time be controlled by this circuit.
;:Hr
~ll
,+ +\!
LJ t
t
t
"t
t,
~";-
+ t
r -tt+ li:-\
~t
(e._.
,L
~
\-
t+
t-i -
._+t
-:-
rt
,J
iti
f
t-
+-
1 1.
t--
t
J:f
t
.<-
t
'J+t
c+
J
+.~
j
t- ,
t
-
+
l
+;-t-
-t
...
+,
"j+ \-
-, It
It
t
+ trS
t
t ~t-
+
c
t
t':'
rr:l'f
H
t
t ~I)!t
rthf-+
t
++t
tt
-rtt- r+ r-tH-"
- , f.
i
1
-1-_
Figure 4-12. PVOLTS COfttrol
4-17
itttL,
, ..
r }fttf+
J:+4
r f+ t. ;, ... --\t
l-,
t f;T', ~f.,: +1-;
1
4.5.9 MECHANISM DRIVE ELECTRONICS. The mechanism drive electronics converts the TTL
level signals of the control electronics into closed-loop, controlled, de current for application to a
three-phase, 15-degree stepping motor, a printhead pressure solenoid, and a paper advance permanent
magnet stepper motor located on the printer mechanism. The selection and control of these currents
are programmed by the TMS 8080A and its associated firmware algorithms.
The motor drive electronics is comprised of four circuits: phase selecting circuits, a current regulator
circuit, a current decay circuit, and a feedback sensor circuit. A block diagram of the motor drive
electronics is shown in figure 4-13.
4.5.9.1 Phase Selecting Circuits. Current in each of the three motor phases is selected and controlled
by three identical transistor networks:
Phase A - Q207, Q208, Q215
Phase B - Q206, Q204, Q202
Phase C - Q205, Q201, Q203
The operation of the circuits is discussed using only one network, phase A, as an example. The TTL
logic level from U26-10 (PHA) selects current flowing in phase A. When this signal is a logic ONE, base
current is supplied to Q207. Emitter current in Q207 energizes Q208, supplying sufficient base drive to
saturate Q215. Emitter current of Q215 is applied to the phase A winding.
FEEDBACK
SENSOR
CIRCUIT
SENSO~
IA
PHASE A
PHASE B
TO/FROM
PROCESSOR
PHASE C
·•·
··
·
PHASE
SELECTING
CIRCUIT
IB
[OOTO'
IC
........
I
CURRENT
DECAY
TIME
CONSTANT
CIRCUIT
STEP
CURRENT
REGULATOR
CIRCUIT
IRETURN
- .....
Figure 4-13. Motor Drive Circuit Block Diagram
4-18
,0
,~/»
4.5.9.2 Current Relulator Circuit. Emitter current for Q205, Q206, and Q207 is controlled by the
current regulator circuit (schematic 983842, sheet 6). This circuit is a switching regulator type,
synchronized to a 20-kHz square wave signal (PWRCLK) from U28-8. This signal is integrated by
C203, R223, and C209. The resulting triangular signal is summed with the motor phase current sample
voltage from R233 and is applied to pin 2 of U201. When the voltage at pin 3 of U201 is more positive
than at pin 2, emitter current for the phase select circuits is switched on by U201 thrugh R212. When
the voltage at pin 2 is more positive, the emitter current is switched off.
The reference voltage at pin 3 of U20l is set by the TMS 8080A to one of two levels, which consequently
regulates the motor phase current to one of two levels. Hold current is regulated at 0.65 amps and step
current is regulated at 1.4 amps. When the STEP signal from U26-5 is at a logic ZERO, the current
regulator circuit applies hold current to the motor phase winding. When the STEP signal goes from a
logic ZERO to ONE, the current regulator circuit ramps the motor current up to 1.4 amps by charging
C204 through R222, and R234 to prevent sudden changes in motor torque and to reduce audible noise
in printhead movement.
4.5.9.3 Current Decay Circuit. When the current regulato.r senses sufficient current in the motor and
switches off the current through Q215, the emitter of Q215 is suddenly switched from +30 volts to
negative voltage by the inductive flyback of the motor winding. The value of this negative voltage
determines the time necessary to discharge the current in that winding.
During periods when motor current needs to remain constant, transistors Q214 and Q209 are
energized with base current through CR202 and R229. The flyback voltage during these periods is
limited to approximately -2 volts. This provides a very long discharge time and enhances regulator
efficiency.
When the processor requires quick discharge of the phase current, it sets a ONE at U26 pin 2, FAST
signal. This energizes Q2l2 and Q213 which removes base current from Q214 and Q209. This enables
VCE Q209 to go to -22 volts, providing a 0.75 amps per msec discharge rate for the motor winding
feedback sensor circuit. The TMS 8080A requires data on position of the motor in order to "know"
when to apply braking, to change phases, or to make other decisions concerning motion of the
printhead carriage. This data is provided by the feedback, sensor. Figure 4-14 diagrams the output
characteristics of the feedback sensor circuit.
4.5.9.4 Feedback Sensor Circuit. Primary operation of the feedback sensor is accomplished by a 24position slotted wheel which interrupts a light path between an IR emitting diode and a photosensitive
transistor as shown in figure 4-15. This assembly is mounted on the stepping motor which drives the
printhead carriage. The current from the phototransistor is translated into a TTL logic level signal by
the Q2 and Q3 circuit.
c\
As the slotted wheel opens the light path, current flows through the phototransistor, energizing Q2
which deenergizes Q3. Resistor Rl5 adds hysteresis to the circuit to provide regenerative feedback
during transitions; this eliminates false triggering of the sensor.
4-19
r
FT .:1~
r
~
t
rff-ny
i1
j
tt~
j
J
1~ t
j
t-
+
I
I
J
tl
. ; !
I
50+0
t 1·
-+
++
,
j
1
+
t
_SENSOR SCHMIOT
TRIGGER OUT
- --
-t
t
+4·
-I
_.
+6"1 +6"
- LL-l-U t~f
MOTION RIGHT
+-
f
.
+1d'
+1t'
--
-
t+
Figure 4-14. Motor Drive Feedback Sensor Output Characteristics
+5V
IR
EMITTING
DIODE
----1+---~------.
PHOTOTRANSISTOR
R15
39K
R13
10K
20K
LIGHT PATH BROKEN
BY A 24-POSITION
SLOTTED WHEEL
-5
Figure 4-15. Feedback Sensor Circuitry
4-20
t
;.
f
~
t',t - -00. - ~+i'
1-
_.
j
I
II
LEFT
,
1
iH t
+1 'i
-+-
~o_.--
,
1
LI'GU
--
6"
ri
!ttt
IH11
O'ETENT o· + 0.50
j
j
t
1°
I-~ I , {
11U
I
+
rl
f
1
+
- -
!
~l
r
11
j.
AST2222
(21
(
4.5.10 SOLENOID AND STEPPER MOTOR DRIVERS. The drivers are saturated transistor
voltage switches controlled from the TMS 8080 buffer for energizing the LF-Step B-headlift solenoid
and/ or the LF-Step A-line feed stepper motor. The transistors are NP darlington devices with a
minimum current gain of 1000 specified for inductive switchir:tg applications.
4.5.10.1 He.dUft Without Line Feed. The head lift function is performed when the base drive resistors
R253 and R255 for transistors Q251 and Q252 respectively are switched to a logic one level. This causes
Q251 and Q252 to go into conduction permitting current to flow from the +30 volt supply to the
headlift solenoid through fuse F252. Current also flows through parallel resistor R258, through both
sets of motor windings, through Q251 and Q252 to the +30 volt supply return. The transistor clamps
the stored inductive energy at solenoid turnoff. The headlift without line feed function is subject to a
maximum 20 percent duty cycle based on a maximum "on" time of 45 seconds.
4.5.11.1 He.dUft With Line Feed. The TMS 8080A performs a headlift with line feed by switching
transistors Q251 and Q252 into conduction in the following sequence:
(~
Step No.
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3A
4A
4B
Conducting
Transistor
Q251
Q251
Q252
Q252
Q251
Q251
Q252
Q252
>
7.5°
15.0°
22.5°
30.0°
37.5°
45.0°
52.5°
60.0°
Motor Phase
Conductor
Time In
Milliseconds
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
0-3
3-6
6-9
9-12
12-15
15-18
18-21
21-24
Motor phase I is energized by the charging of capacitor C213 from the +30 volt supply through the
motor winding and Q251. Motor phase 2 is dc coupled and energized when Q251 is switched on. Motor
phase 3 is energized by charging capacitor C212 from + 30 volt supply through the motor winding and
conducting transistor Q252. Motor phase 4 is dc coupled and energized when Q252 is switched on.
Diodes CR251 and CR252 provide reverse voltage protection for capacitors C213 and C212 .
. Headlift with line feed is subject to a maximum duty cycle of 40 percent based on a maximum "on"time
of 30 seconds.
4-21
4.5.11 KEYBOARD. The keyboard is the primary data input device of the terminal. The keyboard
contains 59 single-action keys, one rocker-action key (NUM LOCK), one alternate-action key
(UPPER CASE), and six indicators.
~
\...J
The keyboard layout and symbolization is shown in Appendix A. This appendix also shows the
keyboard with various mode key combinations.
As part of the keyboard/ printer control system, a two-key rollover feature is included to allow for the
possibility of operation of a second key before the first key is released. Keyboard encoding is shown in
Appendix B. Note that the MSB is used to indicate non-ASCII functions.
4.5.11.1 Keyboard Indicators. There are six (6) LED indicators:
COMMAND Indicates the terminal is in the COMMAND mode and not the interactive mode.
PLAYBACK Indicates the ASR Playback Function is active in the Interactive Mode.
RECORD
Indicates the ASR Record function is active in the Interactive Mode.
COMM
If the acoustic coupler is selected as the communication chanllel, then this LED lilhtl
when the coupler detects a carrier signal. With the EIA channel selected as the
communication channel, this LED reflects the state of the "Data Set Ready" signal.
ON LINE
Indicates a "Data Terminal Ready" condition.
NUM LOCK Indicates the numeric pad of the keyboard is active.
4.5.11.2 Mode Key Priority. The following priority is used when encoding characters entered on the
keyboard.
Function Key Depressed.
Control Key Depressed
Shift Key Depressed
NUM Mode
This allows entering shifted, control, and function key codes while in the numeric mode.
4.5.11.3. Automatic Repeat of a Key. Several selected keys will automatically begin repeating at a 15
character per second rate when the key is held down for longer than one half second. The following
keys have automatic repeat:
Space
Minus
Period
Underscore
Period
CHAR
Asterisk
'~
C
"
4-22
-
I
4.5.11.4 High Speed Repeat for Test Purposes. By depressing both the CTRL and SHIFT key while
the UPPER CASE key is selected, any shifted key can be repeated once every 17 milliseconds. Once
initiated, this repeat operation will continue (even with no keys depressed) until a key is entered which
does not have the CTRL and SHIFT depressed and the UPPER CASE selected. This repeat operation
is intended for test purposes only. The terminal must not be in the record mode.
4.6 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM. The acoustic coupler/modem circuitry 10 the terminal
provides the interface between the terminal and a standard commercial telephone line. Since the
bandwidth of telephone lines is limited, digital information cannot feasibly be transmitted over very
long distances. However, digital information can be converted into analog form which can be
transmitted over telephone company voice-grade telephone lines of the direct distance dialing (D D D)
network. The acoustic coupler is standard on the Model 765; the modem is an option avilable on the
Model 763.
For 300-baud operation an analog technique called
. frequency shift keying (FSK.)
. is used to transmit
data. Frequency shift keying simply is the shifting of a 'signal between two frequencies. One frequency
represents a logic ONE; the other represents a logic ZE~O.
'
Figure 4-16 shows an alternating digital data pattern and its FSK. equivalent. The acoustic
coupler / modem circuitry in the terminal converts the digital data to be transmitted into an FSK. signal
and also converts a received FSK. signal into digital data. The bandwidths of the FSK. signals are
chosen to provide simultaneous transmission and reception of data (full duplex) over a single voiccgrade line. The frequencies assigned to the acoustic coupler/modem are listed in table 4-2. The Bell
System frequencies are used primarily in the United States, Canada, and Mexico. The CCITT
frequencies are used throughout Europe, Japan, and Australia. The acoustic coupler interfaces with
the telephone line through a standard telephone handset which fits into two rubber muffs on the rear of
the terminal. One muff contains a microphone; the other, a speaker. The interface is entir!=ly acoustic .
. The modem (available as an option only on the Model 763) interfaces directly with the telephone line
through a transformer contained within the data coupler required to connect the modem to the
telephone line. A block, diagram of the acoustic coupler/modem is shown in figure 4-17. Note that the
modem and acoustic coupler share most of the same circuitry; for this reason the operation of the
acoustic coupler is described first and the differences between the acoustic coupler and modem are
discerned where appropriate in the text.
4.6.1 RECEJVER SECTION. The receiver section of the acoustic coupler/modem consists of a
buffer, bandpass filter, limiter, mark and space filters, difference integrator, data filter, carrier detect,
and carrier detect delay circuits. The microphone is connected through the buffer (simply a high gain
amplifier) to a bandpass filter which passes in-band signals and attenuates out-of-band signals and
noise, thus providing selectivity. The output of the bandpass filter is applied to the limiter which.
provides a constant amplitude signa:l to the mark and space filters. The mark filter's greatest output
occurs when the mark frequency is received, and the space filter's greatest output occurs when the space
frequency is received.
('
4-23
.•
1'"
t •••
~
~.
- - . I . . .
-....... +.. - - . ..... t . - .
~.
----
-.~-
-~-·t~-·~
: :r:
::~: ::-::~::T::: .::::;~::
:: :: r:::
. - .. , . ..
:;~·t·7~: --: :t~=-; ~~~~~~=:
~_
~_l
_______
.. r "
: : : : : I.
I:~:;::
t:: : ~: : "
:::::
1::: :~: .
: ;:
,r-.--+---..+-r....
]:::~::::
:::'::1:
r::F~::
:::::.1::
. _.
+ .. -- ••
- . .• - ..
~
• • . • - ... - t '
_. . .. - . t . . . .
~
. ~ . : . [ ..
: f
~
.
-
• -
+-
~
-~.
____ _
~
-t-~
~
_.;-
.
--t--
Figure 4-16. Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) Modulation
Table 4-2. Acoustic Coupler/Modem FSK
Transmission Frequency
Sign.1
Logic One
(Mark)
Logic Zero
(Space)
Bell System
CCITT
Xmit
Rev.
Xmit
Rev.
1270
2225
980
1650
1070
2025
1180
1850
1"'\;
I
~
4-24
~
~
.~
MARK
FILTER
r--r - -
;IC"Ro;
I
:
I
,
~
MODEL 765
ACOUSTIC
L_':~~~
;;"
_
I
I
I
f----
BUFFER
BANDPASS
FILTER
~
I
_ ....J
SPACE
FILTER
~
DUPLEX MODE_
~
LIMITER
DIFFERENCE
INTEGRATOR
-
U
RECEIVE DATA
CLAMP
I
i
I
NOT AVAILABLE WITH CCITT OPTION
~
r
N
VI
DATA
FILTER
TRA
'TED
_
FREQUENCY
SHIFT KEYING
TRANSMITTER
-
RECEIVED DATA
Lawt'ASS
FILTER
-
CARRIER
DETECT
TRANSMIT
LEVEL
ADJUSTMENT
,
I
CARRIER
DETECT
DELAY
r------
-
HYBRID
BRIDGE
r-I
I
SPEA
~
I
~~U.!T~ ~U!!-~
Figure 4-17. Acoustic Coupler/Modem Block Diagram
.J
The output of the mark and space filters is applied to a difference integrator which determines which
filter has the most output over a bit time. The difference integrator's output is applied to the data filter
and carrier detect circuit. The data filter smoothes the difference integrator output and converts the
signal to ± 10 volt levels. The carrier detector circuit determines whether an in-band or out-of-band
signal is present at the input of the receiver.
r~
~~
An in-band signal starts a 3 to 7 second delay, provided a jumper is installed at E425-E426, in the
carrier detect delay circuit before it provides a valid carrier indication to the terminal and transmitter
circuit. An out-of-band signal starts a 100 to 300 millisecond delay before a no-carrier indication is
provided to the terminal and transmitter.
Referring to the schematic in Section VII, the signal input to the acoustic coupler is an audible tone
emitted by the telephone handset. This FSK signal is converted to an electrical signal by the
microphone. The incoming signal then is amplified by the buffer amplifier (U413, R501, R500, and
R495), the gain of which is determined by R501 and R495.
The signal then goes to a three-stage, stagger-tuned bandpass filter which amplifiers in-band signals
and attenuates out-of-band signals and noise. The fir~t stage of the filter (U413, R491, R494, R502,
C428, and C427) has a nominal center frequency of 2345 Hz, a gain of 14 dB and a Q of 5. The second
stage of the bandpass filter (U407, R489, R490, R450, C41&, and C417) has a nominalcenterfrequency
of 1915 Hz, a gain of 14 dB, and a Q of 5. The last stage of the filter (U406, R446, R429, R445, C412,
and C411) has a nominal center frequency of 2125 Hz, a gain of 3 dB and a Q of 5.
The composite filter response yields an overall gain of25 dB with relatively linear phase characteristics
and a 300-Hz bandwidth. The linear phase characteristics contribute to equal mark and space
frequency delays.
The limiter (U406, R442, R444, CR408, CR409) produces a constant amplitude (±0.7 volts, peak-topeak) input signal for the mark and space filters by limiting the positive and negative excursions of the
output with CR408 and CR409.
The bandwidth of the incoming signal at 300 baud is 300 hertz, centered about the carrier frequency of
2125 Hz (1750 Hz for CCITT). To receive signals of this bandwidth, the mark filter is nominally tuned
to 2275 Hz, and the space filtet is tuned to 1975 Hz. Both filters have equal gains, and the envelope
delay at the center frequency of each filter is equal.
The difference integrator circuitry determines which filter has the most output over a bit time. The
outputs ofthe mark and space filters are subtracted by CR413, R476, CR416, and R479 and by CR415,
R481, CR414, and R474. When a mark is received, the output of U410 (pin I) is in positive saturation;
similarly, when a space is received U410 (pin I) is in negative saturation. Under no-signal conditions,
the output of U410 is nominally zero volts.
The data filter stage, R455, R554, and C413, form a low-pass filter which removes any carrier
frequency signals still present on the output ofthe difference integrator. The remaining components of
the data filter (U41O, R454, and R453) consitute a comparator with hystersis. The output of U410 (pin
7) is in negative saturation for a mark and in positive saturation for a space. In addition, the receivedata -signal is held in the mark condition whenever the carrier detect delay output signal is off (-12
volts), indicating no valid carrier is present.
4-26
c
(
4.6.2 CARRIER DETECT. The carrier detect circuit determines if a valid FSK signal is being
received. The carrier detect circuit receives its input signal from the output of the difference integrator
(U41O, pin I) which is + 10 volts or -10 volts when a signal is received or zero volts when no signal is
received.
Under a no-signal condition U404 (pin I) is + 10 volts since U404 (pin 2) is pulled to -12 volts through
R423, and U404 (pin 3) is at zero volts. When the output of the difference integrator exceeds +2 volts,
the input (U404, pin 2) becomes more positive than pin 3 (U404), and the output (U404, pin 1) switches
to -10 volts.
Similarly, when the output of the difference integrator ranges between the negative saturation voltage
of U410 (pin 1) and -5 volts, the noninverting input of the carrier detect op-amp (U404, pin 3) is more
negative than the inverting input (U404, pin 2), so the output switches to -10 volts. To prevent a loss of
carrier indication while receiving data during which the output ofthe difference integrator is switching
between + 10 volts and -10 volts, the voltage stored on C409 and C404 (in conjunction with the RC time
constants of C409, R422, and R424 or C404, R402, and R403) are sufficient to prevent the output of
U404 (pin 1) from switching to a no-carrier condition (+ 10 volts).
4.6.3 CARRIER DETECT DELAY. The carrier detect delay circuit generates the appropriate
energizing and deenergizing delays required by the terminal. A -10 volt signal from U404 (pin 1)
indicates that a valid carrier is present. Since CR405 is reverse biased, capacitors C410 and C432 are
charged to -10 volts through R426. The jumper installed at E425-E426 provides for the normal turn-on
and turn-off delays. With this jumper removed, shorter delays are provided. R426 along with C410 and
C432 determine the turn-on time of 3 to 7 seconds. With the short delay option, the turn-on time is 1 to
2 seconds. When the voltage across C410 is less than the -7.5 volt threshold ofthe comparatorformed
by U404, R404, R405, R406, its output switches to + 10 volts, indicating the presence of a valid carrier.
When the output of the carrier detect circuit (U404, pin 1) is +10 volts, C410 and C432 discharge
through R425 and CR405. R425 along with C410 and C432 determine the turn-off time of 100-300
milliseconds (50-100 milliseconds with the short delay option). When the voltage across C410 is more
positive than -4 volts, the comparator output switches to -10 volts, indicating no valid carrier.
4.6.4 RECEIVE DATA CLAMP (Not Available With CCITT Option). The purpose of the receive
data clamp circuit is to eliminate the effects of erroneous receive data caused by the second harmonic
frequencies of the transmitter being within the bandwidth ofthe receiver. The ftinction ofthis circuit is
to force, or clamp, the receive-data signal to a mark condition whenever the transmit data signal is in a
space condition. The circuit is enabled only when the terminal is in the half-duplex mode.
With a -10 volt level at U405 (pin 1), the transmitter is in the space condition. Thus CR428 is forward
biased, a.nd C431 charges toward -10 volts through R473. Buffer amplifier U415 (pin I) tracks the
capacitor voltage towards -10 volts which causes the output of U 1 (pin 8) to switch to +5 volts. This
turns on Q551 which causes CR426 and CR427 to turn on, bringing U415 (pin 5) to approximately
+ 1.5 volts. If the terminal is in the half-duplex mode, the output latch U25 (pin 7) is turned on and
pulled to +5 volts through R22. Thus U415 (pin: 7) is in negative saturation (-10 volts), causing CR425
to be forward biased. This then forces, or clamps, the output of the difference integrator U410 (pin 1) to
10 volts, regardless of the receiver input signal. This causes the receive data signal to beheld in the
+
4-27
mark condition, along with holding the carrier detect signal on. When the transmit data signal returns
to the mark condition, U405 (pin 1) switches to + 10 volts. This turns off CR428 and now C431
discharges toward + 10 volts through R473 and R488. The output of U 1 (pin 8) switches to ground,
causing Q551 to turn off. This pulls U415 (pin 5) to + 12 volts through R499 since CR426 and C R427
turn off. This causes U415 (pin 7) to switch to + 10 volts, which turns off CR425. This then frees the
difference integrator and allows it to switch with the incoming signal. When the terminal is in the fullduplex mode, the output latch U25 (pin 7) is off and held near ground. Thus since the non-inverting
input of U415 (pin 5) never goes below ground, the output of U415 (pin 7) always is + 10 volts, which
turns off CR425, effectively disabling the circuit during full-duplex.
4.6.5 TRANSMITTER SECTION. The transmitter section consists of an FSK transmitter including
transmit inhibit circuitry, a low-pass filter, a transmit level adjustment, and hybrid bridge circuits. The
FSK transmitter is a triangular-wave oscillator which oscillates at one of the two FSK frequencies
selected by the digital transmit data signal. The transmitter is enabled to oscillate only after a valid
carrier is present and the carrier detect signal is on. The low-pass filter removes the higher order
harmonics present in the triangular wave. The low-pass filter output is connected through the output
level adjustment to the hybrid bridge.
When the board is configured as an acoustic coupler (Model 765), the hybrid bridge is used as a buffer
amplifier to drive the speaker. When the board is configured as a modem (Model 763 option), the
hybrid bridge permits the FSK transmit data to be applied to the telephone line through the DT and
DR leads. In the modem configuration the received FSK data also is present on the DT and DR leads
since it is a two-wire full-duplex system. The hybrid bridge not only applies the received FSK signal to
the receiver input, but it also isolates the transmitter section from the receiver section.
For purposes of discussion, refer to schematic 937298, sheet 8 in Section VII and assume that the
output of U412 (pin 7) of the FSK transmitter is at -12 volts. CR412 is reverse biased, and CR411 is
forward biased. A -4.3 volt reference is established by CR420, CR417, and CR419. The constant
negative voltage at the input of integrator (U407, C416, and the series combination ofR472 and R448)
causes the output (U407, pin 7) to ramp linearly positive with time.
When the output passes +4.3 volts, the noninverting input of U412 is slightly positive because ofthe
voltage divider formed by R487 and R485 between the negative reference and U407 (pin 7). The
positive voltage at U412 (pin 2) causes the output to switch to + 12 volts, and a +4.3 volt reference is
established by CR421, CR417, and CR418 at the input to the integrator. The integrator now ramps
linearly negative until the output is slightly less than -4.3 volts. The noninverting input ofU412 is now
slightly neg~tive, so the output switches to -12 volts, and the cycle starts again.
In order to change the frequency of the oscillator, a shunt resistor (R447) is switched across the series
combination of R472 and R448 by Q405. Transistor Q405 is switched on and off by the output level
present at U405; on during the mark frequency, off during the space frequency. The transmitter is
enabled and disabled using the carrier detect signal present at U404 (pin 7). When a valid carrier is
present, U404 (pin 7) is + 10 volts which turns on Q406 which turns off U407. This enables the
comparator U412, thus enabling the transmitter. While carrier detect is off, U404 (pin 7) is -10 volts,
forcing Q406 off and Q407 on, which disables U412 and the transmitter.
o
4-28
(
4.6.6 TRANSMIT LOW-PASS FILTER. The triangular wave output of the transmitter section is
altered using a low-pass filter to lower the distortion by attenuating all harmonics of the fundamental
frequency. The resultant output is a sine wave of approximately ±9 volts peak-to-peak.
4.6.7 TRANSMIT LEVEL. The output of the low-pass filter is applied through a 10K ohm
potentiometer which determines the output transmit level. Integrated circuit U414 (pins I, 2, and 3)
form a buffer to drive either the speaker (acoustic coupler) or the duplexer (modem).
The duplexer (U414, pins 5, 6, and 7; R496, R498, and R499) provides the appropriate driving and
terminating impedances to match the modem to the data access arrangement. The duplexer also
provides isolation between the transmitter and receiver of the modem to prevent a strong transmitted
signal from swamping a small received signal. Zener diodes, CR422 and CR423 protect the DT and
DR leads from high voltage spikes.
4.7 POWER SUPPLY
The terminal power supply converts ac input power to the regulated dc levels required to drive all of the
systems within the terminal. The power supply has been designated to operate over a wide range of
steady-state and transient cdonditions. The terminal consumes a maximum of 150 watts.
4.7.1 FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS. Refer to figure 4-18. The terminal power supply is located on
both the upper and lower boards. Functionally, the power supply can be divided into six major groups.
I) unregulated supply, 2) soft start circuit, 3) the dc-to-dc converters, 4) voltage regulator circuits, 5)
failure protect circuits, 6) output rectifier and filter circuits. Of the six major groups only the first two
listed, the unregulated supply and the soft start circuit, are not duplicated. The remaining four groups
are duplicated on the upper and lower boards and are identical with each other except that the upper
board (PWB-I) has a +30 volt output that does not exist on the lower board (PWB-2) circuits. The
IN4007 diode (CR334) in the positive leg of the unregulated dc input located on the bottom board
keeps the top board from stealing the stored energy from the bottom board reservoir capacitors
(needed to preserve power to the bubble memory system) during ac power down or ac power loss >2.5
cycles. This component is unique to the bottom board power supply. Because the operation of the
redundant areas of the power supply is identical, only the upper board circuitry will be examined. The
ac input is rectified and filtered in the unregulated (PWB-l) area of the supply. The unregulated dc is
applied to both converters. The regulator circuits control their respective converters by altering their
frequency and duty cycle to meet input and load variations. The converters use the flyback principle to
couple energy in the transformer primary winding to the secondary winding and to the output
rectifiers, filters, and load. The output is a stable, well-regulated dc that is used to drive the subsystems
within the terminal.
4.7.2 UNREGULATED SUPPLY. The unregulated section of the power supply is located on the
upper board and provides unregulated dc to both boards. In operation, the ac input power is applied
through an electromagnetic interference (EMI) filter through the power switch located on the upper
board. When the switch is closed, ac power is applied to a full-wave bridge rectifier. The pulsating dc
output of the bridge circuit is applied across filter capacitors to produce smoothed, unregulated 160
volt dc that is applied to both upper and lower converters. The output of the bridge circuit is also
applied to the soft start circuit.
4-29
AeIN
,.-..
r-
-~ ~~TED
r-~
1
t..
SOFT
START
r-
CONVERTER
(UPPER BOARD.
Y
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
(U.... ER BOARD'
W
--
FAILURE
PROTECT
(U .... ER BOARD,
---
r-
-
r-
DC OUT
r-
~
CONVERTER
(LOWER BOARD,
OUTPUT RECTIFIERS
AND FILTERS
(U_~ IIOARD,
r--
OUTPUT RECTIFIERS
AND fiLTERS
(LOWER BOARD,
.....
DC OUT
I-
y
-=t
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
~
(LOWER BOARD)
FAILURE
}PROTECT
(LOWER BOARD)
Figure 4-18. Power Supply Block Diagram
r'"
4.7.3 SOFT START CIRCUIT. The soft start circuit is located in the area of the unregulated supply
on the upper board. The soft start circuit provides a starting current limiter for the unregulated supply.
When the terminal is initially switched on the charging current for the filter capacitors is limited by
passing it through a low value (18 ohm) resistor. At the same time, the output of the full-wave rectifier
circuit is applied to a RC network. After about 50 milliseconds the voltage across the RC network has
reached a level sufficient to trigger the SCR into conduction that bypasses the current limiting resistor.
Once the SCR goes into conduction it remains on until the ac power is removed.
4.7.4 DC TO DC CONVERTER CIRCUIT. The principle of operation used by the dc-to-dc
converter is that of a blocking oscillator. See figure 4-19. The converter is self starting so that when
power is applied, power switching transistor Q311 goes into saturation allowing current to pass
through the primary winding. The output of the tertiary winding drives the Q311 base circuit. The
current continues to increase with time. The actual amount of time it takes the current to ramp up is a
function of the applied unregulated dc voltage and the primary inductance of the transformer. Before
the transistor reaches its maximum current handling capacity or saturation current ofthe transformer
primary winding, the emitter resistor R338 will have a sufficient voltage drop across it to switch on
transistor Q309 of the instantaneous over current protection circuit. This will drop the base potential
on Q311 and switch it off. When Q311 switches off the primary winding polarity reverses and it ceases
to act ass a load and begins to act a a source when its induced field collapses; The polarity on all other
winding also reverses. This change begins the flyback that produces the transformer action necessary
to couple the energy in the primary to the secondary windings. The snubber circuit on the primary
winding is to slow down the polarity reversal to prevent damage to Q311 during turn off.
~j
r\
~~
4-30
(
In operation the converter will be delivering maximum safe amount of power to charge the output filter
capacitors during initial turn on. During this period, the charge time of the transformer is terminated
by Q309: After the output filter capacitors have charged to the correct level, the charge time of the
transformer is terminated by the regulator.
Another circuit on the transformer primary is the flyback limiter. This circuit absorbs a set amount of
energy on the leading edge of the flyback voltage to prevent overshoot. If·this overshoot is not
absorbed, the regulator will sense the overshoot and use its value for regulation. This would cause the
output voltage to vary with line and load variations and thus reduce regulation.
4.7.~
VOLTAGE REGULATOR. The regulator circuit controls the output voltages of the power
supply by sensing the flyback voltages and varying the frequency and duty cycle of the converter to
compensate for line and load variations. When power is initially applied, maximum power is required
to charge the output filter capacitors. Because of this, the converter must deliver maximum current to
the output and the regulator has no effect on the converter. During this period the power transistor is
turned off by the instantaneous over current protection circuit as it approaches maximum current on
each cycle.
4-31
As the load requirements diminish to their steady state values the power output of the converter must
be reduced. The regulator begins to switch off the converter power transistor before it reaches the
maximum safe current level. Refer to figure 4-20. During flyback, capacitor C313 charges to the
average flyback voltage. This voltage signal is input through the inverting side of U302 to establish a
current level of Q305. Transistor Q305 acts as an adjustable constant current source to timing
capacitor C317. The amount of current through Q305 is a function of the level offlyback voltage stored
on C313. During flyback the output of the tertiary winding has keptC317 discharged. When Q311
begins to conduct again, C317 is allowed to charge at a rate determined by the amount of current being
passed by Q305. When the voltage across C317 reaches the correct level, Q307 and Q308 will switch on.
Transistor Q308 sinks Q311's base current and switches Q311 off. In summary, when the load
increases, greater current is required of the supply. The converter must remain on for longer periods of
time. To accomplish this, U302 senses a lower flyback voltage (because of the increased load) and lower
the output current of Q305 which causes C317 to take longer to charge. The longer it takes C317 to
charge the longer that Q311 i~ on per cycle.
REGULATOR SENSE
WINDING
C313
TERTIARY WINDING
U302
REF
0311
CONVERTER
POWER
SWITCHING
TRANSISTOR
Q308
C317
T
Figure 4-20. Regulator Circuit, Simplified Diagram
4-32
(
Conversely, when the load decreases, less current is required of the supply. The converter must remain
on for shorter periods of time. To accomplish this, U302 senses a higher flyback voltage (because of the
decreased load) and increases the output current of Q305 which causes C317 to charge faster. The
faster C317 charges the shorter time Q311 is on per cycle.
4.7.6 FAILURE PROTECT CIRCUIT. This circuit provides protection to the power supply and its
load against output overvoltage or sustained overcurrent. The failure protection circuit consists offour
transistors and their associated components. It forms an over voltage sense, sustained over-current
sense, latch, and driver which switches off the power switching transistor of the converter. When the
circuit latches it holds the power switching transistor off as long as the primary side dc is present. The
circuit is disabled during initial power up until the soft start SCR is triggered into conduction. When
the SCR goes into conduction the failure protect circuit is enabled.
c
4-33/~34
·'1
1
.1
1
(
SECTION V
MAINTEN AN CE
5.1 INTRODUCTION
The terminal has been designed with several built-in test features that will aid in the quick isolation of
failures. In addition, this section provides a series of comprehensive troubleshooting charts that will
serve as a guide to the use of the built-in tests to quickly isolate a defective assembly. Paragraph 5.4
provides the correct procedure for cleaning the terminal printhead. Paragraph 5.5 contains
information concerning the location of and the correct procedure for removal and replacement of a
defective component. The adjustment of the printer system is discussed in Paragraph 5.6. Testing ofthe
communication system is presented in Paragraph 5.7.
5.2 SELF TEST. The terminal contains several built-in tests. The random access memory is checked
automatically each time the terminal is turned on. The system read only memory and bubble memory
system is tested by calling up a test that is resident in ROM. In addition there is a test initialization
sequence, a built-in test for bubble memory masks, and a high-speed character repeat function that can
be used to isolate terminal failures.
5.2.1 RAM TEST. Each time the terminal is turned on, a test of the terminal RAM is initiated and
circuitry on the upper board will cause the printer to perform a linefeed, make the printhead slew to the
left margin, and light the COMMAND indicator. At the same time, the main processor, located on the
lower board, will conduct a RAM test. If the RAM successfully passes the test, the main processor
sends a READY message to be pri,nted.
If the RAM fails, or the main processor is malfunctioning then the terminal will still perform as
previously described with the exception that the message READY will not be printed.
If the printer/keyboard control system located on the upper board is malfunctioning, the printer will
not linefeed, slew to the left margin or print a READY message.
5.2.2 TEST INITIALIZATION. The TEST INIT command will initiate the system initialization
routine. This routine is NOT necessary to run any of the terminal built-in tests. It provides a simple and
quick method to set up the terminal with an empty catalog and a predetermined set of terminal
parameters.
When the TEST INIT command is entered, the terminal will respond with the prompt message OK?
(Y / N) to which a Y or N must be entered. An N will terminate the initialization with no action taken. A
Y will cause the initialization to occur. The catalog will be set up with no files created, even if some of
the files are locked. The terminal parameters will be set as follows:
5-1
Speed - 300 baud
Parity - Even
Parity Checking - Off
Full Duplex Mode
Communication to Internal (AI C coupler)
No ABM
Transmit End-of-Line to CRLF
Receive End-of-Line to CRLF
No Record or Playback Files
EDC - On
No Key Definition
DC3, DCI.3 and DC2.4 - On
Buffer - Inactive
OFF LINE
ABM Auto Trigger - Off
EOT Disconnect - Off
CAUTION
Use of this function will remove ALL files from memory, even if they
are locked files.
5.2.3 ROM AND BUBBLE MEMORY TEST. The TEST command will activate a test routine,
resident in ROM, that will perform the following tests:
•
CRC ROM check on the main processor ROMs.
•
Read and write a single page of data from each bubble device in the memory system.
If an error occurs as a result of the test, a FAIL message is printed followed by an error code. If no
errors occur, then a DONE message is printed when the test terminates. It should be noted that after
the TEST command has been entered the terminal will appear to go inactive while the test is in
progress. The following is a list of errors for the test:
FAIL - I
FAIL - 2
FAIL - 3
FAIL - 4
FAIL - 5
FAIL - 6
FAIL - 7
FAIL - 8
FAIL - 9
FAIL - A
FAIL - B
FAIL - C
FAIL - D
ROMI CRC FAIL
ROM2 CRC FAIL
ROM3 CRC FAIL
ROM4 CRC FAIL
ROM5 CRC FAIL
BUBBLE 0 FAIL
BUBBLE I FAIL
BUBBLE 2 FAIL
BUBBLE 3 FAIL
BUBBLE 4 FAIL
BUBBLE 5 FAIL
BUBBLE 6 FAIL
BUBBLE 7 FAIL
(U58)
(U59)
(U60)
(U61)
(U62)
5.2.4 DISCRETE AND DUAL MEMORY BOARDS. There are two different types of memory
boards used in the terminal, discrete memory boards and dual memory boards. The discrete memory
boards contain one bubble memory device per board. Because of their size, only two discrete memory
boards can be installed in a terminal. Each discrete memory board can store 10K characters. The
location of the bubble devices on the discrete memory board is shown in figure 5-1.
5-2
(
,
LJ
---------~~----n nn!ln
nn
n U UUUJ
U
u ni.......i
n
nn
LJ LJ uu
I
'I
o
nn
, LJ
'nu'l
I
I
LJ
n
U
---
(
..
o0
o0
0
o
0
C:~J
o0
o
0
CJ
o
[~~J
n
o
o
I
0
U
1----
~--
Figure 5-1. Discrete Memory Board
"
The dual memory board contains two bubble devices per board and is one half the size of the discrete
board. Each dual memory board can store 20K characters. A maximum of four dual memory boards
can be installed in a terminal. Memory boards can not be mixed, that is, a discrete board and a dual
memory board cannot be installed together in the same terminal. The location of the bubble devices on
the dual memory board is shown in figure 5-2.
5.2.4.1 Bubble Mask Tests. Each bubble memory device in the terminal requires a mask for read write
operations. The bubble mask is simply a string of characters that define which of the minor loops in the
bubble device are defective. The memory system uses the mask information to condition the data
transfers with the bubble device to correct for the defective loops. Each bubble device has a mask
defined by the manufacturer that is unique to the bubble device. These bubble mask tests allow the
checking of the mask that is already installed in the bubble device. If the mask is lost, it also allows the
mask to be reinserted into the bubble device. The TEST MASK command will cause the terminal to
print the mask for each bubble device in the system. The format of the mask is as follows:
MBM n AABBCCDDEEFFGGHHIIJJKKLLMMXXXX
5-3
I
// :1 LJ
1
-I\;~-
n nnnn
n
ULJuu
u[J
n LJ':
n nL1::
U
u "
I]
I
n
I
I
I
LJLJ
l' '
nU :0~: :::
:::
:::
~:~
"1
D
D
D
,R
LJ
\ ~ _____D_D___D_D___
DD___D_D
I
:
[--~
I
_D_J
Figure 5-2. Dual Memory Board
The MBM (Magnetic Bubble Memory) device number (0-7) is followd by a character string. Each
double letter represents a two digit hexadecimal number which indicates a defective minor loop. The 13
defective loops are represented. The XXXX is a four digit CRC check character which is used to
validate the mask during input to protect against input errors. If there is no bubble device installed in a
memory location or the mask of the bubble device in that location has been lost, the terminal will print
out the following message:
MBM n OUT
Where n represents the location number where there is no bubble device installed, or the mask has been
lost.
If a bubble mask has been lost and the mask information for that device is not available, the mask data
is also printed on the bubble device. To read the data, it is necessary to open the terminal; remove the
upper board and examine the bubble device in question. An example of the mask data for a bubble
device is shown in figure 5-3. The mask number is read from left to right and top to bottom. The mask
number illustrated is I 832495D92939798999A9B9C9D9CF5. The mask number printed on the bubble
device is listed in groups of five characters for ease of reading. When the number is entered using the
TEST MASK instruction, there are no spaces in between. The last line of the bubble device is the part
number of a bubble device with a mask label on it and has nothing to do with the bubble mask data.
5-4
o
(
Figure 5-3. Bubble Mask Data Label
5.2.4.2 Entering Bubble Masks. If a bubble mask is lost, it can be rewritten into the bubble device by
the use of the TEST MASK n command, where n represents the bubble device number. The mask
associated with bubble memory device n (0-7) will be set to the value of the character string that is
entered after the TEST MASK command. If the masks of both bubble devices are lost in a discrete
bubble memory terminal, then the TEST MASK command cannot be used to reload the masks into the
bubble devices. In this case, either both memory modules can be replaced or a one module can be
installed and a TEST MASK n command can be used to re-enter the remaining bubble memory mask.
CAUTION
Care should be exercised in the installation of the bubble memory
mask. If an incorrect mask is entered, the bubble device will notwork
correctly even if the correct mas~ is entered at a later time. If an
incorrect mask is entered, replacement memory board must be
installed because the bubble device is no longer reliable.
5-5
5.2.5 HIGH SPEED CHARACTER REPEAT. By depressing both the control and shift keys while
the keyboard is in the upper case mode, any shifted key can be repeated once-every 17 milliseconds.
Once initiated, this repeat operation will continue (even with no keys depressed) until a key is entered
which does not have the control, shift, and upper case function also depressed. The terminal must not
be in the record mode.
5.3 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART.
This troubleshooting chart is designed to assist you in quickly determining the faulty assembly in a
terminal. Start with the chart on sheet one and proceed as directed.
POWER UP
READY MESSAGE
PRINTED?
YES
GO TO CIRCUIT CHECKS (SHEET 2)
NO
IS FAN RUNNING?
NO
-
GO TO POWER SUPPLY (SHEET 3)
YES
IS COMMAND
INDICATOR ON
CONTINUOUSL Y?
NO
REPLACE A. UPPER BOARD
B.KEYBOARD
.,
YES
PRESS NUM LOCK
SWITCH TWICE. DID
NUM LOCK
INDICATOR TURN ON
AND OFF?
NO
REPLACE A. UPPER BOARD
B.KEYBOARD
YES
DID POWER UP
GIVE A PERFECT
LINE FEED?
NO
REPLACE A. PRINTER MECHANISM
B. UPPER BOARD
YES
DOES PAPER
ADVANCE OPERATE
PROPERLY?
NO
DOES ANY
STEPPING OCCUR?
IYES
YES
DOES THE COMMAND
INDICATOR REMAIN
ON?
YES
NO
GO TO SHEET 4
NO READY
5-6
REPLACE A. UPPER BOARD
B. PRINTER MECHANISM
C.KEYBOARD
REPLACE A. PRINTER MECHANISM
B. UPPER BOARD
REPLACE A. LOWER BOARD
B. UPPER BOARD
NO
..
(
CIRCUIT CHECKS
!
ENTER THE TEST
COMMAND
!
(-
DID FAIL 1-->5
OCCUR?
YES
DID FAIL 6-->0
OCCUR?
YES
REPLACE LOWER BOARD
REPLACE A. MEMORY MODULE: FAIL 6, 7 MODULE A3
FAIL8,9 MODULE A4
FAIL A,B MODULE A5
FAIL C, 0 MODULE A6
B, LOWER BOARD
SET TERMINAL TO OFF
LINE. SET UPPER CASE
LOCK. PRESS AND HOLI
CNTL AND SHIFT KEYS
SIMULTANEOUSLY.
PRESS ANY
CHARACTER KEY.
DOES TERMINAL PRINT
AT HIGH SPEED AND
GOOD QUALITY? (SEE
NO
ARE CERTAIN
NOTE 11 STOP
j..!:=---i~ DOTS FAILING?
PRINTING BY
PRESSING ANY
CHARACTER KEY.
NOTE 1. TURN OFF PRINTING
BEFORE 10 LINES HAVE BEEN
PRINTED.
l
NO
IS PRINTHEAD
CONTRAST OK?
NO
ADJUST CONTRAST.
REPLACE: A. PRINTHEAD
B. UPPER BOARD
IYES
REPLACE A. PRINTHEADC FOR OTHER
B.lIPP.ER BOARD
PRINTING PIHlBLEMS,
REPLACE A. PRINTER MECHANISM
B. UPPER BOARDS
YES
GO TO COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS
CHECK (SHEET 61
5-7
POWER SUPPLY CHECKS
ENSURE THAT POWER IS
DISCONNECTED. REMOVE
UPPER TERMINAL CASE.
DISCONNECT THE FAN.
CONNECT POWER TO
TERMINAL. TURN TERMINAL
ON. IS -12 VDC PRESENT AT
C303? (SEE NOTE 1)
NOTE 1.M EASURE FROM
THE LEFT REAR LEAD ON
C303TO T HE HEATSINK.
YES
REPLACE FAN.
NO
DISCONNECT THE TWO
INTERBOARD CONNECTOR
AT THE REAR OF THE UPPER
BOARD. IS -12 VDC PRESENT
AT C303?
YES
REPLACE LOWER BOARD.
NO
DISCONNECT THE
KEYBOARD. IS -12 VDC
PRESENT AT C303?
YES
REPLACE KEYBOARD.
NO
DISCONNECT THE PRINTER
MECHANISM CABLES. IS
-12 VDC PRESENT AT C303?
IS LINE FUSE BLOWN?
YES
YES
REPLACE PRINTER MECHANISM.
REPLACE BOTH UPPER AND
LOWER BOARDS. DO NOT
REPLACE THE FUSE.
NO
~ REPLACE UPPER BOA RD
5-8
(
NO Ai::
" UY
DID THE CARRIAGE STEP TO
THE LEFT MARGIN AND/OR
PULL IN TO DETENT WHEN
POWER WAS TURNED ON?
NO
REPLACE A. PRINTER MECHANISM
B. UPPER BOARD
YES
IS THE CARRIAGE STEPPING
WITHOUT PRINTING
ANYTHING?
YES
REPLACE A. PRINTHEAD
B. UPPER BOARD
NO
IF ANYTHING WAS PRINTED,
WAS IT SMEARED OR
BLURRED?
YES
ADJUST CONTRAST
REPLACE A. PRINTER MECHANISM
B. UPPER BOARD
NO
WAS A BS _ _ MESSAGE
PRINTED?
YES
GO TO BUBBLE SYNC ISHEET 5}
NO
REMOVE UPPER TERMINAL
CASE. POSITIONoPRINTHEAD
TO CENTER OF CARRIAGE lilY
HAND. TURN POWER ON. DID
PRINTHEAD SLEW TO LEFT
MARGIN NORMALL Y?
NO
REPLACE A. PRINTER MECHANISM
B. UPPER BOARD
YES
DOES PRINTHEAD STEP IN
RESPONSE TO CHARACTERS
ENTERED FROM KEYBOARD?
NO
REPLACE A. LOWER BOARD
B. UPPER BOARD
C. PRINTER MECHANISM
D.KEYBOARD
YES
GO TO CIRCUIT CHECKS (SHEET 2)
5-9
BUBBLE SYNC
•
WAIT FOR MESSAGE COMPLE·
TION. APPROXIMATELY 40
SECONDS FOR EACH UNSYN·
CHRONIZED BUBBLE DEVICE.
WAS I PRINTED AFTER ANY
OF THE MESSAGES?
-
NO
YES
CYCLE POWER A SECOND TIME.
IF MESSAGE REMAINS
REPLACE A. MEMORY MODULE
aso OR 1, MODULE
BS2 OR 3, MODULE
BS4 OR 5, MODULE
BS6 OR 7,MODULE
B. LOWER BOARD
THENUMBERINTHEME~
SAGE IS THE BUBBLE DEVICE
THAT HAS LOST ITS MASK.
RE·ENTER THE MASK USING
COMMAND, TEST MASK #
{DATA ON DEVICE LABELl SKIp,
~
CYCLE THE TERMINAL
POWER. WAS THE READY
MESSAGE PRINTED? NOTE:
BR __ MESSAGES ARE NOR·
MALLY PRINTED AFTER A
MASK HAS BEEN ENTERED.
CYCLE THE TERMINAL
POWER IF A BR __ MESSAGE
WAS PRINTED. WAS THE
READY MESSAGE PRINTED?
-
NO
YES
ANY MORE
as MESSAGES?
I
YES
1
NO
r
BUBBLE SYNC TEST
COMPLETE
I
5-10
REPLACE A. MEMORY MODULE
AS STATED ABOVE
OR AS INDICATED
BY TH: SECOND
NUMBER OF THE
BR MESSAGE.
B. LOWER BOARD
A3
A4
A5
A6
(
COMMUNICA TIONa CI RCUiTI
CHECK
CHECK EIA PORT USING TEST
PLUG. ENSURE THAT TERMt·
NAL IS IN FULL·DtJIILEX
WITH THE BUFFER OFF. WAS
TEST SUCCESSFUL?
NO
REPLACE LOWER BOARD
YES
CHECK ACOUSTIC COUPLER
TRANSMITTER BY:
1. SETTING INTERFACE TO
INTERNAL.
2. SETTING HALF·DUPLEX
MODE.
3. PRESS CTRL AND '2' KEY.
COMM INDICATOR SHOULD
LIGHT AND TWO TONES
SHOULD BE HEARD AT
ACOUSTIC COUPLER TRANS·
MITTER WHEN LEAVING UP
ON THE KEYS. WAS TEST
SUCCESSFUL?
NO
REPLACE A.SPEAKER
B. UPPER BOARD
C. LOWER BOARD
YES
CHECK ACOUSTIC COUPLER
RECEIVER USING THE
CALIBRATOR HANDSET.
COMM INDICATOR SHOULD
TURN ON. WAS TEST
SUCCESSFUL?
NO
YES
COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS
CHECK COMPLETE
5-11
..
REPLACE A. MICROPHONE
B. UPPER BOARD
C. LOWER BOARD
5.4 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT.
The following paragraphs explain how to remove and replace the components of the terminal. Figure
5-4 shows the location of terminal components.
CAUTION
Disconnect the memory terminal ac power cord from the wall
receptable before attempting any internal disassembly procedures.
5.4.1 UPPER TERMINAL CASE. Remove the upper terminal case as follows:
1.
Disconnect the power cord and communications cable (if present) from the rear of the
terminal.
2.
Open the paper supply door and remove the paper from the terminal. This will prevent the
paper from falling out during case removal.
3.
Place the terminal upside down on a padded working surface.
4.
Remove the four recessed screws which secure the base to the upper cover.
5.
Grasp the upper cover and base together and turn the terminal right side up.
6.
Remove the upper case cover.
NOTE
The Model 765 has two wire assemblies located inside of the case at the
rear of the terminal. These connections are for the acoustic coupler and
must be disconnected. To disconnect, simply remove the two
connecting plugs at the point where they attach to the upper board.
5-12
FA~
ASSEMBLY
UPPER COMMUNICATIONS
CONNECTOR P403
R PLUG
PLATEN
LINE FEED
STEPPER
MOTOR
PRESSURE
BAR
ASSEMBLY
SCREWS
KEYBOARD
FLEX CABLE
CONNECTOR
KEYBOARD
PENCIL
SWITCHES
KEYBOARD
RETAINER
CLIPS
Figure 5-4. Terminal Component Locations
,5-13
Replace the upper terminal case as follows:
I.
Set the upper case on its back at the rear of the memory terminal.
2.
Connect the two acoustic coupler assembly cables (Model 765 only) to the upper board.
3.
Verify that the fan, printer mechanism, printhead, keyboard, and lower board cables are
connected to their upper board connector pins.
4.
Verify that the power cord receptacle is inserted in its groove in the base of the terminal case.
5.
Lower the front of the upper case, keeping cables and wires off of the heatsink and away
from the fan blade.
6.
Guide the paper compartment rear wall (on the upper case) into the slot at the bottom rear of
the mechanism paper supply compartment.
7.
Verify that the sides, front, and rear ofthe case are engaged in their respective grooves in the
base.
8.
Grasp the upper case and base together and turn the unit upside down.
9.
Install the four screws through the base and tighten.
5.4.2 PRINTER MECHANISM. Remove the printer mechanism as follows:
I.
Remove the top of the terminal case as described in paragraph 5.4.1.
2.
Refer to figure 5-5 and disconnect the sensor and motor connectors, and the mechanism
ground connector.
CAUTION
Grasp the connectors only by their plastic bodies when disconnecting.
Do not pull on the wires. Needle-nose pliers may be used if more
convenient.
3.
Release the front of the mechanism by pressing the two front support posts toward the rear
of the terminal.
4.
Lift the front of the terminal sufficiently to clear the two front posts and slide the mechanism
backward to center the rear posts in the mechanism slots.
5.
Lift the entire mechanism approximately four inches (10 cm) and unplug the printhead
connector (J 10 I) from the upper PWB. The connector is located below the mechanism.
6.
Lift the mechanism from the terminal.
5-14
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
PRINTHEAD
CONNECTOR
PRINTER MECHANISM
CONNECTOR J252
(HIDDEN)
CONNECTOR
MECHANISM
CONNECTOR
J1
INTER-PWB
J310
PRINTER MECHANISM
CONNECTOR
J201
INTER-PWB CONNECTOR
J320
,
FAN CONNECTION
J302
INTER-PWB CONNECTOR
Figure 5-5. Terminal Connector Locations
5-15
~
\Replace the printer mechanism as follows:
..
l/
I.
Verify that the four spring spacers are seated atop each of the four mechanism mounting
posts.
2.
Hold the mechanism above the upper board and connect the printhead connector to J 10 I on
the board.
3.
Route the motor and sensor cables under the mechanism and behind the left rear mounting
post.
4.
Connect the sensor cable to J I and the motor cable to J20 I. Refer to figure 5-5 and connect
the print head solenoid connector to J251 and the line feed stepper motor connector to J252.
Connect the mechanism around cable to the tab located beneath the line feed stepper motor.
5.
Lower the rear mechanism slots over the rear mounting posts and press down the
mechanism to engage posts. Pull the mechanism forward to engage the front slots and
mounting posts and press down to engage the front posts.
5.4.3 PRINTHEAD. Remove the printhead as follows:
I.
Remove the top of the terminal case as described in paragraph 5.4.1.
2.
Remove the printer mechanism as described in paragraph 5.4.2.
3.
Remove the plastic clip that holds the flat flexible ribbon cable to the printer mechanism.
4.
Release the pressure bar assembly (fig. 5-6) by disconnecting the plastic solenoid linkage at
the point where it attaches to the pressure bar assembly.
5.
Loosen both the 3/ 16th inch head screws that secure the print head to the printhead carriage
assembly.
6. .
Lift the clear plastic window (fig. 5-7), grasp the printhead assembly pulling up and back
until it is clear of the two plastic aligning tabs.
7.
Gently remove the printhead assembly (if the print head does not come off, repeat steps Sand
6) and let the clear plastic window return to its resting position.
5-16
(
PRINTHEAD
LINE FEED
STEPPING MOTOR
SOLENOID
LINKAGE
'--PRINTHEAD LIFT
SOLENOID
KNURLED SOLENOID
ADJUSTMENT WHEEL
PRESSURE BAR
ASSEMBLY
PRINTHEAD CARRIAGE
ROD SUPPORT BEARINGS
Figure 5-6. Printer Mechanism Component Locations
5-17 .
PRINTHEAD MOUNTING SCREWS
CLEAR PLASTIC WINDOW
PRINTHEAD
FLEX CABLE
L..-_
DISCONNECTED
SOLENOID
LINKAGE
PRINTHEAD FLEX
Figure 5-7. Printhead Removal
5-18
(
Replace the print head as follows:
1.
Lift the clear plastic window (fig. 5-7).
2.
Slide the printhead into position onto the printhead carriage. Ensure that the two plastic
pins fit into the holes on the printhead assembly.
3.
Tighten the two screws that retain the print head assembly.
4.
Adjust the printhead pressure as instructed in paragraph 5.5.1.
5.
Lay the flexible cable under the print head with a rolling loop to the left.
6.
Secure the flexible cable to the mechanism with the plastic clip.
7.
Install the mechanism in the terminal as instructed in paragraph 5.4.2.
8.
Adjust printhead position alignment as instructed in paragraph 5.5.2.
5.4.4 KEYBOARD. Remove the keyboard as follows:
1.
Remove the top of the terminal case as described in section 5.4.1.
2.
Remove the keyboard bezel by relieving the snap-on posts on the left and right ends of the
keyboard and the bezel.
3.
Press the keyboard assembly toward the rear of the terminal until the three front retainer
clips are free of the keyboard.
4.
Lift the front of the keyboard assembly up and slide the keyboard forward off of the
terminal.
5.
Holding the keyboard in one hand, place the index finger of the other hand under the flat
ribbon connector as shown. Gently pull up on the cable keyboard connection until it is free
of the keyboard.
(~
Replace the keyboard as follows:
I.
Lay the keyboard in front of the terminal and connect the keyboard flex cable connector to
the keyboard.
5-19
CAUTION
Extreme care should be exercised when installing the keyboard flex
cable connector. The connector pins are made of a thin metal and are
easily· bent or broken. Verify that all of the pins are in the respectsockets of the connector before applying insertion force.
2.
Lift the keyboard and insert the rear edge into the three rear keyboard clips ofthe base while
gently folding the cable beneath the keyboard.
3.
Push the keyboard toward the rear of the terminal until the front clips of the base are clear.
Lower the front edge ofthe keyboard and release, inserting the front edge into the three front
clips.
4.
Verify that the pencil switches located in the lower right corner of the keyboard are set the
same as the keyboard being replaced. A listing of the keyboard pencil switch setting is
provided in figure 5-8.
5.
Install the keyboard bezel by pushing down on the bezel until the two end posts snap into
place.
c
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
CLOSED ---+....1::::::,:,:,::,:,:1
CLOSE SWITCH NUMBER
NONE
KEYBOARD
USA
UNITED KINGDOM
1 ONLY
FRENCH
20NLY
DEN MAR K/NORWA Y
30NLY
SWEDEN/FINLAND
40NLY
GERMAN
50NLY
Figure 5-8. Keyboard Pencil Switch Settings
(
5-20
(
5.4.5. FAN ASSEMBLY
I.
Remove the upper terminal case as described in paragraph 5.4.1.
2.
Unplug the fan connector from the upper PWB at J302 (fig. 5-5).
3.
Loosen both fan bracket screws.
4.
Slide the fan motor and blades forward and out of the bracket.
Replace the fan by completing the above steps in the reverse order. Rotate the fan blades manually to
ascertain freedom of movement. If the movement of the fan blades is restricted, position the fan in the
bracket as needed.
5.4.6 UPPER BOARD. Remove the upper board as follows:
I.
Remove the upper terminal case as described in paragraph 5.4.1.
2.
Remove the printer mechanism as described in paragraph 5.4.2.
3.
Remove the mounting post springs and spacers.
4.
Disconnect the four inter-board connectors (fig. 5-5).
5.
Slide the ac power receptable out of its mounting slots.
6.
Remove the upper board by lifting it straight up.
Replace the upper board by reversing the order of removal.
CAUTION
When replacing the upper board verify that the black conductive foam
has been removed from the underside of the board. Damage to the
terminal could result if it is not removed.
NOTE
Spare upper boards do not include the ROM kit. Transfer the ROM
from socket XU lO of the defective board to the new board.
Verify that the jumpers on the replacement board are identical with the
jumpers ofthe defective board. Option jumper location information is
shown in Table G-I in Appendix G.
5-21
Figure 5-9. Discrete Memory Module Removal
Figure 5-10. Dual Memory Module Removal
5-22
5.4.7 MEMORY BOARDS. Remove memory boards as follows:
(
I.
Remove the upper board as described in paragraph 5.4.6.
2.
Refer to figure 5-2 for location numbers of discrete memory boards and figure 5-3 for
location numbers of dual memory boards.
3.
Bend back the memory board retaining clips with your thumbs and lift the memory board
out of its sockets with your index and middle finger as shown in figure 5-9 and 5-10. New
board connectors are stiff and may require extra effort to remove them.
4.
Remove the memory board by lifting it straight up.
Replace the memory board by performing the following steps:
('
I.
Rest the memory board on the retainer clips above the sockets.
2.
Verify that the pins on the memory board are aligned with the sockets on the lower board.
3.
Apply pressure on both sides of the memory board until the retaining clips snap into place.
4.
Replace the upper board (para. 5.4.6).
5.4.8 LOWER BOARD
I.
Remove the upper board as described in paragraph 5.4.6.
2.
Remove mounting post spacers.
3.
Remove the lower board by lifting it straight out.
Replacement of the lower PW B is accomplished by reversing the order of removal.
CAUTION
When replacing the lower board verify that the black conductive foam
(if present) has been removed from the underside of the board. Damage
to the terminal could result if it is not removed.
NOTE
(. '~
Spare lower boards do not include the ROM kit. Transfer the five
ROM's from sockets U58 through U62 of the defective board to the
new board. If the terminal is a *B, then the PROM at ~ocket U65 must
also be transferred.
/
5-23
5.5 TERMINAL ADJUSTMENTS
Under normal operating conditions, the closed-loop control circuitry of the printer systems will
compensate for friction changes caused by wear, temperature variations, and component aging. No
field adjustments are required except alignment of the thermal printhead after replacement of the
mechanism or printhead assembly. I(print quality deteriorates, do not attempt adjustments until the
cause is fully understood.
5.5.1. PRINTHEAD PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT. Adjust pr.inthead pressure as follows:
I.
Remove the upper terminal case as described in paragraph 5.4. I.
2.
Manually position the printhead approximately four inches from the left margin.
3.
Press the printhead lift solenoid (fig. 5-6) so that the solenoid is in the fully energized
position.
4.
Place a measuring device along the solenoid linkage and measure the travel distance.
5.
Adjust the solenoid travel to at least 0.05 cm (0.02 inches) but no greater than O. I I cm (0.045
inches) by rotating the knurled solenoid adjustment wheel (fig. 5-6). Rotate the wheel
clockwise to increase the travel, counterclockwise to decrease the travel.
6.
Repeat steps 3 through 5 several times to ascertain that the adjustment is correct.
5.5.2 PRINTHEAD POSITION ALIGNMENT. After installing a new printhead, check a printed
line of zeros. If the tops or the bottom of the zeroes are missing anywhere along the printed line, correct
by repositioning the printhead carriage rod support bearings (fig. 5-6) as follows:
I.
Loosen the screw that clamps the bearing to the frame. Move the bearing up if the bottom of
the characters are missing; move down if the top of the characters are missing.
Independently adjust each end of the carriage rod support bearings for the condition
observed.
2.
After adjusting, verify that the printhead carriage does not rub against the frame and that
the top of the printhead does not interfere with the clear plastic window and its associated
roller.
3.
Retighten the clamping screws and type several more lines of zeros to recheck printing
quality. Readjust as necessary.
5.5.3 ADJUSTMENT. You will probably never have to adjust the printing contrast since it is preset at
the factory for optimum clarity. But if the contrast has been changed ancl you want a darker or lighter
image, here's how to adjust it.
I.
_For darker print insert a small standard screwdriver into the hole marked CONTRAST
located on the right side of the terminal; then rotate the screwdriver clockwise (toward D),
while printing characters from the keyboard, until the printed image is dark enough.
5.. 24
NOTE
(
If the print blurs, you've rotated the screwdriver too far. If so, adjust it
to a lighter print.
2.
For lighter print rotate the screwdriver counterclockwise (toward L), while printing
characters from the keyboard, until the printed image is light enough.
5.5.4 TRANSMIT LEVEL ADJUSTMENT. The transmit level is factory-calibrated for optimum
performance with most U. S. telephone systems. However, because of the conditions of some handsets
and since line losses occur in some areas, it may be necessary to increase or decrease the transmit level
to compensate for unusual conditions. Adjust the transmit level for optimum p.erformance by inserting
a small screwdriver into the hole marked TRANSMIT LEVEL; rotate clockwise to improve log-on or
counterclockwise to reduce data errors.
5.6 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM TESTING
The communications system of the terminal can be tested by using a test plug that connects to the EIA
port in the rear of the terminal. The plug takes the signals from the transmit side of the terminal and
returns the same signals to the terminal receiver. The procedure for using the test plug is as follows:
1.
Using the STATUS command verify that the following terminal parameters are set:
Interface -EIA
Duplex - Full
Baud - Any baud rate
Buffer - ON
If any of the parameters are incorrect, use the CHANGE command to correct them.
2.
Insert the test plug, TI part number 2200076-0001, into the lower interface connection, PI.
3.
Switch the terminal to ON LINE.
4.
Type in up to 80 characters.
5.
Depress the SKIP key or if 80 characters have been typed in type in one more character.
With *B terminals it will transmit on the 82 character.
6.
The terminal should print the text that was typed in. If it does, then the communications
system is functioning normally.
S.7 PRINTHEAD CLEANING
The printhead should be cleaned each time a new roll of thermal paper is loaded into the terminal.
Clean more often if the printed image begins to fade because of residue accumulating on the printhead.
Proceed as follows:
1.
Remove all thermal paper from the paper chute (refer to Loading Paper in Section II).
5-25
WET WITH DENATURED ALCOHOL
5-CM
(2 INCH)
STRIP
Figure 5-11. Printhead Cleaning
2.
Using denatured alcohol, wet a 5 cm (2 inch) wide strip across a sheet of good quality bond
paper. Insert the sheet down the paper chute as shown in figure 5-11.
NOTE
Denatured alcohol is available from Texas Instruments in pint
containers (TI Part No. 230007-0000).
3.
Print five lines on the bond paper across the 5 cm (2 inch) strip wetted with alcohol. Then
advance the paper to a dry area and print two more lines.
NOTE
The print head will not print a visible image on the bond paper.
5-26
SECTION VI
o
PARTS LIST
6.1 INTRODUCTION
This section contains the assembly drawings and their associated parts list for the terminal.
Assembly Name
e:
e
Drawing Number
Page Number
Data Terminal, Model 763
Cover Assembly, Model 763
02200049B
02200044B
6-1
6-4
Oata Terminal, Model 765
Inner Cover Assembly, Model 765
Outer Cover Assembly, Model 765
00999230F
00999239C
00983809A
6-7
6-12
6-15
Mechanism Assembly (With Printhead)
Mechanism Assembly (Without Printhead)
Print head Orive Motor Assembly
Paper Drive Motor Assembly
Printhead Drive Feedback Sensor Assembly
Printhead Assembly
Fan Assembly
Keyboard Assembly
00999264
00999257-000 I C
009838120
02200045
C0983814D
B0983829
C0999232C
A0999241B
6-18
6-20
6-23
6-25
6-27
6-29
6-31
6-33
Terminal Electronics (Upper Board)
Memory Controller (Lower Board)
Memory Module, Oiscrete
Memory Module, Oual (To Be Added)
00937300
00999222J
00999236J
0999261
6-37
6-60
6-70
6-75
103/202/212 Cable Assembly
CBSI00lF Cable Assembly
Current Loop Cable Assembly
113 Cable Assembly
02200051
02200052
02200053
C2200055
6-77
6-79
6-81
6-83
o
~
~
•
o
NOTES: UNLeSS
01
5
DT~ERfi/~E
SPC-:::IFlED
..
fN5rALL FA'" (ITeM nAND Fr:J5ITfOH S(J THAT THE BLADE!
At[C£NTCfUD e~TWrE/IJ THE MOUNTING ef"ACf(£r
(IT£ItA") ANO PWB (ITEJA2)
Ii]
rIY'OA.D 15 A 5AL[5 ORDER ITEM AND 15 SHOWN
FOR RCFUENCC ONLY
T/tlM FAN CU70ur av '".,CR (ITC1II.) TO DIMlN510N5
SNOWN ~IfJOIf TO IN5TAUIN6 TAN .»F1.£ (ITCM 31)
~
m
[!J
APPLY' I rEM 17 rOIJON-TEKT:';RED AREA
~ TlGHTDJ
00 COVER
~,;s'U:S~Atil5~k ~~~~N~ON:.gff~/'f;H~~~:lgt[~~r~6
Assr(JTEM I) BlFDRE INSTAUING HARDWARE (ITEM 18)
[!]
~
ro
B
SAFEry COVER
"TEM 21
flTEM 23 I
IN~TALL£O
OVCR POW~R SUPPLY
G-~
3
ON PWR A'5S '('
HIGH VOL rlAG€ AREA
w:L,'------r~_~~:
I ~18B30 MRW~i"h'
I
~
_.,
_~
- . ,
lM
c:,;:;,_:;~. •....!_,_T,-:\
~
,
I
-@.:::::M:UI~~W~~~~~AtE~1f--4'l~
=.5 INCH-F'OUND.5
=AND-Aftt=-rtFIJ~--H'iSFAtt-Eo=tN-~
lW==fiIJl,J.Jli#
TIGUreN TO 3.5~.S INCH-POUNDS
8> POWER COR;] (ITEM 10) SHIPPED WITH -000/,
-0002' -0005 Assrs, 15 A SALES ORD:::R
ITEM ON -OOC3
-0004 ASSYS
t
IECF I i , '
IT 8",
[ill
ORDER ENTP'(
SHORT SIGNAL
1-'330 YD E3f,,,
GRnUtJO FROM
@
lNSTAU ITEM 4 ACROSS ME.MOR't' LOCATIONS .a.3-M. .~5-AI;
CONFIGi.lRATItJN OPTION. IF UNSPECIFIED
6FcOUND TO CHASSIS GROUND BY CONNECTING
'£5-;,7. IF REQUIRED 70 ,'::,oUTE S/G~;AL
CHASSIS GROUND, CONN€CT P3jO TO EJI.:,71 [~e.
"'~6H~1rJ
[ 'J
..9
-'-
SHztA->l
---
~'-
c
c
SH2(A~7)
Cf'
23) 9
J
iMt(A.J-S)
Vj~~
B
r- H
ru@"4REGD
'-H
51{ 2 (C-3)
REF'{JZ'
2)REF
K
~-
DATA T[RMINAL.7'.3-f NT". KA~ KMIA
-2.'.::1 EIA/TTr, W)B41?ft
~~2A+====t_=-=-=-=-=-~-i2~LI07fTr
-, ':-1
E;~iJ.()(~~,QQIt~ll
~
II/MODEM
DA~ TEFi~'~';CL~_;1~T~~~-/T.,--y-1
B
en
.,-
o
o
o
... Il
N
N
o
II1R£F
IN/IICIt COVER OTeMS)
REMIJVCD rOlf ClARITY
A
_~~-'-:j
~-. TEJ: ....... [~,~:...,_':
C ,-.
- - ,--
DATA TEP': ';,t.!.., 763
22.~,~<)49
141
L.n
JA
•
6
2
3
4
"
D
D
.UWN aLtlCK
{
:;ecTiON
seCTION
VICr, JI.JI
B-B
8HI .-5)
lCAL : I/Z
5HIra-6>
5CAL.E:NONE
A-A
1t07ATEO 12-CCW
(i: ';t~Tc".~:D IBO·)
SH'I (~-.)
c
CA.ELf. 1-4001( - L'P
50-lfDUL E
(ITEM 7)
l!l
1
5
~AN
c
R£MARKS
r-'-~~D~f~S'C~R~IP~T1~D~N~~~~~~~~
4S5Y
~~;~:.,r~i:2. ';'C/"'UOt:'D
PRINrH(IlD
00
-L
~
~
3)KfF
(A2)
I
"--------"---- '\
-J L.Z01.05~~~jLm./l5~
S
B
•
J-J
S£CT/ON
•
10
(MODifICATION)
5HI
(8-7)
SECTION K-K
g~fiD''-:;~·CW
3HI (.-3)
$(ALE: I/Z
p
~
..
_
F-F
SHI (e-51
FlOT ... TED 90 0 CW
C)
- J2!H
!5 SENSOR
- JI
INCiUOEl)
- JZ!i2
WITfJ
IT£M 5
~ :3 COMM CABLE
[,Z-[
I
CABLE5 INCLUDED
•
...'"o
ON trEM 3
(IT~"" 3) poweR CABLE
.,£W C-C
'"'
2
..
"a)REF
.CALE:NON~
(iNSTALL AT/ON)
5H 1
(8-1)
ROTATeD 90°CN
'·... 1·
SCALE:: 1/1
ROTAT€D 45·CW
(
N
o
$Hi (C-4)
J-J
S£CTION
2."~R~F
SeCTION
- JZOI
.ffi;
~
.;
MOTOR DRIVE
5 HEAO LIFT SOL
5 LINE FCEDMOrDR
~. '.~
'.' '", ___.........,
DI96214 i
'\
~j
2200049
i r I"
!:S
C)
LIST OF MATERIALS
(
A.....Y
OATA TERMINAL, 115V EIAmV
DATA TERMINAL, 115V W/MODEM
DATA TERMINAL, 230V E/AITTV
DATA TERMINAL, 230V EIAmV, W/BARRIER
DATA TERMINAL, 763 EIAmV, KATAKANA
PonNa.
2200049·0001
2200049·0002
2200049·0003
2200049-0004
2200049·0005
TI ' - t No.
au.ntity
R...
0.
0
0
0
0
oacriplion
R.....t<.
0001
00001.000
EA
0999221.-0002
RASE,PORTABLE
0002
00001.000
EA
0937300-0002
TEPMINAL ELECTRONICS,7"3-EIA/TTY
lor -0001 80 -0lI05
-00112
00001.000
EA
0937300-0001
TERMINAL ElECTPONJCS,7"3/7"5 W/MOOEM
lor -0002 only
0002
0000'.001)
0937310-0002
TEPMINAl ElEG.7"3-EIA/TTY-WE
lor -0003 only
0002
00001.000
0937310-DOOit
TERMINAL ElECTPONICS 7"3 EIA/TTY (U.K. I
for -0004 only
0003
00001.00')
0999222-0001
~UBRlE
lor -0001, -0002,80 -0lI05
00n3
00001.000
1)999222-0002
RUBBLE MEMORY CCNTPOLLEP-PNT,230V
lor -0003 only
0003
00001.000
El
0999222-0003
BUBBLE
lor -0003 only
000"
011002.000
El
0999236-0001
OISC"ETE "EM""Y ASSY
0005
00001.000
EA
0007
00001.000
EA
EA
FA
0008
00001.000
0008
00001.000
0010
00001.000
0011
00003.000
0012
0000~.000
0013
ooooe.OOO
FA
OOH
00005.000
EA
0015
0000".000
FA
EA
EA
~E"ORY
TER"INAL (PMTI
MEMOPY CONTROlLER-PMT,115V
CONTROLlER-PMT,230V UK
ME~Y
22000"1t-0001
COVfR ASSY, I NNER-763 PTlt W/O XMIT AOJUST
lor.I .._-1IOO2
22000""-0002
COVER ASSY,INNER 763,PTP WITH XMfT AOJ
lor-0002on1y
0996289-0002
COIIO SET,3-PIN PWfI-OOMESTlC GIIAY W/CLIP
0983905-0001
CLIP,KEYBOARO,FRONT
0983901t-0001
CLlP,KEYIIOAItO,PEAP
1)983907-0001
SPACER,SPPING
0999231-0009
PLATE,IO,FOP TEPMINAl PIN 22000"9-0001
0016
00001.000
0017
00001.000
0017
00001.01)0
EA
0999231-0010
PlATE,ID,FO" TERMINAL PIN 22000"9-0002
0017
00001.000
EA
0999231-0011
PlATE,lO,FOR TERMINAL PIN 22000"9-0003
0017
00001..000
EA
0999231-0012
PlATE,lD,FOR TERMINAL PIN 22000"9-000lt
-0017
00001.000
0018
0000lt.000
0019
00002.000
OO2n
T~'MINAl
0999231-0038
PLATE,IO,FOR
EA
0972988-0073
SCIIEW,"-"O X 2.000 PAN HEAD CIIES
PIN 22000"9-0005
0972679-0009
SCREW '''-20 X 3/S-lG THD FOPM,HEX
01'1002.000
EA
0"11101-0057
LOCKWASHEP."
EXTEPNAl TOOTH CDES
no2l
0000".000
FA
0"193"6-03"2
HELICAL COMP'ESS
01123
00001.000
EA
093730lt-OOOI
COYE~,
DOH
00001.000
FA
09601"1-0001
LA8El,SE~VICE
00~5
00001.000
EA
0999250-9701
~ANUAL,OPERATOII,"ODEl
0026
00001.000
0972603-0001
PAPEP,T~EII""l
PEF
EA
0999251-9901
TEST PPOCfDUIIE,Sll
00211
REF
EA
0999252-9901
TEST
P~OCEOU'E,RUN-IN,PMT
0029
PFF
FA
0999253-9901
TEST
P~OCEOU'E,"ANUAl,P"T
0021
SPIII~G
SAFETY
763/765 PPINTER
PPINTtNG,WHITf
0030
00001.000
EA
09992"2-0001
KIT,lNSTAllATION,
0031
00001.000
fA
09992"0-0001
BAFFLE ADAPTOR,FAN
00}2
00001.000
EA
2200039-0001
UBfl,FUftCTlO"
2200061t-9101
MAINTENAftCE MANUAL 163/765
0033
"EF
6-3
'O~
for-0001,-11002,80-Ol105on1y
•
ill ASSfM'!I OUTER COyeR (ITEM I), LEFT
SID( INSElf1 (I1[M 2),ANn RI6HT 51DE
"fsur (ITEM ~) MY APPLYIN6 ONE 50LlO
lEAP of ~l/IItSIV£ mEM II) CLOse 70
o
15
7
NOTes: IINL£5S DTI/£RWISC SKCIFICD
£06£ OF P~NTS IN AREAS IND;~AT(D.
•••• INDICATES APPLY TO FARSIDl 01INNEII COVER
----INDICAns APPLY TO FAIlS/DE OF
INSERTS (WITHOUT RI8S)
SLlD[ INSERTS INTO SLOTS OF INNER
COVER. Iii0US ON SIDE INseRTS MUST
TOUCH INNfR COV£R [CG£. CLAMP !NNrR
COVEll AND SIIiE INS[IIT5 T06ETHER AT
IINIT PARTIN6 LINE FOIl APPROXIM~TeLY
.. MINUTES TO lIeACH JlANDLIN6 57RfN('TH.
CURE I HR MIN BfFORE INSTALLATION.
WARNINu' ADJlE51VE IT£M /I BJND5
SKIN TO ANY SURFAce ;N 5£(OIIDS.
UEP ACII/[SIV[ OFF OF SKIN AND
HANDLE WITII (AUTION
III
15
2
3
4
5,
INSTALL PAPER DOOR (ITEM 4)BY BOWING
all BENDING AND INSERTING STUDS INTO
HOLES ON COVER (ITEM I)
~ CENTEII PAPER LOADING LABEl (ITEM 10)
ON UNDHSIDE OF PAPEIl DOOR OTEM 4)
WITHIN :t.10 OF CENTERUNt Of: DOOR
lil
o
IF THE 5.LE5 ORDER CONFIWIIATION
SliEfT 5PECiFlES A SPECIAL CUSTOMER
NAMEPLATE, INSTALL IT IN PLACE IJF
TH£ STANlJAIiD NAMEPLATe (JT£M 7)
02
"
c
B
COVER
; NUMBER
ASSEM:;,~' ~~~T~~JUST
~
coveR ASSEMBLY) 143/763
wrr. lOUT XMIT ADJUST
80
DESCRIPIION
~
o
fiiI
.." STlTul!-.T~
.•n]-cr~LI=-t
t_ .~. fSill'""fi"ln
PfIOCUIiIo,'::J\f't
~"'oet.TlCItf
.....
~~_~D
,..
:~~::~a:~
JlEJoIIOYIlALL_IIICI_
CONC~~
DIAMIlTE..s.oIOF.
I.~"""'ITS"'
__Y
2It1...ACEOEC' ......... "'.0lI'
=.i~~==~~~y
Jds"
~
TEJ". IJroISTRUMENTS
f _ _ GJ"""
LJ.,...
r....
A
COVER ASSEMBLY,
743/763
totfW"'.-..rrDfl"'_N~1l
wrTH"'L-5TD-IGO
HOUE TOI.&ll.ucE
,~~!= ~~!:m ~!.~
~!:gg-r i~!~Y i~!~t
S"!:ET
3D
n
,,)
r-"\
~ )
2200044
U::;EO~'"
LM
(
- "\1
..
)
t OF 2
o
«
u
.
.
~
...
'"~
.:
("
ct!
II)
,
INK
@
o
WHEN INSTALLING caVER AS$Y
l!1
rl6HTEIoI m
(IrCMl!Il
(!]
~
8;t.5 INCH- PO/JAJD5
SAFEry covER flT~M z~, IN~TALL£O ON PWB A!5SY
liTEM 21 OV£1f POWER SUPPLY HIGH VOLTAGE AREA
....................................
,,~.,,~
........
-
,
'I"fn
I/.,;tL--
.... ,,. ....................... . .
5
TJfi,IITEN TD 3.5~.S INCH"POUND5
.
G)INSTALL ""MC.PLAT£. (ITeM 24 I ON OUT/!R COVER
AS
IN VIEw E
[TIl
~
o
TRIM FAN CUTOUT ON COVER (ITEM 6) TO DlMENSION5
SIIOWN PRIOR TO m;T,t,UIN6 FAN BA"" (ITEM J')
POWER CORD (ITEM 10 ON -0001, -00031 -ooo~
INSTALL
~Lf~ ~~g~~:'~s~~;;/W:;H~OO~'Jt ~~ !ov£O:~~~r
(/TEM9).4S SHOWN IN VIEW.-·6
SlOE v/EwE
NOTES CONTINUED SH 3
02
/;
-000. LAS" /TE.If jl.H..tJ 9!J!lL+7!.-ooo/
IjJ.CAlI-.JU!I)(O)?4___ ;'hr.crliEOLlf
c
14.7-18 !A"{';::;>I
'RE,l',EJ/SlrE E»6.f CKAl/GEl/IULJLJEO A/t?ffJ- z.r;, II
c
f"J"KJ)
9"
-J
ZlREF
999230-0007 DATA TEnMINAL. PI.1T - KATA KANA
999230-0006
- 2.30 V GERMPNr
999230-0005
- 230 v AU57R---;;{-'A
J 5W!>(C·J,II-7)
V
9992!iO-oOO4
•
IfEF(12
-230V WjBl,dRiiR
-"5 V
999230-0003
1IU?llN
-230V CC17T
'9"9'9230-0001 DATA TERMINAL, PMT-1f5V DOMESTIC
PART NuMBER
DESCRIPTION
REF
~9923D-0002
® ..z
B
a
!<)
N
0)
aH2(C-7)
'"'"
AJ'
o
II.
INN~1t Covt;'R (lTEMB)
~ DUT"R COVER (ITEM')
REMOV£D FQR CLARITY
_,u.c)_
~OT'HIl--';_CFIEO
. . 1oIOIIE
....
A
UM.-.lSS
onESFOf~~C"T>Ok
30
LM
fi[1
•
s
6
7
4
2
3
& PLACES'
o
D
o
K1
:sa::TIDN
SHI(C-6)
o
VIEW
B-B
SECTION A-A
SHI (B./O)
(~'::-tr'i"r-io
(-0001, -0003,
CABLE HOOK-UP
I
Z
DE SCRiPT/ON
(ITEM 7) FAN ASSY
5
•
~
Texos Instruments
silENT 700
POftTAIL£ "[Io'OIlY T[RMlhlAL
PRINTHEAD
5
a
SPEAKER
6
8
MICROPHONE
7
5 MOTOR DRIVE
•
!5
9
!5 LINE FEED M07l)R
10
5
11
:3 COMM CABLP;
HEAD LIFT SOL.
SEN30R
E
.49 WI
P30Z
A7AIWI
PIOI
AIOWI
P401
AJOW2
P40Z
AI
A/
INCLUD~D
~
SPEAKE'1:' INCLUD~D
WITH ITEM 8
MICROPHDN~
JNCLUO~O
WITU ITEM
A7AIAZ WI
- .12:$1
INCLUDED
- .1252
ITEM 5
a
WITH
- JI
1"/
AI
AI -
-f4'Wi1J'/i;.
310
AI-E~5IE3'"
OR
II'-E~..
,...)~
PRINrHEAO
WITH ITEM'
- J201
A7A3WI
P252.
AZ w P320
AZ W2 P.330
- ';401
- J40Z
pzel
A~~2!J7"
t'lnt~'
- JIOI
AB - JI
c
REMARKS
FINISH
AI - J302
R71'11 WI
~wz P3/0
(lT~M 3) POWP;R CAB~P;
VIEW
SCALE! 2/'
SCHEDULE
START
KEYBOARD ASSY A/WI PI
/2
•
I -0007)
IBOo)
c
~
G-G
SHI (c-s)
SCALE: 1/4
SCA~E:NONE
CABLES INCLUDED
B
ON ITEM :3
..,
o
.
't E3f.7
'"en
~
0>
en
ROTATeD 180 0
o
(!
.;
~
C-C
VIP;W
ISHI (C- ..)
A
II.
~:!:igo:gocw
I
____13.0Gr.Z5
F-F
~~~l~Eri) 90 CW
Jmi
aP;C:-/ON
999230
0
SHlEET
tl"."
()
(",-j.
f~. ')
~I
Z
~
\.
~
__ ~,r
8
FROM CHASSIS GROUND, CONNeCT P330 TO £3""
o
5
6
7
~ ORDER ENT!lCY CONFIGURATION OPTION. [F UNSPECIFJED,SHORT
SIGNAL GROUND TO CHASSIS GROUND 8'" CQNNEC1"NG P330
TO c3~ S I E3t!.' IF RCQUiRED 70 ISOLATE S/GNJ:lL GROUND
t
£3" 7
~ INSTAL, ITEM ~ ACROSS MEMORY LOCATIONS A;;-M {AS-A.
AS SHOW/{
1m INSTALL ITEM .38, (OVfR j 110 CONNECTOR ON -(JODl. THRU ·0007 ONLY
~
I._MAX GAP ElLTWEEN
OUTE~ ~IS
ON
CI~
IIlSEl2T
AFoJO IN""ER. CD\I£R 'UlAU BE • ~D IN.
11. MAX alY'RlWrutD...1fEI2 ~le liN SIDE I~EA:T AND
"UE ~H"I..L. Sf. .DbO IN.
I!.. THEn: tAAU. k
.OCJO IN UNIT TD U,TE~~L Gl\P
1IElIHN. THE. :)IDE 11150:1:T AND lASE. 01: mEl. C.lIvER •
It. TM£lE SAAll Bl: .09011'1 UNIT TO
T~E
RAOIA!.. GAP &nIIEfN THE ."IIDE
IN'SEtT AND R"sG 6l1NhEi. CoY[2
to.
2
3
4
~'I'5TfMS COlJFI!;UR£D NllHo/1~2.3r.-OIOI
((HEVROlJ 6UBBL£ ASSVI ARE OlJl..... COMPA.TI!.LE
~~S<:t992.2t-OIO!I-OIOZ. 4 -OI03l0IJT~OLlER
II. CW
SECTION K-J(
SH I (B-3)
SCALE: 1/2
A
A
999230
'tv
LIST OF MATERIALS
Assembly
DATA TERMINAL, PMT-115V DOMESTIC
DATA TERMINAL, PMT-230V CCITT
DATA TERMINAL, PMT-115V JAPAN
DATA TERMINAL, PMT-230V W/BARRIER
DATA TERMINAL, PMT-230V AUST_
DATA TERMINAL, PMT-230V GERMANY
DATA TERMINAL, PMT-KATAKANA
ltam
No_
Quantity
TI Part No_
Part No_
Rev_
0999230-0001
0999230-0002
0999230-0003
0999230-0004
0999230-0005
0999230-0006
0999230-0007
F F
F
F
F
F
F
Dncription
Remark.
0001
00(101.000
El
0999227-0002
8ASE.PO~TA8lF
0002
00001.000
FA
1)937300-0001
TEP~I
0002
00001.000
EA
0931310-0001
TEPM ELEC.7431145 W/CnUPlEP.WE/UK
0002
00001.000
OQ37300-0003
TER"'INAl "lECTRONICS,743f745 CC ITT
0002
00001.000
0937300-0003
TER~INAl
0003
00001.000
0999222-0001
BUBBLE "'EMORY CONTPOllER-PMT,115V
101' -0001, -0003, &-0007
0999222-0002
BUBBLE MEMORY CONTROllER-P"'T.230V
ler -0002 _ _ , & -000&
101' -0004
0003
1)1)001.000
EA
~EMORY
TFR~INAl
IP~TI
NAl ElECTRONICS .110311105 WfMODE'"
lor-OOOl
101'-0002,-0004,-0005,&-000&
~ODl'!
ElFCTRONICS.11t3/7"5 CC ITT MODI'!
OOO~
00001.000
EA
0999222-0003
BUBBLE ME"'ORY CONTROllFR-PMT.230V UK
0003
00001.000
fA
0999222-0002
BU8BlE MEMORY CONTROllEP-P"'T.230Y
000"
il0002.000
FA
0005
00001.000
EA
09992610-0001
MECHANISM
0007
00001.000
EA
0999232-0001
FAN ASSE"BlY POPTABlE MEMO_Y
ASSY.STEPPE~
"OTOP. WfPPINfHO
TE~M
I'"TI
0008
00001.000
EA
0999239-0001
COVEP ASSY. INNER- 765. W/X"T ADJ
OOOR
00001.000
EA
0999239-0003
COYER ASSY. INNER- 165, WID X"T
0008
00001.000
0999239-0004
COYER ASSY.
0008
00001.000
FA
0999239-0005
COVER ASSY. INNEP 165,OYS "UFF W/STPP
0008
00001.000
EA
0999239-0006
COYEP
0009
00001.000
EA
0010
00001.000
0011
00003.000
01)12
01)003.000
EA
INNER- 165, JAPANFSf
ASSY.IN~EP
165.STO
0983809-0001
OUTER
0996289-0002
CORD
0983905-0001
ClIP.KEY80A_O.FRONT
0999225-0001
ClIP,PETAINEP,HEMOPY
0999228-0001
SPACER.80A~D
COVf~
.~J
ler -0002 & -0004
101' -0003&-0007
(\
"UFF W/STRP
ASSY
SET.3-PI~
PWR-DO~ESTIC
GI'AV W/CLIP
oon
00008.000
OOH
00005.000
0016
00004.000
0983Q01-0001
SPACEP.SPPING
01)111
00001.000
Ell
0983863-0001
BII ACKET ,FAN MOTOP
0019
00001.000
EA
0999231-0002
PLATE. to.FOP TEPMINH PIN 999230-0001
0019
00001.000
EA
0999231-0003
PlATE.IO.FOP TEPMINAl PIN 999230-0002
001'1
00001.000
EA
0999231-800"
PlATE,IO,F~P
0019
00001.000
0999231-0005
PlATE.IO.FOP TEPHINAl PIN 999230-0004
0019
00001.000
EA
0999231-0006
PlATE,IO,FOP TEPHINAl PIN 999230-0005
0019
00001.000
FA
0999231-0001
PlATE,IO.FOR TERMINAL PIN 999230-0006
0019-
00001.000
EA
0999231-0008
PlATE.IO,FnR
0(21)
OOOM.OOO
EA
0912988-0013
SCPEW.4-40 X 2.000 PAN HEAD CPES
0021
00002.000
0912679-0009
SCPEW '''-20 X 3/8-lG THO FOPH.HEX
0022
00002.000
0"1 nOl-0051
lOCK WASHER "4
0023
00004.000
EA
0It1931t6-0342' HELICAL COMPPESS SPPING
002"
00001.000
EA
09839110-0002
EA
fOI' -0003 & -0007
R~APO
TERMINAL PIN 999230-0003
TEP~INAl
EXTFPNAl TOOTH CPES
NA"EPlATE,OUTEP COVEP
6-10
PIN 999230-0007
lor-lllOl,-0003_&-OOO7only
LIST OF MATERIALS
(
Item
No.
au.ntity
TI Port No.
D_iption
0025
00001.000
H
093130"-0001
COYE~,
0026
00001.000
EA
0960141-0001
LABEl,SEIWICF
0027
00001.000
EA
0999250-9701
MANUAL,OPE~AT~.MOOEL
0028
00001.000
ilL
0972603-0001
"A'EII,THE~IIIIAL
EA
0999251-9901
TEST Pf;OCFOUIIE,SIL
0029
PEF
R_k.
7631765
p~
IIIITElil
PIIINT ING,WHITE
liEF
lOA
0999252-99111
TEST PlilOCEOUIIIE,PUN-IN,PMT
0031
PEF
FA
0999253-QQOl
TFST PIIIOCFOUPE.MANUAL,PMT
0032
00001 .000
EA
09992"2-0001
KIT,INSTALLATION. 110M
0032
00001.000
EA
0999242-0002
pn" KIT
1)03~
00001.000
EA
0999233-0001
000lIl ,CONIijECTOP
0034
00001.000
FA
0'1'192 .. 0-0001
eAfFLE
0031
00001.000
EA
2l00039-0001
LABEL ,FUfIIC Tt O~
0038
01)001.000
EA
09'15639-0001
COYER,I/O CONNECTO!!
EA
22 000610-97 01
"AINTENANCE "ANUAL 7631765
REF
AOAPT~~,FAN
1)0001.000
EA
0999233-0001
000lIl ,CONNECTOR
0034
00001.000
EA
0999240-0001
BAFFLE AOAPTOP,FAN
01)35
00001.000
FA
0996098-0003
CLIP,CABLE MOUNTING
E'A
0972799-0001
AOHESIVE SOLVENTLESS RAPiO CUlliNG
All
0037
00001.000
EA
2200039-0001
LAIIEL,FUIIICTlOIIj
0038
nOO01.000
EA
0995639-0001
COVER,IIO CONNECTOIII
fA
2200064-9701
MAINTENANCE MANUAL 763/765
003'1
PEF
100 ..... _ _ _ 7
100-0007......,
01'13'
0036
R....
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
SUETY
0030
003'1
(~~
Port No.
099!I230·000 1
099!I230·0002
09!I9230·0003
099!I230·Q004
099!1230·0005
099!1230·0006
099!I230-0007
A .....ly
DATA TERMINAL. PMT·115V DOMESTIC
DATA TERMINAL. PMT·230V CCITT
DATA TERMINAL. PMT·115V JAPAN
DATA TERMINAL. PMT·230V W/BARRIER
DATA TERMINAL. PMT·230V AUST.
DATA TERMINAL. PMT·230V GERMANY
DATA TERMINAL. PMT·KATAKANA
6-11
for _ _ • _ _• _
•• _ o n l y
for ....._ _ _ l
7
e
flJ
"(01[5 UNLESS OlH~WISE SPEClFI[D
AS:[Mf_[
ourrR (OVeR (/1EM f), LUT
SIDE 1N5£kT {ITEM 2),AfrlD R/GI-fT SID[
INS£RT (ITEM 3) BY ;;JPLYING ONE SOUD
BUD OF AOH[SIV£ (iTEM /I) CLOSE TO
EDGE OF PART5 IN ARU; INDICAT£D:
D
•••• IND/CATES A~.JLr Tty FAi?SJ{)£ OF
INNER [0\',-,'(
----IND![p,iS
APP~Y
TO FARSID£
c~
IN!oi;.-RT5 (WITH()(jT RIBS)
SLJD£ I;\'SERTS JNTO 5LOT5 OF INNER
((l~Ei<..
RIDGf5 ON SIDE INSERTS MUST
TO:;(i'I INNER ceVE;;' EDGE. CLAMP INNER
[ColER ANC SIDE INS[RTS TOGETHIR AT
UNIT PARTING LINE FOR APPROXIMATfL Y
4 MINUTES TO R[Ar:1 J1ANDLlN6 5TRiNGTI-i,
CURE I HR MIN BEFORE INSTALL ATlJN.
WA~NIN6: ADf.I[SIVE (ITEM If) BONDS
SKIN TO ANY SURFACE IN SECONDS.
KIEP ADHESIV[ OFF SKIN AND J.lANDi.£
WITJ.I CAuTION
!5
6
[l]
INSTALL PAPER C?Di? (ITEM
CfNTER PAPER LOADI/V6 LABEL (ITfM 10)
ON UNOERSIDE OF PAI'lR [}(K)R (tTEM 4)
WITJlIN :t.IO OF CENT£JWNE OF DOOR
III
PULL LEADS OF MUF~ A~5YS (JT£M5
AND
TO&r.T}i£.~ AND SECURE TO.
'J
5
~ ~f,fAJs,.]L1JR"ffvl~~g[ER ~~T~AJ~f,~~
4j BY BOWING
OR BENDING AND INSERTiNG STUDS INTO.
A I~CN4-24('lJ3A.
•
TO CAYf'TY OF MUFF RcTIIIN£1f (ITEM 7)
AFTEIf INSTALLATION. SEC VIEW C-C
J.KlLfS ON CC//ER (;TEM i)
Q]
3
COVER
A
ASSEMBLY.
INNER -765
!5
\
•
•
7
..
•
3
2
D
D
41R£,
c
c
M
.J;
zJREF
SECTION A-A
SH I ((·'1
B
SECTION
B-B
SH I (S-.)
..
0>
t<)
Sl
4(12
ID.o
A
VIEW
A
C-C
5N 1((-3)
."
u
w
LIST OF MATERIALS
Assembly
Part No.
COVER ASSY,INNER-745, W/XMT ADJ
COVER ASSY,INNER-745, W/O XMT ADJ
_31-0003 C
_39-0004 C
__ C
_39-0005
COVER ASSY,INHER-745, JAPANESE
COVER ASSY, INHER-745, OVS MUFF WISTRAP
COVER ASSY; INNER-745, $TO MUFF WISTRAP
It_
No.
Cluentity
R....
09911239-0001 C-
TI Part No.
DMCription
OOUl
00001.000
EA
0983981-(CC2
COYER,INNER-PRINTER CASE
0002
00001.000
EA
0999248-0001
INSERT ,LEFT SIDE II/XMT LEY AOJ,VENTED
Rem..ks
0003
00001.000
EA
0999249-0001
INSERT,IIIGHT SIDE,VENTED
OOU"
110001.000
E4
0983865-0001
00011 ,PAPER
0005
0005
00001.040
00001.000
EA
EA
Q981826-o001
099561C-0002
Il'UFF ASSy,TRANSMIT,ACOUSTIC COUPLE"
MUFF ASSY, XMIT,OYEIlSllE, II/STRAP
0006
ooU6
0<)06
0007
00001.000
110001.000
110001.000
;)0002.000
EA
f ..
EA
EA
0983821-0001
09954071-0001
11995611-0002
098]815-0001
for .00&1 & -0003
"UFF ASSY,RECEIVE ACOUSTIC COUPLER
MUFF ASSY, /RET AI NER-REC-ACOUST! C CO UPLEII for ·0004&·0006
lI'UF.f ASSY ,!lCV ,OYEPS IlE, II/STRAP
for ·0006
IIET AINER,MUFF
.w1l8
.lOUOIt.;)OO
EA
0172334-0001
FASTNER
0009
00001.000
EA
0983913-0001
NAMEPLATE,INNER COVER
IlIII0
1l0001.000
EA
0983912-0001
LABEL,PAPER LOADING
fA
097279'r000 1
AOHESIVE SOLVENTLESS RAPID CURING
EA
0418212-00"0
STRAP,TIEDOWN,ADJUSTABLE,PLASTIC
TU
0411559-0001
SILICONE RUBBER IRTVI DOW 3140
0011
0012
0014
All.
00001.1100
All
4-40 ON-SE!lT
6-14
for ·0001, ·0003, & _
for.0CJ04 & _ _
(
a
II
_ I
1
..
ml c.qc·lall
..!
II
f-I
Ii ·.,
!
'.
f7;-1
l-
J!!
I, n-
:
t
!
~
'n
!
I
iJ&
,
~
1~
"
1m
~
tN
'CD
ro ~
I
l-
I
I
-
!
!
j.
"
IIf;I
I
ffi'&
i~
«
'"
~
cO
'"
~
bm
"
LLI
f -I
r
(~. '.
,
-t
•
+--1---1--
T -----.
.
-
-
~
"
LL ....
t j-
a
u
m
(~\
6-15
..
I
:;In
:1,
,
,
..,
--'
o
u
III
o
J
o
u
6-16
LIST OF MATERIALS
Auembly
Part No.
OUTE R COVE R ASSY
f
Item
No.
Rev.
0983809·0001 A
Quantity
TI Part No.
Description
01>1>1
1>1>1101.1>110
EA
1>983Q82-0001
COVER,OUTER-PRINTER CASE
4.1002
00001.000
EA
4.1912449-0001
HANOLE,CASE-CARRYING,SOFT TOUCH
04.1,)3
00004.000
EA
0983901-0001
LATCH CASE
iiI> I> 5
..10002.000
EA
1>418600-0190
~IVET
OU"O
00008.0"0
EA
1>418600-"1>35
RIVET .123 X.375 TUBUlAR,C'SINK HEAD
Ou07
1100112.000
EA
0972441-0001
CAP,PUSH-oN-HANOl~
0008
JOOIl2."uO
EA
11912448-0001
"ElAINEI'< ,CASE ..... NDLE
.188 X.401 TUBULAR,C'SINK HEAD
6-17
Remarks
/
/'
"'-)
\_~
1
3
2
4
REVISIONS
NQT£S. U"tlESS OTHERWISE SPEOFIEO
m~rt:-c;.~k:OwW:k~~:~Nc::J&"ltJtlll
tlol12f25'f (CJA?~
IWv13
/CU
-~f01
PINS //SINS UlSTING HARDINARE
o
[!] DRESS CAaI.£ AND CuP IN
"\
~j
1\
C\
POSITION WfTH
1 R'.Pr
P/NWAS 22000+31
"_'1-11 /:
1.5D',
EXlSTlN. CLI"
r02
cl
III
~
.......
II
n
......
III
IIUIIIII
Ie
I
'00
•\'1
-d
Jil
.; ;'-", L ; - - .~..
......
{~
.J:J
~
W
N
B
en
g:
I~-
~T"""'" ~
,.,.....,. OR
NOYt.~IU"-,
PARTS
.~
A
_.n_......
.,'
.,~_.:.
.,~.~.
:. '.... ' i!.
"
.r.:-••".,
,/1'
t-::=::t===1:=;:-:::,,~:
"::-E:::.;s~i.:w
?C;-.L
I:.:;:':::·;::'·::':::::'O_"':.'''::'~:.::i',;:. J
~Y
CLAS",;,C·~~",:·~.''''i
''''''''"00<'';
·~"fJ,·'·""~'J~'J"","r...".......··'J,···I¥'>-.: r'-,~n~D
-z.
(H423tHZ (01
C.LA~UN"I5lJ)
I AtJt)CD NCF [£516
(
Jl.
Ii-
:>E.~.
1:1l0M W'AlLJ
t ._11
!
I,-J{·n
2N C·"
/'11111 Ttl CAitOIlT I
l2JZNC-5AMiD~trNSIGA2WJ
T(J CALLDUT l .
r~-'~
........
c
t)A/WI
@[j]0
0\
I
10
.?J- 4
l'
,
_
r
"~/A2WI
£
B
.l[l]ill
S90
'd.
W
c
J
[):T n
i)4-401t.1/4 PH Z PL"CUj
\9l
0
urt\)
B
~
'"
'"'"
n
o
:~'~;:,:-i.~.~:~~~;'W
A
"~:;~;~;~;:::;
;,:
~~~:',-, ~,'--~:~~~
~F) T:=.:~s~t~:;~'!,t..:£,~~s
M()TOR
A
()RIVF· Pf?!VTFR
J.J,,2 l/l-'
T"'.I.o
..
LIST OF MATERIALS
A...eIy
Part No.
MOTOR. ORIVE-PRINTER _
1No.
R....
()
0913112-0001 0
OuMltity
TI
Part No.
Description
00111
00001.000
EA
0983813-00Cl
MOTOR,wIRED
11002
0)0C01.0)00
EA
1)983814-0001
SENSOR ,FEEDBACK WHEEL-"OTOA
0)003
00001.000
EA
0983870-0001
CAPSTAN,MOTOR
01104
OOOOI.OIN
EA
0)215505-0)001
Wt'EEL, FEEDBACK SENSOR
01106
0110112.000
EA
-:)912988-0013
SCREW 4-40 X .250 PAN HEAD CRES
00.)7
01l0,'2.uo)0
EA
J4111111-0057
LOCKWASHEP
0009
00001.000
EA
,)418212-0040
STRAP,TIEOOWN,ADJUSTABLE,PlASTIC
., 4
6-24
EXTERNAL TOOTH CRES
Remarks-
~
~
B
I
I
7
6
~
t
IS
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE. SPECIFIED
mCOLOR
(tJLACK, TYPE" OR WHITE, TYPE 9)
SHALL CONTRAST WITH COLOR
ITEM 2 OR ,qaCRNIITE
O~
NO.
'D'[S't'''PT'It»I
I
•
5
3
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOlf •
M0101f
MOTDR
6
MOTOIf
7
8
MOT""
2
ITENI 5
~ WIRES SHALL BE ClUMPED IN COMMON
RECEPTACLE PER WIRE LIST REQUIREMENTS
o
•
.....
~ KEYING PLUG SHOULD ~E INSTALLED
SUCH TI-IAT KEEPER PRO,:ECTS THRU THE
IIPPROPRIIlTE SLOT IN THE HOUSfN6 liS
SHOWN f N SECTION A-A
MOrOIf
PLUG
3
1
'START STATION FINISH
""r'-;;
YEL
tlOB81N ,- WHT
JNZ-BLK
$T~TION
PZ5Z-1
P2SZ-!
P252-6
P25Z-5
P252-3
/fED
PZ52-1
J£L
,.Z5Z-4
n52-4
'HZ-PINT
P25Z-Z
-I
.....
,
NO.
I
I
2
q
eft
I
I
.... IS.ON$
~~
DE&e: ....... 1ClH
1 1
~ I
I:
I
I
,
•
I
I
}m
L
-
c
PIN'
0\
I
N
.....
VI
,
1
~';:::::~
l Ar~I
~
. />.i807)
~~
~
PER
APPROXIMA/CffCESS ,
3 5 REGD
-
I-
M~RK
4
B
c
WHERE SHOWN
8
~~
=p.
B8IN1
t-'.,.!'"o
~
-,
SECTION A-A
(C-7)
SCALE: NONE
(ITEMS Z. 3.14 ONLY)
1"4¥hl,;:;,1 =1
,~~=IED
-..ow:
.-.-~-
..... _
...«:> _ _
A
~c.-... :::0
~~
~~~
I
L-~-~a
1'/,'
II'£NO ..""
b,g'~"'::"'-'cZJ~L
~,
~~:~;"'y
=~;:-IN~
:~.;!= nj&!-=
0I;l0W'I~_
1&=.m1
1~'~1'iil\'&\!~'!!1
f
-=_1/1
30
~=
J'.m
TUAII)J~!!.~.'!:CENn
""'Er"_G
_ _ r...
LM
un OF MATERIALS
~
MOTOII_V. 4,". S18ftII
1_
Ho.
a....iIy
"-tHo.
~
TI "-tHo.
0999256-0001
MOTOR,STEPPING PAPER
aOCNU.ooo
EA
a912Ut,-GClU
CONNECTOII HOUSING /) CONTACT
00005.000
EA
0912104-0001
CONTACT ELEC-LOCKING,WIRE-TO.025 SO POST
00001..000
EA
091Z5'99-0001
KEV.POLARIZATION.cONNECTO~
00001.000
IIOItZ
0003
000.
~IVE
ITEftS Z,3,MO • UN ONLY
CIQ04A
000. .
IE USED TOGETHER
.........0lI0
EA
OnnOT-oG31
RECEPTACLE,TERMINAL- 6 CAVITIES
0806
IlCIOOLOOO
EA
091Z.8Z-oolCl6
CONTACT,ELECTRICAL,C~IMP
0007
00000.000
EA
0800335-0001
KEV,POLA~llATION,CONNECT~
CIOon
ITEMS 5,6,ANO 7 MAVIE
00078
USED AS ALTERNATE ITEMS
0OO7C
FOR ITEMS Z,3,AND
00070
ITEMS 5,6,ANU 7 CAN ONLY
0008
It.
IE USED TOGETHER
OOliTE
11060'-.10'
FT
Olt11631t-2100
SLEEVE,PVC .ZOI DIA .'ZO WALL
6-26
.
R.....
o-iptioII
EA
ONI
0Il05
R...
~.
'.~
......,
.~
rNOTES: UNLE5S OTHERWISE SPWFlEO
CHEel', THAT NO BINDING OF
THt SCREW (IT. 4) IN THE
BRACI',ET (IT. 3) OCCURS
'~'"10
WOULD ALLOW Tflt. SCRt:.W
BACK OUT B£FORt THE CARRIER
(IT. 6)
TONGU~ BOTTOMS
OUT AGAINST THE SLOT (NO.
@] ASSEMI!>Lt SENSOR (ITEM I)
TO CARRieR (ITEM 6) PER
PROCESS 1
OJ
REVISIONS
D-"
DEscp·rT,G"
ZONE LTR
A. R'7/~
R£ RAWN
729'7 5
PE"- ENG
~E
"1{.-/ ,
DESIGN
-"
CHANG£
;. __
r;.",r~
~
~
0,_L
'-
/
~
~17
I
z
I
4 4-40X 1-/12
0\
I
N
-..l
rU
~~
•
\.
V
O~j
J1
11~/
l
~
..
t
00
1IIIIlili
r-r--
r
:
1.020 MIN
J[ill]
,,
,,
I(
'®
lI
L'
Is
EQ
NO
jASSEM!540-01
I
IDENT
F·SPEC
00
II]
j
I
ADDITIONAL
NO
I
PROCESS
,
.,
QTY REOD
CLASSIFICATION
'''M
NO
I COOE I
IDE NT
PARTS
UNU,S5 OTHERWISE SPECOFIED
UNLESS OT .... ERWISE SPECIFIED
• DIMErlSIONS ARE IN INCHES
• REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES
.CONCEr-lTKICITY MACHINFO
OIAMC1E!-IS 010 FIR
e DIMENSIONAL LIMITS APPLY BEFORE
F'INISH Pf
'.7-1:
I
~:~~,¥~;~.:~;:~
IEXAS INSTHL'MENTS
fq",pm.nr Gr"up
DJII~.
TtK~'
SENSOR, rt.EtlBACK WHEEL - MOTOR
z.~ A..
tlDLr TOLERANCE
125
I
NOMENCl-ATURE OR DESCRIPTION
!h'72L ") 7-z"j'7.5
Q~;';C-' ),.1,0/"
• INTf.RPr-lET DRAWING IN ACCORO,A.NCE
WITH Mil STD 100
i~k3U
l-
PART OR IDENTIFYING NUMBER
<:l83812
NfoXT ASS.
8732
USED ON
APPLICATION
.e/,,/;>.!""
c't;;.,~~ dft, h/;,I7~
k:fP!'~"
'.-511:")/7) .~ I~'~;N~ ;I"".;~N~ 8 14
SCM.E
1:
r;,ZV
A
..,H! 1 T
!
LIST OF MATERIALS
Pa't No.
A..-..bIy
_.F~
1No.
WHEEL-MOTOR.
0IIlI1~
TI PwtNo.
Ou.mty
O.-iption
GllO"I.Uaa
EA
(983821)-0001
(MIl) 2
olOCtll.JOO
EA
1)960177-(J001
SPRING.FEED8ACK SENSOR
0003
0).,001.0aO
EA
u983920-oo01
8RACKET.~TG-FEED8ACK
(01)"
00001.000
EA
09129118-0023
SCREN
0006
00001.000
EA
0983919-0001
CARRIER
01101
SENSOR
,,-1tO
SENSOR
X 1.50 PAN HEAD CRES
6-28
R....
A
R-"s
......
.~
I
1
.~.
....1
2
a1
62'C1~96
4
L
~
IIEYISiONS
LlI
I
I
DUClimON
DAI'!
I
API'!)
~
I,
6.50 !.25
-
-I
L
f
•
~~
~
~
I
I
I
I
LOWER SIDE
I
,I
0\
I
N
I
.,
2
I
'
..
\0
I
I
••
,
I
I
q
p
~
".
·
-I
'--1
~l~~I~,,;:1
PAiT NUM.II
PIOCIUfI
UNLI" OTHERWISE SO(ClfiED
DECiMAl .IX" .02 .XIX" .010
fltACTIONAL II'~ AHGUL•• ~
CONCENTRICITY ....CHINED OIAMETERS .00. Til
AU DIMENSIONS TO l! MET IE'O'E I'lATING
IEMOVE ALL tURIS AND SHARP EDGES
DO NOT SCALE THIS DUWING '
AlL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
SUIFACES .....KED v' TO HAVE
DRIllED HOLE TOLERANCE•
.013 TO .136 ~ '88~
.136 TO .2SO ~
."11
"'OVE + .OOS
,0
=
I
V
-. .. -
-
-
'",;:>
:883
:g~
8732
BIOI
SIZE
1
DlICIlPTION
L, 5 T
OTY IEOD
~:':b~~
983833
ge3633
OF
YINIOII PAIl -
MATII'ALS
-;::::;JI; .", ;(/./7 ~ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
INCO_ItO_AT • •
j:--:;;:;~-JNS
DIGITAL. SYSTEMS DrvlSION
HOUSTOfil.
UlON5'.y.fo';"
'"O'"H' 8/",~
5.
z ;::." PRltJTHEAD,
~~~: ~~
""!-J- 8j;
{.u,'r"
'1'
nxu
ASSY
JI'IIT
ITITIM
v-t:/;J£tilA- FLlLLl B I 983529 I'"
-
I
LIST OF MATERIALS
Assembly
Part No.
PRINTHEAD ASSV
Item
No.
iIIIul
R....
0983829-0001 •
au.,tity
TI hrt No.
Oeciption
lI"OUl.I)OO
EA
"983830-0001
PRINTHEAD ASSV RESISTOR SELECT EPN 2-1
U0001.1I00
EA
0983922-0U01
TAPE.DOUBlE SIDeD
6-30
p~rNTH~AD
CABLE
,~
~
NOTES: UNLES5 OTHERWISE 5PEOf:lCD
[DCOLOR (BLAO<,TYPE., OR WIIITE,TYPE WIRE
NO
9) SHALL CONTRAST COLOR OF ITEM
4
I
~ SUPPORT SfiAFT OF ITeM I AXIALLY 2
I
WNILE INSTALLING ITEM Z
3
ROD TUBING (ITE:M 7) TO SHIELD
cnBLE TO BE FLUSH TO CONNECTOR
AND IILLOW ONf-TENTH INCH MRX
GIIP BETWEEN MOTOR SlEEVING
@]
WIRING
.~
IHe VISIONS
LIST
u.
ITEM
START STATION FiNISH 5TATiON REMARK5 NO
FAN MOTOR
81-FIED
P302 - I
PINSI{ 3
~
ARE INT£!(
FAN MOTOR
BI-BLACK
P302-C
CHANGABLE ~
FAN MOTOR BI-SflIELD
P302-3 ~
I
DESCRIPTION
Of',' r, "'TID""
A
DATE
A/"/,,
fZt ~:;;S~,jIi!~;~N:;/~-:~GS
4!'5~, ~"
j
B
tlPr>Rr'"F[
CN424('B3 /7k:·(;~4-5-77
LM REVISED PER
NGR CHNGS
d"..
d .. ·,J
O::IUJ~
C CN415820 ////-'~-4f: 5-11-77
aTY ITEM 7 WRS nR
o./c/77
/-J ~~
~
Z
2
.12--
rI(
--
I :' G~})
0\
I
W
.....
)
--
•
r---
~ '°·.0'·;0 ~f1-""'1
i Pt..AC£S
I'
~
r --...,
'I
af
cf
f4
.
L ,/
MARK P30Z
PER PROCESS I
NEARSIDE
m
7
4
I
3 REQD
3
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I IAIARK
SEO
Nol
lOENT
I 100-07 _~o I
f-SPEC
,aocESS
OJ
00
1
--
ADDITIONAL
CLASSifICATION
fOIt CORREt"rIO~ TO GOVT liND SPECifiCATIONS.
sit:
~w~rcoo'
Qlvl'HQrJ
NO
I
IPARle.,
<..,o'tC,flllJ
I· ~~0~~f' R7~S,:<~:~"" D
• J.lLMCJVI Al I £lLJIlF,S ArooD SIl .... H' (OGlS
_CON,! N T 'II( 11 Y MAClilN! LJ
UtAM! lU<,; u,o 1 '"
• UIMl"NriDN,t.L 11M] I
;:~::.~; ;;;;;~; ~: ~:o
<, Af'F'L Y HI ! ORE
FINlSH 1'''O(.f SSINf.
1(.
.lorNl!! V".,. !'lIMHi fj'., 1'A.,.,.I(<(, IN ACC.OHDAN'.l
W,l" Mil ',10 llJU
~iOlr
TUli""'N(;[
I,;;?,::, • ~; ,?:>j •~: ;: \:1;".':' ::
()(Il
I
"ART 0" IDENTlfVING NUMIUR
TI OR"'-il~~G 7294i1
~~"';')lH"N""l
Il~'!,'~"
IDENT
(1)1
~NC(...ATURE
I. I C, T
"'··i~~.,
. ""'h."·' 3°_":,'·77
d~duj:i) ''/''/'7
"-:.\~, I. ,'. ''''if.
II· --;-,
f
$.
V):;?
I,f,_ lIt-
~:l.
't
,,,<]/,'
,
AI'PI U d U ' . _
_")
t--
--
/).\
. :.~~
PROC-:U'-" "'I NT
SP(ClroC ... ~'U',
IEXAS jNsfHIJMl::NTS
Fq",pn ••",
e'O"1>
D.,Ii" r~ ...,
FAN ASSEMBLY, PDET
si,~/'1
k:~';::"'~~:"~c: .. n:
',/'>/7i
1[0' J ("'.""
I
.'_
!~7.:'<":"f'~//
:')992-~75~_;;·~1
OR DtSCRIPTION
I' . ,. '" '" '·~I""'''<· 999232
C 96214
,.u
1/ I
LM
-
....
... _.1
LIST OF MATERIALS
Item
No.
0001
A....bly
Part No.
FAN ASSEMBLY PORTABLE MEMORY TERM (PMT)
0999232·0001 C
Quantity
oooot.OOO
TI Part No.
EA
0912486-0003
ooOIA
D....iption
R......t<.
MOTOR ,FAN 12V DC
B1
0002
1}0001.000
FA
0996515-0001
"'AN BlAOE,3-IN X.018 OIA HUB BORE
OOO~
00003.000
FA
0'l12104-oo01
CONTACT
0004
00001.000
"A
0912484-0003
CONNECTOR HPUSING 3 CONTACT
0004A
ElEr.-l~CKING,WIRE-TO.025
SO POST
P302
00048
ITEMS 3
0004C
USEO TOGETHER
A~'O
4 CAN ONLY 8E
0005
00000.000
EA
1}912482-000b
CONTACT,ElECTRICAl,CRIMP
0006
1)0000.000
FA
0712101-0034
RECEPTAClE,TERMINAl- 3 CAVITIES
0006A
ITEMS 5 ANO 6 MAY f\E USEO
000"'8
AS ALTERNATES TO ITEMS 3
0006C
A"IO 4 ITEMS 5 ANn /, MAY
ONLY 8E USED TOGETHER
OOObO
0001
Rev.
00000.030
FT
0411111-0004
I .. SUl SlVG,.125 10 ELEC-HT SHRINICAIILE
6-32
~
~
/'
.6
l
*
999241
APPLICATION
rjlExT "'55'"
USED ON
2200060
8 38
A
l
5
REVISIONS
DA""
DESC"."tQN
CT~
CM4Z.3B40
,"'-"
..1.r~(l)AOOEO -2
-.wED
02
THRU -7 PARTS
!.JCN42-4085 L. PI.rooy (l)UDRAWN1!Tfi I ~~~
~JTH CHANGES -- WAS "KIYIOAlD ASSEMBLY,FULL ASCII PDET
....'".
....
'"
,...'"
:>
c:r
:c
....
."
0
0
'"
N
.;
'"
",.~
...
..'"
...."
..
rr
0
-. n
.
•
iT
REV
'"
I SHEETlli
"'EVSTATUS
OF SHEETS
l',..\I ....
REV
IBIB
SHEET
11 12
4P
'''If.oll>\P\jI._'R
WOLF 3/7/""",!l
•_ _-"'~"~r""'~-L!...-L!...II!-
:~:·\1·:;::'~,".L.OI'
:O::'·T~:'~~~'::~'.:"
StH)..H IN PA.rENTHc.lt:.
'0" II£fU'lflllC.£ ONLY
.,r...
IfIII1"r"~HrT owa IN
Af'C(HIOANCt.
IIIll 5TO leo
\.." ~,1;\ R:
~·'·71
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
___
"~~ '-'-11
~Zl.
I
CODE IOCNT I'«J
A 196214
so ....
.30
0.11., T•••
0
z
OMAVIoIft«i NO
999241
I ...·....
1 of 2
tll~l[ULM
,_......
999211
2
SHEET
fllkltu
"
LIST OF MATERIALS
ASMmbly
Part No.
KEYBOARD ASSY, PMT
It_
No.
Quantity
0999241·0001 B
TI '"-t No.
0001
00001.000
EA
0002
ooOOt.OOO
"A
0003
00001.1)00
EA
0004
00001.000
0(1)0;
DO Nor
INSTALL LlNrtL
rEST. AUD,
IF IT£,., i!8DIIfTYI IS II.5ED F'DIf HlT£S 7,Z.,
JIJ,J/, I UrDO NOT INSTill.! IINTIL "'Til TliT
"'7£"
•
~
C35'6.CR3S4ANO(RJSSAR[ttOTINHALLEOON
7~7~OO 60~
~~
~~~~~I :A:L~(I:!.~~L\:~~;r:'=~~~~NT$ ~~I
A"'lY SILICON (iR[A'E I IT£M 30,,) TO BAtl( SIDE OF
TtAN5/STOR.
(NOTE~
,,",1£
tONT
INSTRtLIfT/~N
5"T ,)
~37,!!,OO-Ooa3
UJf:"'1AJA1. £UCT~O.4JICS. T4-31'74~ w/t:~J1T MODIIotf
(~J:""1A.J4l. CUCTb:W/C.!!I. ""~-~/A/TTr .:.~
7~RH/NAt ~I.lCT':OAJ'C.~h
l¥311'4!1
W/MOD~M
'1,37.MJD..c.ooz
rElfMMlAI. LU:C.TP.~"C.!J.' T
'
o
D
=
c
c
C()MIION£.NT SIDE
00
~
B
B
I!}
~
MAliK API'ROPRlArc REYISI()N
LETTER
A
It'
/llAItK ASSr
AID ]JIAGltAU NO
"'''lfOlIMATELr NK£.~E SHOWN
-000/ SHOWN
e
6
7
I
t:"
5
4
A
~
~
~.
i.:,
•
7
6
~!l1I
~~JRCGD
D
I
"-
----4.
,-"-
-"
!5
r~7300 13
3
Z
c
:5£CLlRE I..Ihf'E.!5 !AI ",TV UifMZ~O)
OR,WjiW(/~jlJ(j
u~R
Tle.-~~
~C[Jl(L
7!r-'w'RAPtlTr.Jv12H .)ZPLAC£5
0\
.t:.
N
B
B
VIEIA/ f(
5G37
c.=!
-/<:
-"
!:i,:'!/'U _~iI:?.PJ_-/:!--Wl'lf/'.#..A.}
15
,
-E>
w,,'ITE
/0
II
3.~q
-3
I
A
E34Z
E3<3
£'349
..)301-2
6
5
I
---4-
LIST Of MATERIALS
A .......bly
Part No.
0937300-0001
0937300-0002
093730IHlOO3
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 7&3ntE> W/MODEM
TERMINAL ElECTRONICS, 713, EIA/TTY
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 713ntE>, CCITT MODEM
Item
No.
o...ntity
TI Part No.
001)01.000
PI/R, TFP'"
0222227-71 ~7
Nf TWO. K
FA
OM3
1)01)02.01)()
FA
0004
00001.000
0222222-7174
00002.0110
0222222-7175
D
D
D
DlICI"iption
1)93729'1-0001
'1000'.• 00'1
R...
~Al
H
FCTP"~ICS.
74V 745
~"'74157N
IJQ70 \123
01)1)4A
NFTWnRK
S"'74174~
U026
~FTWOPK
U009
S~74175N
U02~
UIl05 U021
01107
Onn?2-7406
1)00'17.1)01)
:loon
NFT.OAK 5N7406'l
11024 UO?7
'10001.000
1)'l'lRA
'1028
0029
"009A
00'107.00n
'\227224-2741
01)11
01100>' ./)1)0
1l01L
011001.'100
11222225-2311
0227225-2311
OOIOA
(:i
~
5N72741P
OPFPATI'''Al AMP
IJl03 U302
.. nWOAK l"JI1N,S'I72311P
N~TW".~ L"311N.5N7231IP
10r-0001 &. -0003
'",·0002
1)201
O('lllA
11012
NHi/nAK
001)1)1.00'1
FA
U008
00126
OOOOI.noo
0244715-7404
NFTwnAK.5"74l04~
U004
U002
1)014~
nI)0I1I.I101)
11944472-0001
'l01~'
FA
111)1)1
0016A
00001.0(1)
FA
0972452-0"01
NeTWOFK, TMS40J6~IL
~4W"PO
X
S~IT
-0001
0.,.,
FA
')80052 '-0001
A
MJ?
TPAN~ISTOP
A5T2907 PNP SlllrON
0103 02'3 0214
03,,0;
030~
./
')0074 •• )00
r~
()H~·~o;
7-01)01
NON
TPANStsr~~-A5rl22?
0001 C002
1)03'~
07"6 0'01 0210 02l! 0212
0"33'
0302 0304 0306 0308 !l109
n,"'"
03~1
OO''lI~
Q5~1
"1)0?1.001l
FA
Oq720~7-01)01
THOll
~OO~
03~~
0101 Q205
TPANSt5 T np-'5T'777 "PI" 5tllrn"l
!lOOI OMZ IlO03 0\01
OO,~"
0706 0207 "710 0211 0212
OOBC
0302 0304 0306 030S 0309
nOl'
'l3~1
0(1071.000
r-A
OH205'1-nOOI
T~·U
1l3~6
0401 040'
T.A~s,srOR-A~T272l
NP~
"'l'~"
0706 OZn7 (2)0 021'
I1,,:-3r
0302 030" 0306 IB08 0309
0033!'
03~1
OOOO'.Mn
OO;4~
O,n5
1)0001.fllI'!
F~
.,
Og77450;-0004
I)H2465- 0002
0'!~7A
for -0003
)
04M
r.ANSls"p,~lllr!'N-p-~-P,.~T402q
THY.ISTrp~,T (P352 C0153
OH793Z-0001
"N~
C~'11 ~
OnS4F
FA
'0
r.0"1 r;;IOl
Ol)S"·
000106.000
~\
Remarks
Nr. 75V PIV 1501_
n'l5"A
On54
Rev.
D
D
D
fer -0002
rlrnF.I" CPI0A CA70Z
OI)54r
(PZOft r.°Z06 THOU C"311
1"0003 CAI03
"n-;4"
CP313 CP314 CP31b COllA
O(l54F
(P119
0"51o F
CP335 C0336 r0352 r.o 353
nnS4e;
,P40t
1l'154"
("·408 T".II CR4!"
on54J
CP418 C0419 ("P4Z0 ("<4?l
for -0003
""'l01.!l1'l(,
eA
0'172<;34-0006
1l'l55A
0055
C033Z Cn .. 4
(R404 (0405
C~402
(D4:?4 C0 42"
nl)54K
on""
r.~32A
5.1 V 51: Sll vnu PFG
!'ll1nE,l~75)A
for·0001 & -0003
(
CP201
onI'l07.~CO
FA
0'172 '13 4-0006
5.1 V 51:
nIODr.I~75IA
~Il
~/
V"l T PEr.
for -0002
rp?OI ("0407
n'l55A
O".!'
?0001.0n"
FA
09 7 2'1'4-01108
005M
IIn5'
0057
00n04.nOl1
FA
0'l7?934-0014
OOIlO2.(1)ll
FA
0917.934-0014
OO~7A
n'l~8
aOOO2.GOO
~A
Il<; 7Z<;1> 1-0001
'lllonl.MO
FA
0996?~I-0!)06
00001.00n
f~
o HZ o~ 4-0001
I)l)l>rtA
'1n61l
nnnnt.rt!)11
H
(153'1468-0003
OOl>M
r)fO.I'F
.1~7~"A
CP~05
rOB~
IZ.O V
~,
q l Vnl ~ RFG
for -0002
Ol110E IN415? SIll CilN SWITCHING
".J: ~.'l?
PFr.~IFIFR.~S3692/UFSI302.VIOIIOOV
111'11>'
DI,..nF.l~74"A
3.3 V
5~
SIL VN
~
PFr.
Ol!'O".1"401l) IA,"P
20npiV
~FC~IF!F.
n403
~OOOI
.000
,.
n419n~1-0~O?
0(165&
nn6~
en05
(.422 rp423
10,·0001 & ·0003
rP411
OO~rtA
"""'1':'
for-0001 &. -0003
(P3]~
CQ 3i'2
Ons"A
')'.6"
"lnOE ,IN 759A 12.0 V 5" S1I VOL ~ PFr.
("P'O'
005P.
.'II~<;
10,·0001 & ·0003
("P~17
OI)~?A
-
6.2 V 51: SIl YCll ~ PfG
'l1!'oC .1"75"
CAP
FI~
ell'" 7
Part No.
Quantity
00004.000
TI Part No.
FA
0412~45-001~
'I,,~q
CAP F'X 0.22 "F SOY 'Ot: Tl"TllU," ~nLlD
O·'~Ol.{\(lO
FA
"4IA'~I>-n~0
CAP F I X 0.47 'IF 50Y lOt: T'''IT.I.U'' SC'LID
00031.000
F~
0971l~q-0021
C204
r113 (203
rH~
CAP •• .047"Fn.+SOt-20'l. 25VOC
1)'110 A
CO<14 (005 r.OM rOOA
007011
r('lll THPU
OOTor
COI1 THPIf r021
O()700
1:103 q06 n01 CI03 C 110
001nF
Cll1 fill rll6 006 007
rOI~
0010F
r.no fl11 051 C406 C401
nf)10G
C40A (413 CIt14 C 41~ <:425
0070
FA
0'l1215<1-0071
.~41~~~.+Rn~-~n~.
CAP ••
001n~
(011 TflPU C015 ( 1(16 rl01
0010r
rOI1 THPU rOll et08 010
"0100
011 ("112 (1l6 C 2('11> C201
1l(l7nF
("210 1"711 051
(10002.1100
FA
091?225-0510
O'PIA
.1.. 0
r~ n~
tlOOOI.O(lO
~A
0'172225-0510
CAPAC'
rn~
.1.0 UF 50Y 20"
000!2.000
rA
0'112416-0001
007""
(Ion f42A
Oo,'02.noo
r:A
09nbO!-0'l01
007lb
00001.000
OA
0'112"14-0002
'100'11.00('1
FA
0'H2 92 4-0006
1)1)1)'l'.!)0~
f!
0'112<:'2"-0010
OPA('TC'''
?nnu~
200WYOr
~
!)II(
CAP FIX T."T S'll Jr, 56
f,
vnLT
10
V1LT
MFn 10 !It 15
vmT
''''0 10 J: 15
Yf'llT
t 20
VOlT
"FO 10"
rAP FIX TANT
~C'l
Tn 39
I"FO 10
II(
(001
CAP FIX TUIT S,)lIO 22
(304
001"r.
1)00nl.0()0
Fb
0'l179Z4-0011
CAP FIX TANT SOLID 68
(;321
0017A
0018A
for·oool • -0003
QO'1
001~A
0018
}
C421 f422 C"23 r 424
C30b OOR
'1114'
0(117
fer ..Q002
CAP •• OIUF.l" 50WVOr. """MUM
C"I~
O'17h
CFOAMIC
OO~
007'8
007~
CFPAMH
lor·oool • .0003
1"401 (4!! ("12 r 41(' r,,!?
')014
)
UF o;OV 'Ot:
007,A
oon
101'-0002
(
C305 1"410
001"A
0"17
r,PH TTnP
~
25V"1"
COO" (005 r006 C008
onTI
for.ooo, • -_3
C426 C42'1 r430
O"O?T.ono
0,)70A
0071
DIH
02'l
04!~~5~-?344
0010H
{:
C32~
C~P
F.A
n"hOA
'In10
Remork.
•• 1 ifF +80.-20'1 500YDC
• nno
O,'O~'
DO~ A~'
001>'1
Description
I"APAClTr~
023 024
0"I>1A
R...
!)0001.0no
EA
0912924-0014
CAP FIX TA"IT Sf'lLIO 15
f002
("
,/
6-47
"FO
11)
LIST OF MATERIALS
A......bly
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763n65 W/MODEM
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763, EIA/TTY
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763n65, CCITT MODEM
Item
No.
0'1RI
Quantity
TI Part No.
"Il00l.0n'!
q
. . ",,"'?;,o'"'
e'
1111')01.000
eA
'lOOnl.ono
.~
0972~?'l-0379
'lOOO'.OIlIl
~A
1)9721)29-0376
091?924-00IS
Rev.
D
D
D
Description
CAP FIX TANT snl If' 47
Remarks
"CO 10 t: 20
VrJLT
on
/lOIHA
'l'lR2
Part No.
0937300·0001
0937300·0002
0937300·0003
CAP FIX fFP6MTC 100
PF 10 It 200 V
C007
CAP FIX rHA"IC 6".0
10 !! 200 V
PF
rnl)9 rOlf)
(1000'.11,'0
eA
0972'129-0385
noooZ.O'I'\
CA
097?'l7 9-03 97
'"~P
MOO2.(lO'l
~A
O'172 Q Z 9-1)411
OP FIX
OI)P4~
o"r.~
CAP FIX CF •• "[( 220 PF , Ot 20'lV
r.70~
'"ll9
r352
F[X CFoA"I'" .on, lIc IG!!: 2tlOV
Pt5 (117
.0051- lIF Itl!! IOOY
rF.~"TC
(419 C420
"I"IR7
OOOOI.on(l
et
OQ96615-0002
OllR7A
CAPArT T lIP.441'10IlF
7.~V
ELHTPf1LY T IC
n02
00002. ~II/I
OJ
()'lnOI.OOO
C6
0'l961-1<;-0001
CAPACfT"P 7200 IIF Hvor
(lOO"l.nll/l
F~
I'I~9f~1~-1)003
rAPAC!T"P,\~OO
CHI r.303
lOll FlFnpnLY
O/l~RA
lie "oyoe 10'11 eLFCTPOLYT[C
e'31 C332
CAPACIT"P.1500 UF 40YDC
00001.000
FA
OGOG3.000
eA
'100"1.00')
CA
;)97791-5-01\1'14
CAP rTX
'lOO02.l1GO
FA
OQ12965-0008
C~P
OOOO~.OOO
FA
1)972q6~-0012
O'l96615-0003
10~
ELECTPOLYTIC
(003 C404 C409
On'lllA
OOQO~
rrp~",!C
22;)0 rF lOt: 2nOV
CF.l~IC
.0047 MF lOY '00 V
(nn~
FIX
017 054
CAP FIX fEO,"!C .010
f
1\01\/l~."''1''
FA
OOOln.OOO
:6
11 8
r 2nl
~F
lOt: lOOY
(71)2 (277047-"07'1
~"ntn.f'\!"t'!
q
O"71Q42-0010
f.4F~
1"
r
21l
VClL T
In~
ALq .. EL Fe rD "1 YTI
PFSls'no,SC\ FCTFf',743/745 PWA, "OOF" CKT
"4f,R Olp
~46q
H,
.150
FI~
for·0001 &. -0003 only
1 ... Ill: WIQFWnl"m P£1wf Q
nH~
D,::~!~,.nD,Q.O
I1HMS
oF~
FIX /.on.
.r
['t ... ",~
~l32
J<
00001.000
FA
0~3~"2~-0123
Of'S
~31)1)0.
'01)1)1.1),,1)
r~
r,qB3t)1~-OOOl
~)(.W~
5w
S:I! 5 WATT WIoFWn\INO
~ ..
2WATT FIX rnJllp
3~q
OH" 51: 2WATT FIX r'lMP
0340
CfSt~!~p,!flCrTFr,741/745
P\toIf:', IH!"l
T~
0172
0000' .001)
FA
I)5~Q370-02R'I
PF~
FIX F!L" 100
OHM U
.25 WHT
A110
01)001.000
~A
01;3'1370-03"0;
0"001.000
~.
05~9370-034 7
0OOOI.noO
~A
0539370-0373
oE$ fIX
ql~
363
OH'4 1:1! .20; wATT
p 111
AF SF" FIL" 402
"'H~
1:1! .75 WATT
• 2 22
'11100
OU·
CF~A"rC
O~3
4011
lOF
15nn o. nHM
1'109'
0110
rAPj\C!T~~,25
PFS
o'nPA
1110"
~rLJf\??
0.3R425-0115
0107A
O'O~
CAP "!X T ~\NT
~A
01l)6A
1"117
7"~
for-0001 8t -0003 only
"0002.000
(ll"~A
IIl,lb
f441'1 C40"
P337
"H 114ft
01(15
f3~3
CAPAC nrp, 2.7 lJF 5'lV
for-0003
D '):~O
(llO~i
(111)4
}
Ill? , nl)V
~F
<33A
fll"7A
Ol'n
rFOA"!r .''10
(Z12 r.213
(11 'InA
"I'll
q~
rIOI flO? C104 r'1)5
r"\flf\'l?nt\n
""qn
n,I'l'l
(t.P
Remarks
r4~~
"Ion,,&.
"""7
Description
r~lo
"n94~
0''1'1-
Rev.
D
D
D
nlO f311 (312 014 r ll6
n.'''4~
('--
Part No.
0937300-000 1
0937300-0002
0937300-0003
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763/765 W/MODE\1
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763, EIA/TTY
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763/765, CCITT MODEM
~FS
FH FIl" 750
OH" 1'1: .25 WiTT
·4'14
)000~.00l)
FA
05 3 0 ? 70-0~ 74
.FS.F'~FD
I'll"
7t.8
(1H-M~
It: .25WATT
10,-0001 .. -0003 only
0429
"llU
niP
!lOnnl.OOO
r,
,,5'9370-0382
(ll'2A
PFS FH I'll"
931
OH" 1:1! .25 WUT
OlD
OOonl.OnO
n
053'13 7{'1-03 ~3
PFS "IX flU4 953
"ftM l'I .Z5 WATT
0113
00n07.000
~A
053"37G-03e3
PfS FIX FILM '153
OHM 11: .25 WATT
I)113A
for-0001 .. -0003 only
0490
for-0001 &: -0002
for -0003
.207 0429
6-49
LIST OF MATERIAI,.S,.
A-mly
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763/765 W/MOOEM
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763, EIAITTY
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 7631765, CCITT MODEM
Itom
No.
01
Port No.
0837300-0001
0837300-0002
0937300-0003
TI Port No.
Oulntity
n,14
R201
'Il'Inrl1 .001'1
CA
1'I~·q?-111-0'85
RES FIX FILM 1.001C. f1H" \1t .25 WAfT
053'n10-0399
PF
ntl4A
1'1 tiS
0355
nOO(ll.nn n
'''001.00(1
CA
053"370-0427
O'lI)OI.('I'I n
FA
05,"nO-0441
OtlfA
"tl7
~"
"~n"'.O(l"
FA
053 Q ,11)-0530
nil""?"""
FA
053'1370-0465
FA
"5"13111-04&5
l'I"InN.O"1'
FA
(151'" 70-04 73
IlOllO! .""'''
q
"53Q~70-114
77
111)001.000
H
053'1370- 04 aq
OOOet ••lOO
FA
053"370-0"'11
~00nl.000
FA
053'1370-0499
"Hl00' .000
FA
053'1370-0574
1'11)001.1'100
FA
053'1370-0522
110001.001)
E4
0539370-0561
'0002.1)01)
FA
00;39370-0565
()1)001.00n
'-4
0539310-05&'1
'lOMl.000
FA
053'1370-0505
OO~
1% .25 IolAT<
HS FIX FILM &.81K I'll''' 1% .25 WATT
PF~
FIX FILM ".25K "H" u: •
7~
WATT
PFS FIX FILtot Q.O'lK f'lHM
1~
.15 WATT
PES FIX F,Il" lZ.lK
',-.-/
""'I U
.75 WATT
GFS FIX FIL" 14.7K
nt<"
•• 25 linT
U
PFS FIX FILM 15."K !'HM It: .25 IIUT
PFS FIX FIL"
q~.IK
01''1 1% .75 wATT
PF~
Cl~
FIL" 26.1K
I}fl~
1% .20; linT
.F~
FIX FlU' 68.1K OHM n
.25 WATT
PF~
F!~
FILM 75.0K !'fl" 1% .25 WATT
H~
"11 FlU' 82.5K f'fl" 1% .25 WATT
FrS f'\X FILII 11.8K OHM 1'1 .25 WATT
044&
OOnlll.ono
FA
0539310-00;&8
0127A
Ol2RA
b.81K
P450
012('A
011A
Fn~
·"42 11445
C'12'-'A
0127
Of S F I X
·"'11
"IZ8A
OPf.
3l.4K nfl" 1% .25 WATT
·"46
(I'Z76
0'.29
FIX F IL"
P410
", 'lliA
0118
R~S
0101
1'1125.
017.7
3.83K "H" l'II .25 wt,f"
0',5
111244
'H7&
FIL~
070('
1'I17lA
0' 25'
FIX
"325
n"?A
1'114
~F~
·354
012tA
"II?'
.2'5 WAT'"
0411
- nl?""
01~2
l~
04''1
nrt('lot.,IOO
"I'''A
O' 2'
n""
P411 P507
tl,a
'1'1120
PFS .IX FIL" 2.14K
01030
rq .. AA
'11 1"
1'1: .75 WATT
"208
.. tiP.
'lIlQ
~HtII!
~
"'14
nl17A
0" ~
F I X FTl
1.40~
~
0444
IH.'':;"
"tl6
''''-./'
Rom..ks
D.....iption
1'~
R...
0
0
D
PFS FIX Fll" 80.6K OHM lit .25 WATT
."91
0000'.000
fA
n5~"370-0565
PES FIX FU" 75. OK OHM I ! • 25 WATT
R"42
C:
6-50
LIST OF MATERIALS
(
A-.nbly
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763n65 W/MODEM
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763, EIA/TTY
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763/765, CCITT MODEM
Item
No.
1)12'1
au_ity
Rev.
PInNa.
0I373QO.OOO1
..373Q0.0002
0I373QO.OOO3
T\ Port No.
D
D
D
DlICI'iption
Romorks
OOO(H.OOIl
for ·0003 only
P"50
0130
00001.000
FA
0'53'13111-0606
~ES
FIX
FIL~
200 K
nH~
I~
.25 WATT
for-oool '" -0003 only
1l130A
01'11
P500
00002.000
FA
053'137~0620
~FS
FfXFO
~"51
0131&
"11."
21'0 K IlH"S 1'1: .25WATT
for-oool '" -0003 only
P461
tlooo·~.OOO
0539~12-01)0~
PES FIX FIl"
1.0~
00001.000
053'1817.-01148
RFS,FIXFO 3.0'1K
OH" .It .125 WATT
nHO!~
1/8 WATT
.I~
O,'HA
0134
110001.000
FA
'U3
OH" .It .125 WATT
00001.1'1111
11115
on"A
PF$ FIX
00001.000
0539812-0028
PFS FIX FIL" 6.I'1K OH" .It .125 WATT
11352
P112
0'~71
("
'.15K nH" .It .\25 WATT
11519812-0027
OlJ6A
0137
FIL~
1)0/10'.01)"
00004.0(10
P463 P464 P466
01'19
00004.000
Oooot.~nl)
P48~
"A
053'1812-0059
PESIST~p,FrXFO,FIL"
FA
n'539812-oo31
IIFS FTX "Il"
8.05K
.1~
.12~
WATT
01391
0140
for -0001 only
a.24~
nH~
.It .125 WATT
10.5K
rH~
.1_ .125 WATT
P462
'll'H
Otl001.0111)
0~3'1812-oo32
Rf~
"IX
~Il"
OO!)
,os 39111 7-0033
"F~
FIX FILl' 23.2K OHIO
tl' 41 A
014~
t100n~.
.125 WATT
11485 R487
014~A
0143
01311
.n
110004.01111
EA
n,,~q~12-0034
""~
FA
0539812-01160
PfSTST~,FTXfO,FIIM
Ot38A
FTX FYI. II 31.6K nH14 .111 .125 wnT
'1.94K .11 .125 WATT
P463 P464 P466 P483
053'1812-0061
PESTSTnp,FIXF(I.FIL" 8.31K .111 .125 WATT
1>438 P456 P460 R418
1I00nl.000
0539812-0041
0141
'00001.000
~EA
~
0539812-0040
014tA
- 0142
c
0143&
Pf.S FIX FILM 11.41( .11 .125 WATT
P458
00003.000
0539812-0044
0142A
0143
PES FIX FILM 14.0K .11 .125 WATT
~. 11462
_,' 014(1&
PES FIX F.ItM 24.31( .11.120; WATT
~448
00002.000
fA
0539812-0034
P485
PES FIX
"4~1
Fll~
31.6K
11441 P443
6-51
nH~
.tt .125 WATT
for -0003 only
LIST OF MATERIALS
~
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 76317f15 W/MODEM
TEIWfIItAL ELECTRONICS, 763, EIA/TTY
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 76317615, CCITT MODEM
Oullltity
P.nNo.
093731JO.OOOl
Rev.
0937~
D
D
0937300-0003
71 Pan No.
(~
\)
D.....iption
I
Rom"",.
'''''I R""3
01""
00001.000
053981Z-0035
PFS FIX FILM 33.2K
.1' .IZ5 WITT
OH~
"1l7
0539812-0039
PFS FIX FII.OI lZ""
n
()HOI.
.125 WATT
forooool II< ·0003 only
OIlt5.
0000I.0l'O
EA
091227.8-0008
AFS,VAP l K-OHM
C~.MFT
~LE~E~T
for-OOOI • .QOO3 only
01"6A
01.47
3000!.00LI
EA
0912228-0010
PESISTOP.VAPIA8LE 10K
0972228-0011
X
~~~
CEPMET FILM
IIH7A
lOOt< ("HOI rH"'FT FILM
11309
Ol"!"
01"9&
01~1)
H~.VAP
P23"
(1)001.000
fA
0972619-000"
RESISTnp VAP 500 nHU 5' .5W
1)0001.0(11)
FA
0996295-0010
RFS VA". 10.000 nH"'S 501
"12~
III ~1.'
0152
1)0001.I}On
Ot"3
for-OOOI • ·0003 only
00001.000
FA
R258
0153.
00001.1'01'
FA
09129"2-0039
P~5
FIX 400 OHM 5' 5 WATT
W'PFWOU~
PBI
015".
oOOOt.OO')
FA
0912946-0009
RES FIX 4.7
OHM 5
~
.25
W.CIP~ON
FIL'"
0311
0' 55t
0156
1~
""IZ
00001.000
09779"6-0013
PES FIX 6.8 OHM 5'.2501
CAP80~
filM
Ol56A
0157
I)OOO~.OOO
FA
09179"6-0017
01
5~
A~S
FIX tn.o OH" 5 !r .20; w.CU80~ FIL"
F204 P711
~201
015U
!)OOO?OOO
0912946-002!
Pf~
FIX 15.0 OHM 5 ,
091294~-00?5
RES FIX 27.0 OHM 5
.?5
W.CIP80~
FILM
015a'
0159
MOOI.OOI)
FA
,,, 0;9A
0160
.25 w.caPIl()N FILM
11327
00001.ono
fA
0972946-0039
01M)A
'11"1
~
PFS FIX 82.0 OHMS 5 !r .25 W (A.~ON FIL"
"313
1)1)01)3.000
FA
0'172946-0003
PFS FIX 1.7
nH" 5 ,
.15
w.:aPIl!'l~1
FfL~
for ·0001
D314 P459 P467
01611
00n01.000
0912946-0045
PES FIX 150
!'IHM 5
~
.25 01 r •• eo~ FILM
0162A
11202 11203 P216 11221 P315
016ZIl
PH" P"49
6-52
I
'.....J
for -0001
LIST OF MATERIALS
A-mly
(-
Port No.
0937301J.OOO1
0937301J.OOO2
0937301J.OOO3
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763/765 W/MODEM
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763, EIAmy
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763/765, CCITT MODEM
ItIm
No.
01
au_ity
~~
I)O?O').OOO
TI Plrt No.
A
0162-
°4f,-0053
(~
PFS FTX 300
DF' FTX :nO
QFS FIX 330
I\Ol1n'.ooo
FA
[le;72'i146-0055
HS FT X 3e;0
~
~
.Z5 W ClRSON "TL"
OHM 5
~
.25 II
rlP~ON
FIL"
OH" '5 1! .Z5 II ClD80N FIL"
rHM "
1: .Z5
II ClPI'ON FlL'"
for·OOOl & -0003
OHM '5 I: .25 II : •• SO., Fflu
00006.0""
EA
0e;72'i146- 0057
RFS FIX 470
D008
D343
OHM
~
'! .75 II ClPBON FIL'"
ooon".ooo
~A
0'il1?'146-0058
~OoQ
OHM 5 II .25 II (lP80N Ffl"
PlOl QZll Rne
RFS FI X 5'0
mo" 5 II .Z5 II ClP80N FlU'
n!!>"A
R003 P007 "016 P017 ROl'i1
016e;Q
P020
000n1.0no
FA
0'112""6-00'5'1
PES FIX 5"0
0111
00001.000
Fa
0977'146- (061)
RF S FIX 670
Ol1' A
/)17?
00"1~.
FA
0'112'146-0065
PES FIX 1.OK OH" 52: .25 II CAPII"N FILM
017".
OHM '5 I: .25 II ClR800l FILM
P3~)
OH" 5 t
.7~
R004 P005 P/)06
011211
PI0) 1121' R214 II 215 P 218
Ol17C
o2Z6 11323 P410
()OO16.1I00
FA
0912946-006'5
~Ol"
C.Q~ON ~Il'"
P5~1
DO?!
P553
PfS FIX 1.OK OHM 51: .25 II CUIIO'l FILM
DInA
POD" P005 P006 11010 P021
n" ..,?"
PI03 P213 P1l411715 11218
Olnr
11276 11323 04B 1141" p"le;
01720
P440
IB12
II
03511
""0
O17~A
0172
for-0002
0316 niB Rno
0'68'
0' 70
-
PFS FTX 22/)
01"Rfl
/)16Q
QH"
~Z55
"205 P230 -251 '257
1)167&
0168
for -0003
D216 P277 .·BS·
"205 P230 P151 9252 840'1
0161\1
0-r.7
R"'~4
nH" 5 1: .Z5 II flPSnOl FILM
"106
/)166.
-- n 166
for -0002
P018 9212
1)165'
/)1"6
~Z03
PFS FTX ZOO
RZ53
O! 64&
0165
II CAP('O" FlU"
D334
OOOOZ.OOO
Olf'~'
01M
Romwk.
.Z~
PZ03 °Z16 '227 ·315
QFS FTX 150
~20Z
n16Z~
01",
nHM 5 1:
PB4 P401 P417
00006.00n
0
0
0
Description
PB FIX 150
~lOZ
nl"2~
R...
00014.000
Fa
0'172"46-0065
Pf~
FI X 1.0K
O~'"
6-53
5t .25 II ClPIION FIL'"
}
}
for -G001
for -0002
LIST OF MATERIALS
A....tJIy
Pa"t No.
Item
No.
0177A
Oulntity
R...
093731JO.OOO1
09373Q0.0002
093731JO.OOO3
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763f1f1f> lV/MODEM
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763, EIA/TTV
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763nflf>, CCITT MODEM
TI Pa"t No.
D
D
D
DlICI'iption
~010
"004 11005 "006
}
0071
'103 .213 '214 '715 0Z18
~470
0226 '373
0l17r
0912946-0069
nIB
OfS FIX
1.5~
for -0003 only
P55~
nHN 5
~
.25 W CI'R"~
flL~
"30lt ""01 '452
0113
00002.000
EA
tor -0002
0304 11420
0113A
0912946-0011
00001.000
0114A
OES FIX 1.8K
5
~HN
~
.25 W Cl~80N
FIL~
11101
0361 11366 "367 11310 "311
Ol1o;r
0174
0414
nOOOI.OOO
fA
0912946-0071
HS FIK I.IIK PH" 5 1: .25 W ClASON FTl'1
0101
t" 14A
0977~6-0072
'10012.,.,011
.FS Fix Z.OK PH" 5 1:·.25 W fARRON FILN
"105 .209
~254
0361 03M 0367
"256 0360
~
lor -0001
370 11311
0115r
0175
, ..-0002 " -0003
"'-"115f
0116
"4t4
1)0001.(11)/1
0912946-0075
~fS
FIX l.1K OH"
0; • • 25
W rA.eON FIL'1
°ZZ5
"0006.0011
". 71A
0111
lor -0001 only
"421 .413 0475 .411 "480
017 11\
'482
1111005.0'11)
0912'146-0016
.FS FIX 3.0K 0tl'1 5 ~ .25 W CAIII\ON FllN
p421 <415 .477 04BO
0111~
011A
for -0003 only
11411?
00005.000
017~A
1or-0001 81 -0003
0326 P359 0435 F4'1 .4'11
. 0' 78
FA
0'112946-0011
"F~
0972'146-0079
IIfS FTX 3.9K nHN 5 1: .?5 W CAR80N FIL'1
0977946-0081
AI'S FIX 4.1k nH'1
FIX
3.~'
nH" 5 1: .25 W rA.~ON FIl'1
"376 11359 "497
0179
1)001)3.1)00
for-0002
", 19A
DIS"
00005.000
FA
OlAnA
- III 8'1
0;
1: .?5
W CA'SON FllN
lor-0001 81 -0003
0104 1110'1 Pl16 g4)? g433
00003.noo
09729~6-0081
QFS FIX
4.7~
OH~
OlPoa
6-54
5 1: .25 W C.P8~~
Fll~
lor-0002
_/
LIST OF MATERIALS
A_y
(
Pwt No.
09373QO.OOO1
093730(J.(IOO2
09373QO.OOO3
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763/766 W/MODEM
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763, EIA/TTY
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 7631766, CCITT MODEM
ItIm
No.
Qu_ity
TI Pwt No.
01 RI
Oq7?'l46-1l082
00006.l)no
0'l72946-001l0;
018?A
D
D
D
DMCription
PES FIX 5.1K f'H" 5
P362 THPU
018?
Rov.
0ES FIX
R.....k.
~
.2~
w
CA~RO'4
Fll'"
fAPRO~1
filM
P~b5
b.~K
OH" 5 ,
.75 II
POll P023 P024 P025 Pl07
0IR?~
fA
for-OOI1 &. -0003 only
01R4
00013.noo
!'012 PIIB .223
A321
R30~
10<-0001
a. -0003
'H84~
OtA4
01)006.000
lot -ocJfI2
01""A
01A4P
00001.00n
1'4116
°'10 111 • UOI)
0972946-0092
PES fIX !3 K
~H"
5 ,
.25 II CAPeON FILM
A431
(;
lot-OOOI
a. ·0003 only
01R7
.374 1'31.5
~2)2
(10002.000
rA
0~1294f-00~6
FIX 20
~
f'H"
~
~
.25 II
rl.~~N
FTLM
10<-0001 .. -0003
R014 P477
01~AA
IHRP
PF~
091?'l46-0096
00001.'00
DFS FIX 20 K ~'" 5 ~ .1.5 W· CAPA~" FIL"
fer -0002
POll,
0912'l46-0099
PFS FIX 21 K OHM
,
.25 II CAPSON FILM
FIX 41 K OHM 0; ,
.25 W rA.~n" I'lL"
0;
P405
01'11
01'1001.1)01)
A015
0972'146-0105
Ot97
PF~
P31)5 P40S
'lO004.000
e402 P422 A495 "369
IlIQ~A
1)1'14
')OI)I)'.O'l1)
"404 0453 0411
0195
00001.000
01'16
00001.000
FA
~002
0'l72946-011b
01'17&
FI~
130K OHM 5 ,
.25 II CAPRON FIL'"
lor-OOOI
A406
Olq6~
0197
PFS
0000~.01)0
FA
0912'146-0117
a. ·0003 only
RfS FU 1·50K OHM 5 t: .25 W· CAPenN FIL"
10.-0001 a. ·0003
"001 R425
6-55
LIST OF MATERIALS
~
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 7631765 W/MODEM
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763, EIA/TTY
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, CCITT MODEM
lum
No.
nl'l7
Qullrtity
TI Part No.
F.
0917'146-0111
IIfS FIX
O!)()'l~.OOt)
FA
"'172'14"-0127
III'S "I
Oi)OOl.(lOO
1"
\1'111'1106-012'1
fIOllO\ .000
FA
n'l11'146-0131
"n
t,,),
."!)'"
QfS FIX 5601( OHM '5
0"1'( 15nO'
~
.75 101
CtRq~N
FIL"
w rAP~O" FilM
~
.2'5 101 CARsn"
Fll~
:Ii .7S 101 rARAON
FII'"
1>423
00001."00
f~
0912'146-0131
~'5
~o;nl
III'S 1'1 X 1.0" "HpI 0;
01051
Onn"2.nOO
~A
0'17]04('-0037
oono' .0(11,
FA
0'177946-013'1
PFS FIX 6P.0
0-H" '5 :Ii .2S
W.CA.e~"
n,,",~
W CAII80N FllO!
FltM
0317 P346
IIFS FIX 1.2'"
5 :Ii .25
~4;>6
00nOI.0110
F.
0972'146-00'13
~FS
FIX
15K """ 5., .25 W (I,pen'" FILM
"Z?4
00""1.000
FA
0'112 0 41-002'1
OOO':'3.l'rC
rA
0911'147-0051
PF~
('ono?I'OO
r1
0972"4~-0060
HS FIK 62(1
Of~
FU 33
I"HM
0;
FIK 470
OHM
1i7 •
% .'5 101 CAPIIO" Fit"
0322
D?~9
~
W CtPPr'I':
flU~
"'01 '303
I"H" 5
!! .25 W
CAD~ON
FlU'!
.4'13 P409
On(\lll. (\00
FA
n'l12947-0065
OF S 1'1 X
1.0~
nH" 51( .5 I' ClP!I(1" FILO!
0484
lo;nK nH" 0;!!.5W rAPA!'N FIL'"
OOnO\ .l'O"
~,
097]'147-0117
IIF~
MOOI.OnO
FA
0972'1 7 R-'01l69
PI'S FIX r.n,"p 47 ('\ .... S 1.OW
F'~
oH'!
5~
0302
0212A
n213
r All finN FlU'
\j
US FT X 1120K OHO! '5
n~ll.
"2' 7
"H" 0; '! .2'5
O'l7]'l46-0135
OnOA
0211
470~
EA
"70'lA
O~I(\
FIX
PI'S
Pill
JOilO2.C!OO
n~O"1\
(\7(,0
FIl~
•
n07A
o;m~
w rA.q~~
~
~~""A
020 7
5 '! .25
nH" '5
020'5A
(>7(1t-
~
~FS
0704A
t)?"'i
FIL~
0'17]'146-0134
"203~
n7n4
"H~
CAAq~N
H
n~"~A
02n,
''10K
Remlrks
'! .2S W
"210
n?OIA
02;)2
'1HM 5
03?~
02(10A
n?'"
150~
111003 PIo?1o
0\'1'"
0]011
D
D
D
POOl
01 'lilA
r.loq
Rev.
.DlKription
00001. ,,,,n
01'17A
"H~p:I!
Part No.
0937300-0001
0937300-0002
09373QO.OOO3
1).,001.1)00
FA
1)9 7 2978-00'13
"FS FIX CO"P 410 I"""S 1.0w
~:Ii
°U'!
0" "
PFS FIX cn,"p
'no
1.0101 5t
00001.0nO
!"=A
0 0 71"78-0100
00.101.000
FA
O'l12'11R-0113
PES FIXEO 3.3K
0000' .000
FA
05~'137o-0556
"ES F 'X FH" 61).4K Oil" I'! .25 W.TT
'12166
1110118
0211
PFS FIX 2.0K 0 .. " o;f, .5 101 CAPenN FILM
0?!4
D~68
02t4A
071~
nOOOl.000
FA
0'172'147-0012
OOnOl.'()O!)
~A
0'112'146-0063
"~18'
1.0 WATT 51
Pl20
02tU
0118
OH"~
"Ilfl
0'15A
071 !o
(lHp.tC:
PES FIX 1120
OHIO 5'1: .25 101 CAP liON FltM
"\08
6-56
LIST OF MATERtALS
~y
~II'tNo.
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763/7f1ij W/MODEM
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 763, EIAITTV
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, CCITT MODEM
TI
D93731JO.OOOI
D93731JO.OOO2
D93731JO.OOO3
~II'tNo.
R...
D
D
D
R_ft,
D.... iption
"373
"2?0
00n03.000
onot
0~39370-0~15
OOOO?ooo
-onol
0001)3.000
09729"6-0031
FIX FILM 22.6K OHM
"fS FIX 611.0
0317
00001.00"
0912~46-0050
/)1)001.00.0
11539H()-0412
I12nl
0224
,,~S
1~
.25 WITT
, .. -IOO3on1y
"496 P4911
IIZZ' A
0227
for -0001 only
"""8 P"96 ""98
00001.1100
"~"6
nHI'!
5
~
.25 W.rl.8['IM FILM
'j
""111
"."15
.ES FIX FIL. 8.06K OHM It .25 WITT
FA
0""64.000
11226
0"001.0"1'1
On!>1
0277
J'OI
00001.000
1'12711
O~?R
--. 0229
J'IOI
1)000t.00o
0972620-0001
oooin .1)01)
0539370-0572
CONN.PLUG.PC PO-IS
POSITI~
PFS FtX FILl'! 11.7K nHM I t .25 WITT
""45
00001.000
0"16"34-0203
FUSE
2.0' 151V 31G
F301
0211
Onll
F201 F251 F252
1)0oOt.f)0t)
0972602-0001
,XF"""EP.SW .Glf".PWII SPlV 596UH+I-60UH
T301
00001.000
fA
097261.4-0001
TPAN~FOPMf".TO.OIO
0972"45-0001
(RVSTAl.12 ",,",Z.QUlnz
073<;6
T302
OI)OOhOI)l)
VI)Ol
1)239
001)01.1)1)11
1)972461-0001
07396
"5001
1)01)111.000
02"lA
OISC.SnuN()-PTFZO-ElfCT 3200 + 600HZ
FA
0996';92-0001
SWITCH.TnGGLF.OPD! 31/250 VIC 6"120 VA:
5301
6-57
}--~
}--~
LIST OF MATERIALS
"-"bIy
!'.-tHo.
09373DO-01111
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 783f1f1ij W/MODEM
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, 713, EIAITTY
TERMINAL ELECTRONICS, CCITT MODEM
au.tity
00003.000
FA
TI I'wt No.
053951010-0010
0937~
083731JO.GDD3
~OC~FT.20P'N
R...
D
D
D
Ie lOW PROFILE SOlDER TAIL
XI/012 XUOl1 XUOlO
05395410-0009
It lOW PROFIlF SOLrlEP TAIL
XUOl5 XU018
'"4'''
rl74'5
~nC'FT.40PIN
011002.000
FA
''5~.'5101o-0001
sne'ET.21oPIN Ie lOW PPOFIlf SnLnER TAil
XlIOl I) XIIO·'"
021054
02106
110001."00
0250
001101.000
FA
05~l5J1-0001
~FATS'NK.ElFeT-EIEC
0?51
00001.000
EA
09991029-0001
~~ATSINK.TIP-pnwE.
0251
00001.000
OQ992510-0001
ClIP.~E.TSIN~
0983836-0001
CAftlE.Hf.TSIN~
XO]01
011'101.000
00"07..000
11255
TOP AND AASf. Tn-3
SUPPl¥.SO~T
ST.'T
I!FTAINER
FA
1I0nol.000
GDOUNO.
00001.000
11258
0?1ZIo81-000\
JU""I'P Pl"G,CONNfCTOII
OloI11000~0022
wrpE 22AWG ~LET'n-TIN-PlATFD.COPPE.
010111010-0135
WASHEP
EA
010'\'0'-1'1051
InCKw.~HF'
FA
0CJII~-nn16
sr"FW 4-"0
011)5
01'1007..000
~.
O,JV [ONNECT "THESE
h)WfR :'JH·'lY CAe ... £. (iTEM ZJ AS
ANlJ CON!~[ll ?~_k TAbLE l [
:,:t.'iM'Jr.'I~K,C.i.=
~:,JD
cc~n;::(T
L~AMPlL
f2"S
--t··
LE:
CNl'Y
r~
i
[~~
ICABLE l.""'--4.-~~~ATION
~~~~:~~~i. I g.~~
CAbLE (,TEM Sc) AS
r-t.;.l T,i,Btf" ill
~f:itlT~ ~1~:;
v\II\<:[<:;' AS
Kt.EN~
BE LJSED AS Sf->AIIE:,
3'39222-00D3
-tOOl", '0001 1fS1W
999222-0002
ONLY
ITIII PART
Js,f
I
BUBBLE M[MCRY CONTROLl[H-PMT, Z30V
BUBBLE M[MORY CONTROLL[R - PMT, 230V
NUMBER
Ci'
~/A::t'.
~ I ~~~~
B
_CO"
~~ (i'
1(7
u
1{4·(~'
I'
c)
1
,
. I "'"
fQTYl
,,0
'HM
H[.IGH]
.n'), ."COlGk HArK
I"
-p=-t.
0{j
1
I.
999230 I
~4t) Ttx"'~,~~":~.~~;~11.'TS
MEMO;~' ~~NT"OLLER-
BUBBLE
PORTABLE MEMORY TERMINAL
I
6
1
i
5
1
&738
r=.~!..!.':.::
4
32
],on,
l
~.'"
~.V . IN·· .
00
7
-.','-___
~~~~.,-"
~?J
I "0
t--
J
rllliH
I REVISION
IHIJ
SCHEt.!AlIC 999221
41
:~
I
I DESCRIPTION
.~- .....{0}::f±}.J§'±±±f..-
"
UK
115V
6~"S:ET:;SU:i~E1 iTIT3
REVISION LEVEL STATUS
DOCUMENT
,\,SSEMBlY
I+-
8L,'BBL£ M~MORY ,':ONTROLL[R - PMT,
999222-0001
(116i:, k341, RH2/
l:"~
£I~~
B
I~ l-;r4 :'OCKfTS (,TE.M 10) ARt
"
E:~<4-
REM.>1!.~~_
[ill
[2jJ
~
l~r~lALlATION
NO CO:l, • .Jf~~/jT IS INSTALLE[) /,T THIS
LOCAl ':;'N Cr-. -( 00 I ASS Y
E ~B
l2]
BxU DENOTE TESTED
CASH i,JMp[RS
ASS[M~Lf[S
I'
BLUE/WHliE
VIO.l ET!W~11E.
~RA..1('!!\:!rr_[
[jJ
__ ~fl__ _
tyillo\'/ _
FuR rlltD
RED/WHIT[
1l<[MARK5'
ES3
'0:,2
TABLE II
A PAlR
[n]
I
'1'[LL0w/w~nE.
[0
E:.~
BLACK
I WI-il1[
~~~~N
eLAc/(/w~lTE
ORANGEr'WfH:£J]"
~
g~~
~f.RMINATION
CABLE L[AD
~~---"C-~~~-~~~~~~ :~WN
c
TABLE ill
l;cRA;cN:;Cro;;;';-;M~ERO-C;'E~T,~Bl~dMltWiDN1 REM,""
tel
999222
D96214i
I OF
I
3
I
2
"
I
LM
3
I"J.'
\
I
~
\...
~
)-
e
.~
,/
\
~ __-----.J
7
2
3
o
o
[!IREFCot
r-~H3C""O
l
c
c
404
~
L-H
0'1
I
0'1
",
.....
D
ru-8'
a.::D
/
SH 3
MARK APPROPRIATE REVISION UTTER PfR
REV UV[l BLOCk AND PROCESS '3
"
B
COMPONENT
MARK APPROPRIATE DASH NO
PER PRO[fS5 '?t
SIDE
IO)RtJ:'ID1
lZ)Rr.F~
I
_ _J
A
1-"00--1
MAX
.,
WJIJ
t::..U b ,1,.
U' ~~
CJ"
2>
,1,5
ill}.;
~L....
I
1
"'-..
,®RH~
A
...J
SEE VIEW F
SH 3 (B-5)
.. PLACE5('11111
r&U
6
7
6
~!5
4
3
2
.... } Jl IEF
D
D
c
•
0\
H~,
I
~
SECTION A-A
SECTION
SHEET 2 (C-3)
SCALE 2/1
ROTATED 90 0 CW
SHt.·~--
COMPONrNT SlP(
'"
N
VIEW
B
D-D
VIEW
..~
c-c
9-IEET 2 (D-5)
SCALE 2/1
ROTATED 90 G CCW
999222-0003
(0-5)
ROT .... TED
9O"CW'
c
r-1-u'
n
:
:0')""·
~
n·
U·
...
~
VIEW E-E
SHEE T 2 (C-~)
SCALE NONE
SHEET 2 (C-6)
SCALE 2/1
ROTATED 90 0 CCW
B-B
2
SCALE 2/1
ROT.... TEo 11W·
10 PLACES
~I
..
~":[i!)]~
I
;;Pr.,n l' i
{l"U
I
11l=1. r
--:.
,
'i
,
J.:' ;. . ,-,
(~
o'~' ~j:
~
I!I
L:,~o-J
o
u:S1
~RfF~il
~
~
!l!;
~r
........ ' J
A
VIEW
~~ ~~~
ig
-SOIl
55
VIEW F
VIEW G
VIEW H·H
SlifET 2 (A-6)
5HEE T 2 (8-3)
&C .... LF: III
SHEET 2 (0-8)
SCALE til
UHE III
4 PLACES.
CAl. M, A5, & A6)
ONf>.R3 T8,P 371,
0122P
0124
RE S F I X 3.3K OHM 5 :r: .25 W CARBON FILM
R326
0122A
0123
PES FIX 2.2K OHM 5 :r: .25 W CAPBON FILM
P361,P377,1I380,P391
0121A
1)122
RES FIX 2.0K OHM 5 I: .25 W CAPRON FILM
P1,R2,"4,R5,P1,1I8,"10.P11
0120A
0121
PES FIX 1.5K OHM 5 I: .25 W CARBON FILM
~304
0119A
0120
FIU~
II 18,R22,R23,P 323,1' 357 ,II 24
0118A
0119
PES FIK 1.0K OHM 5' .25 W CARIION
, ./
RES FIX
P32",R3"'4
,.
0912946-0105
PES FIX "7 K OHM 5
~
.25 W CARBON FILM
0126A
R369,P368,R372.P313.R358,
012611
P360,A359,A356.P305
6-64
1·-
(f\
~.'
f
LIST OF MATERIALS
(
Assembly
Part No.
BUBBLE MEMORY CONTROLLER·PMT, 115V
BUBBLE MEMORY CONTROLLER·PMT, 230V
0999222·0001 L
0999222·0002 L
Ibm
No.
0126
TI Part No.
Qu_ity
1l000A.001)
fA
0912946-0l05
Ot26l
0)
0972946-0121
00001.000
fA
0972946-0123
00003.000
fA
0972946-0129
PES FIX 470K OHM 5
0972947-0029
liES FIX 33
~
.25 W CAPSON FILM
PES FIX 271)K OHM 5
~
.25 W CARRON FILM
~
.25 W CAR~ON FILM
~
.5 W CARBON FILM
R365.P 328,11354
00001.000
p
00001.000
OHM 5
322
0972947-0057
"FS FIX 470
0972947-0117
RES FIX t50K OHM
0131A
0132
rES FIX 220K OHM 5
R374
0130A
013t
.25 W CARBON FILM
~
P370,1I375,P361
29A
0130
Remarks
R360,R359,R356
F.A
0128A
1)129
PFS FIX 47 K OHM 5
1)0003.000
0127A
012e
Description
P369,R368,P372,P373,P358
0126B
0121
Rev.
O~
5~
.5 W CAPeON FILM
"303
00001.01)0
EA
5~.5W
CARBON
FIL~
10r-0001
0132A
013'
P329
0000' .000
FA
0972947-0123
RES FIX 270K OHM
.5 W CAPSON FILM
5~
fo<-OOO2
0132A
0133
11329
00001.000
EA
0972630-0034
PES FIXED 0.221 OHMS lWATT
l~
for -0001
11338
01330\
0133
00001.000
fA
0972630-0077
lW,5~
RESISTOP.0.619 OHMS
FX WW
for -0002
R338
0133A
0134
OOOOt.OOO
EA
0972978-0069
0135
00001.0no
fA
0912978-0024
0135
S~
RES,FIXEO 68K 1 WATT
10~
for -0001
11340
0135A
-
liES FIX COMP 47
OHMS 1.0W
,
11302
.01HA
00002.000
EA
0972947-0113
RES FIX lOOK
O~
5'1 .5 W CAR8Q" FILM
lor-0002
P341,1I342
0136
00002.000
EA
0538425-0115
15000. OHM
5~
2WATT FIX COMP
for -0001
0136A
0136
PES
11332,11333
00002.000
fA
for -0002
R332,1I333
0137
0000.1.000
EA
0972942-0112
0138
PES,FIXEO 68 OHMS 5 WATT 5'1
R301
0131A
00001.000
EA
0972942-0039
PES FIX
~OO O~M
5'1 5 WATT WIPEWOUNO
for-OOOI
P 331
013B
00001.000
FA
0972942-0020
PES FIX 600.
o~s
5~
5 WATT WIAFWOUNO
for -0002
0138A
0\3,!
P331
OOOOt.OOO
FA
0972942-1082
0139A
009
AES,FIXFO 18K OHMS 5 WATT
5~
for -0001
P350
00001.000
FA
0972942-003\
liES FIX 30.0 K OH"S
5~
5 WATT WIPEWOUNO
for-0002
A3S0
0141
00001.000
EA
0800118-0008
PESISTOP 1.0KOHMS OIL PUll UP 16 PINS
6-65
LIST OF MATERIALS
Item
No.
OH!
Assembly
PII'tNo.
BUBBLE MEMORY CONTROLLER·PMT, 115V
BUBBLE MEMORY CONTROLLER·PMT, 230V
0999222·0001 L
0999222·0002 L
TI Port No.
aumtity
FA
1)800118-0008
~ESISTOP
00001.000
EA
0800118-0015
HSISTOP
OIL PULL UP 16 PINS
6.8~OHMS
Oll PULL UP 16 PINS
U21
0972228-0010
00001.000
~ESISTO~,VAP1A8LE
10K OHM
CER~ET
FILM
P 336
Ollt3A
0144
1.0~OHMS
Ul1
0142A
01"1
Remns
00001.000
0141A
0142
Rev.
00001.000
OQ72228-0013
X PES.VAP lOOK OHM CERMET FILM
041880t-0006
CPYSTAL,QUAQTZ 16.000 MHZ
1)144A
0145
')0004.000
fA
OOOO~.OOO
EA
0145~
0146
C~-64/U
Vi
0147
00032.000
EA
0972763-0021
CAP.,fIXEO,AXIAL lEAO,.047 UF,+801,-201
0147A
C4,( 5,(6,C 7,(8,( 9,e10,ell
01478
(12,(13,CI4,CI5,eI6,C17,
0147(
C18,C19,C20,C21,C22,C23,
Ollt 7D
C24, C 2~,C 26,C 27 ,C28,C 29,
0141F
1)148
C30,C31.C32,C~3,C34.C330
00001.000
EA
0539370-0491
HS fIX fiLM 14.1K OHM U
00001.000
FA
O'l72946-0048
~ES
00001.000
fA
0972946-0050
0000'.000
EA
0972900-7404
NETWORK SN74LS04N
FA
099'l2?1-9901
HECT~O~lIe
C335
0148A
Ol4'lA
0150
OHM 5 1 .25 W
eA~~ON
FILM
OES FIX 240
OHM 5 :I: .25 W
CARR(1~1
FilM
P14
0151'
0152
FIX 200
P13
0150A
01.51
.25 WATT
Ul
PEF
SCHEM OUG,UlI,EP So-PMT
0153
00001.000
FA
1)972988-0016
SCPFW 4-"0 X ."38 PAN HEAD CPES
0154
00001.000
EA
0996285-0004
HEATSINK,TPANSISTOR .750 X .150
0155
1)0001.000
0418130-0204
WASHEQ-.4 X .125 10 .312 00 PLAS
0156
00001.000
0999255-0001
INSULATnp, CAPACITOR-LOWER
0151
00001.000
0972946-0136
PES fIX 910K OHM
EA
.25W CAPeON FILM
for -0002 only
01514
0158
5~
& SYN
~I)
P328
00001.000
FA
0972946-0110
PES fiX 75 K OHM 5
~
.25 W CAPRON FILM
for -0002 onh·
P305
1)159
01"0
00000.100
FT
.22410X.015T~K
0417171-0219
INSUL SLEEVING
1)'I'I43Q6-9901
PPOCEOlJll.E,SITE & DATE CODE SfAIALIlAT!ON
6-66
HT SHPNK
018632-
LIST OF MATERIALS
(
Item
No.
Assembly
Part No.
Rev.
BUBBLE MEMORY CONTROLLER·PMT. 115V
BUBBLE MEMORY CONTROLLER·PMT. 230V
0999222·0001
0999222·0002
L
L
Quantity
0001
00001.000
EA
0'199220-0001
PWB, POll TABLE
Romlrks
KS~-POET
,POWE~
0002
00001.000
EA
0999237-0001
CABL E ASSY
0003
00001.000
EA
099'1238-0001
CC~MUNICATlnNS
0004
0000'.• 000
FA
0'112854-0003
CONNECTOP,RfCP,PC 15 CONTACTS
0004A
0005
SUPPLY, POET
CAeLE PlOT'
Jl
00020.000
EA
0912498-0002
0005A
(ONNEC TOP, 8 PflS DBl POW,EDGE MTG
A3Jl,A3J2,A3J3,AJJ4,A3J5,
00051l
A4Jl,A4J2,A4J3,A4J4,A4J5,
0005(
A5Jl,A5J2,A5J3,A5J4,A~J5,
00050
0007
A6Jl,A6J2,AbJ3,AbJ4,A6J5
00032.000
EA
0972456-0002
01)07A
(
Description
TI Part No.
PIN,.025 SQUAPE
EIOO,EIOl,El02,El03,El04,
000711
EI05,E106,E101,E108~E109,
OO07C
f110,E313,E314,E319 E320
ooom
E321,E322,E323,E324,f315,
0007E
F326,E327,E328,F329,F330,
0OO1F
E331,E332,E333,F334
oo07G
E346,E347,E348
0008
00001.001)
E.
0533517-0001
HEATST~,ELECT-FLEC
0010
00009.000
F.
0539544-0005
SOCKET,18PIN
XU55 XU56 XU57 XU81
0010!'
00004.000
EA
0539544-0010
SnCK ET ,20P IN IC lOW PROFILE SOlOER TAil
00007.000
FA
0539544-0007
SOCKfT,24PIN IC lOW PROFILE SOlDER TAIL
ool1A
0012
XU10 XU44 XU65 XU66
0012A
XU58 XU59 XU60 XU61 XU62
00128
XU63 XU6 ..
0013
TAIL
XU50 XU51 XU52 XU53 XU54
0010A
01)11
Tnp AND BASE,TO-3
IC lOW ppnFllF SOlDER
00002.000
F.
0539544-0009
OOBA
SOCKET,40PIN It lOW PROFILE SOlDER TAIL
X\180 XU18
001."
00002.000
FA
0416925-0400
001';
00001.000
FA
041b925-0411
SPACER, ... 1I8"lG .LUM ANOOIZED
SPACER
0016
00010.000
H
0972487- 0001
J\1MPEP PllJG,CONNECTOP fllACK
0011
...
3/16 X .028 SCREW & SOL T .
00006.000
"A
0418212-0010
STPAP,TIEOOWN,AOJU5TABlF,PLASTIC
0018
00001.000
FA
0972621-0002
SPRING PINe;
00!9
00001.000
I'A
09723 06- 000 2
COYEP POUNfl
0021
00002.000
F~
0972988-0015
SCPEW 4- .. 0 X .375
0022
00002.000
FA
0972988-001'1
SCPEW 4-.40 X .750 PAN HEAD
0023
00001.000
~A
1)972988-0022
SCPEW 4-40 X 1.25 PAN HEAD CHS
01)24
00008.000
EA
0411027-0803
WASHE!> .125 X .250 X .022 flU tilES
0025
00004.000
FA
0411104-0135
WASHEP 114 lnCKSPlI T
(~:
6-67
P~N
HEAD CPES
CQ~S
LIST OF MATERIALS
~
Part No.
BUBBLE MEMORY CONTROLLER·PMT. 115V
BUBBLE MEMORY CONTROLLER·PMT. 230V
0999222·0001 L
0999222·0002 L
1No.
0026
00006.000
0021
00006.000
002f1
0029
0030
0031
0032
0033
TI P.nNo.
au.ntity
A~
0411101-0051
LOCKWASHEP
NUT,PLAIN,4-40 UIIIC-28 HEX,CFES, SMALL
041 1559-()()01
SILICONE PU88EP 'PTV) DOW 31100
FT
OIoUIoOO-OO 2 2
WIFE 22AWG ElEfPO-TIN-Pl.TED,COPPER
00002.000
EA
040616'l-OOOl
SCRFW, SPEC I At ,CONNFCTOP LOCKING
00005.000
FA
018S113-0001
X SPACER XST TQ-16 CASE
OT
0415804-0005
SEALING COMPOUND,AIIIAFPOBIC-BLUE GRADE C
00001.000
fA
0972663-0001
NETIiORK,lM~39N
00002.000
fA
0222222-1400
00001.000
EA
0222222-1402
00005.000
EA
0222222-71004
NfTWORK SN7100loN
00001.000
EA
0222222-1408
NHWOIIK-SN7408N
00008.01'0
EA
02 ?222 2-1432
AP
AP
NfTWORK
SIII11000N
U5,U1
NETWOPK SN1402N
U30
U28,U35,U38,lJ41,U71o
U6
NfTliOPK
5N7432N
01)18'
1)39, U16, 1l3,U4 ,U68 ,U71),
00181'
U67,U69
0039
00003.000
FA
02222Z2-1451
0039.6
00100
00001.000
EA
0222222-1474
00001.000
EA
022222 2-14 86
00002.000
EA
0222222-71 09
00001.01m
~A
0222222-1120
OOOO~.OOO
~A
0222222-1148
00002.000
FA
0222222-1161
00001.000
EA
0222222-7114
0~8.6
SIII14109N
IIIFTWOPK-SN74120N
NETWORK SN14148N
NETWORK
SN14161N
NETWORK
5N74174N
U8
00001.000
EA
091215'l- 7251
OOlolA
001t8
NfTWORK
U11, U12
0046A
0047
NETWORK-SN71086N
U45
0045A
0046
SIII7414N
U19
0044.6
0045
NETWORK
U25,U26
OOIo3A
00104
5N1451N
un
0042A
0043
~
U29
00414
0"102
NETWORK
(
U2,U40,U31
00100.6
0041
Rem.ks
U351
0031.
0038
~
0 '
EXTERNAL TOOTH ClIES
010161053-0021
0036.
0037
4
EA
0035'
0036
1/
Til
00310'
0035
DlIICI'iption
fA
0033A
00310
R....
IIIfTWORK SN11t251N
16 PINS
U37
00003.000
EA
0972120-0001
NETWOPK TTlIMSl 9331t
U71,U72,U13
r~
6-68
lIST OF MATERIALS
A...wly
(
BUBBLE MEMORY CONTROllER·PMT, 230V
It_
No.
(
Part No.
Qu.,tity
UK
Rev.
0999222·0003 l
TI Plrt No.
R.........
Ooscription
0001
00001.0110
EA
0999222-0002
BllBBl f foOEM!1P Y CONTPnLLEP-PMT. 230V
000.4
001101.000
EA
2200056-0001
CONNECTOP ASSY. SAPPIER CIPr.UIT
0004A
Jl
oo04~
PEMOVE AND DISCAPO
0Q,04r.
EXISTING r.ONNECTOP Jl AND
00040
~OUNTING
HAPOWARF.
oo04f
INSTALL THIS CONNECTOP
001l4F
AS SHOWN IN VIEW C-C
01)21
!l0002.000
EA
0972988-0013
SCPEW 4-40 X .250 PAN HEAD
01124
00002.000
EA
0411027-0803
WASHER .125 X .250 X .022 FLAT rilES
0025
00002.000
EA
0411104-0135
wASHEP.4 LOCKSPlIT
"
.~
6-69
C~ES
,
lI~lfSS
5
6
7
8
NOTES
f;l>if w,',"f SPfClflf[)
ill =:MlPI-'S'lf:'R Z)ltll:S'f
z~~tr~;Jt;;V.fr DfOLI~~~~g~CATJON5:
1-'1-a, pz-/
1"2-'.
Pl-.,
.. All LU:O LIE .... T.. TO.E G"rItOIllCOIIIDUCTOII SIDE OF IO.llItD
THRU
1>4·' THRU
I,l
~
INSTALL BUBBLE CUP {ITEM l}AFTER i'ROC[SS 2
L!J
MARK SIT£./DA"T[ CODE ON ASSEMBLY IN
LOCATION INDICATED PER ~ ....
(IT[M U)
PAItAG.RAPH 4.0 AND PROCE';S I
"t.
..
='J1:fHklC~[:l ~l~"::"~[d:lit'tg.~:'·~f~AJ7TEaT
,..M~
"'7177
:!,oo~~2-
7111)11
7/z,1.,?
./,-,
1 :~::/;:,
I:;'::-~.:.
~m-
5
~~
o
tN"'2.:S,""Z ............. -o ..._·".t!<....
,. , ..
ilDt.Ll.1TEM!I& I'H~71ZI1~~ an 1(11ADD ITE". 7.
fJ"D~~;i~~Zl~Dk;~~mITEM~~9,DtLt (\EF
~~£:: ~~rr.::~~.~IC./DE1.[ RU DES "111n4"11...,
[!!J
JUMPER WI~E' (ITEM 1", INSTALLED IN LOC:A"'!'IOt.1 F',,1t IUS
1
u
L
- -"
-\:
c--o
00
:~,-Ol\O~; 19~~-:·'':mr-B~ • :~o,~···8
OIl
-l!ID-
on
•
c
_ .
~~'-:-;:~~.~'
hJ - ~;s··
~
"~''''O.·
C l .
;.
U5
3/2,./17
::-;-" :1&~
:'V<'>- "'''''
f4' E!l,
... ItI......... Wf1'H AD.IUIT....r .elK.'
=.='~; -.~.
-s
0·· ::::::
:I"'@
..
~
:=c=JSu:.,".~_"
~.
~-,
b
,., o--ron=a=·'·"
Q -f'
~
·0'5 0 ":~f a,..
lute]:1~
V
/"'/',/;-'<''6.'7-'
~:;~',;/ :~~s:::J
SIDE)
ffiI ~~~.J~"loe.::;Er.~~~i'g,=Nt:i'~CO:T. '"
U .. RK APPROPRIATE REVISION l'[11t'K 'ER
REVI5.tON LEVEL BLOCI( AND PROC£'So!t I
c
CCM~CNT
~Z~Z~Uf.~l1i~!fi1lfr~~1¥fg~ ,·fz:~lI~
1::,,~
Io2UU
THItU
p~-, THRU
P!l-' THRU P5-.
AND
ft.
INSTAu..IED USIH. "lIoc.fSS .J
o
I!l
P4-~.
(AU. OTHEIt LOCATIONS ARE INSTALLfO ON
ITEM II ,-0 K
3
4
~
HOlE'!. CONT'WUEO:
c:::JCt.
U.
•
,-:;-
.
'"' U
:.
•
-'J
I
OCT
L..-..:J,\,
~
CI-3>;: i'
~m~""J_"[]';~§U;
D::.~ :d.
""'~
~.--:l-
0\
,
-.l
i
o
u
....
~I,',~
JI,';
o ~ ~ IJ:~
?i ..,
cu
~
It:
1,1 U g :;;
c
I,I
m~.~0"':;;:;:i~
'"'z~
!!~ ~
....
i:~~~: ~j~
,u.
~o.
11-3)
L...-..:::J~
I
:
,
• ~fr~?_i., ~.' c::::9S
0. <"'> <"'>
A.
~
:
.5
C~:
L-.:J:t
SECTION A-A
Ca-7)
~c=:=3!i
ell
~
:t
c::x:::JC12
c:a:::::a~:::
B
R43
6"39
SECTION B-B
r---
------
(e-O)
------l
i
ITIl
i
~i-§ J_ ------------------1
A
ROTATED 90- CCW
1 REF
(ONDIJCTO/f SIIr
m
A
22000~
I an!.
9n2?;D~'
..
\"
)
-\
999236
-~---.-.-
'::'-~<4
5
o
-~
32.
3
LM
11~~~ll
l"
\,
.,
LIST OF MATERIALS
(
A...... V
I'wt No.
R...
DISCRETE MEMORY ASSY
09!II236-OOOl
K
1t8m
No.
R~.
TI I'wt No.
Qullltity
0001
00001.000
EA
0999235-9001
0002
00050.000
F~
0972456-0002
PWB, OISC'ETE
~EMOPY
PIN,.025 SQUAPE
0002_
Pl-l
TH~U
1'1-8
000211
P2-1 THIIU 1'2-8
0002C
P3-1 THPU P3-11
001)20
P4-1 THIIU Plt-8
00021'
P5-1 THIIU P5-8
0002"
0002G
E23, E25, E26
oo02H
ITEM 97 MAY 8E USED
AS AN At TfIlHATE
0002J
01)03
00001.000
EA
2200036-0001
CLIP.8UIIIIlE MEMOPY
00010
01)003.000
EA
09721063-0001
NfTWO~K.SH72558P'",11058Pl
00001.000
FA
0222222-71000
01' AMP
OOOIoA
0005
01)06
00001.000
fA
0222222-7402
0006A
001)7
0222222-7474
00001.000
00002.000
EA
00003.000
EA
NfTWOIIK
SN7474N
UIo.U5
0996437-0001
0009A
0010
NETWOIIK SN7402H
U3
0008A
0009
SN71000H
U2
oo07A
0008
NETWOPK
U1
0005 A
IC.SN1546311P DUAL PEPIPHEPAL POS & OPIVf
U6.U7,U8
,)0001.000
FA
0996467-0002
IC. MC1544L, SENSE AMP. 10 CHANNEL
00001.000
EA
22000106-0001
8UIIBLE MfMOIIY.MASK LAIIELEO
00 lOA
0011
OOll_
0012
U9
00011.000
EA
0972057-0~01
TPAHSISTOP-A5T2222 NPN·SILICON
05.06.01.08.010.011.012,
0012 A
01)128
0013
00006.000
EA
0800523-0001
TIUNSISTOII A5T2901 PNP SILICON
00001.000
EA
0972934-0005
0100E.IH750A
00001.000
EA
097Z934-0006
0100E.IN751A
00001.000
fA
0972131-0001
0100E,ZENEII,6-2V
0013A
DOH
OOHA
0015
(
SIL VOLT PEG
5.1 V
5~
SIL VOLT
~EG
VII15
00 16A0017
5~
VPZ
0015A
01)16
4.7 V
5~
VIII
00005.000
•. 0972932-0001
0100E.IN914B SWITCHING 75V PIV 75MA ioNS
....
6-71
LIST OF MATERIALS
Rev.
AMmbly
PII'tNo.
DISCRETE MEMORY ASSY
0999236·0001 K
1-
No.
Oulllltity
CPll,CR12,CR13,CPl~,CR20
OOlTA
0018
00012.000
EA
0996~63-0002
ooll!A
(;R16 THIIU .CII19
0996534-0001
00001.000
FA
0539310-01.3
(l0002.000
fA
0539370-0272
RES FIX FILM 66.5
00002.000
FA
0539310-0289
liES FIX FILM 100
00001.000
EA
0539310-0336
IIFS FIX FILM 309
00001.000
EA
0539310-0349
000413.000
EA
0539370-03 55
00001.000
EA
0539370-01003
00001.000
EA
053'1310-0409
00003.000
EA
0539370-0411
0040 A
/-~"'..
\ , __ 7
ItES FIX FILM 1.78K OHM 11 .25 WATT
RES FIX FILM 1.81K OHM 11 .25 WATT
fA
0539310-01023
PES FIX FILM 2.49K OHM 11 .25 WATT
(l0001.000
FA
0539310-0427
PES FIX FILM 2.74K OHM 11 .25 WATT
00001.000
FA
0539370-0It34
00001.000
!'A
0539370-0398
00001.000
EA
0539370-0463
00001.000
EA
0539310-01052
00001.000
EA
0539370-0It65
RES FIX FILM 2.10K OHM 1 •• 25 WATT
P43
P56
PH
PES FIX FILM 3.24K OHM 1 •• 25 WATT
R39
RES FIX FILM 1.37K OHM 11 .25 WATT
R42
RES FIX FILM 6.49K OHM
1~
.25 WATT
P53
0039A
QOloO
OHM 1 • • 25 WATT
00001.000
0038A
0039
1.5~K
0539370-01tl6
0037A
0ln8
RES FIX FILM
Ej
0036A
0037
OHM 1 • • 25 WATT
00001.000
0035A
0036
fliES F IX FILM 417
112,113,1138
003~A
0035
OHM 1 •• 25 WATT
Pitt>
0033A
00310
ItfS FIX FILM 422
1t58
0032A
0033
OHM 11 .25 WUT
1'11,1'22,1128
003lA
0032
OHM U .25 WATT
1118,1119,1'21
0030A
0031
f'HM U: .25 WATT
R55
0029l
0030
OHM 11 .25 WATT
Pl,II4
0028A
002.
ItES FIX FIUI 10.0
P83,P87
oo27A
0021
COE~FIClfNT
P29,P31,R 82
0026A
0027
THEIIMI STOlt ,PflS TEMPF.PlTUPE
IIT54
0024A
0026
'ECTIFIEP
EA
0020A
0024
VS~130
00001.000
0019A
0020
OIOO~
eR3 THIIU CillO
onlAB
0019
~/
R....ks
DlICI'iption
TI PII'tNo.
('
PES FIX Fll'" 4.99K OHM 11 .25 WATT
"35
HS FIX FIL", 6.81K OHM It .25 WATT
PIo4
!f~.
~j
6-72
LIST OF MATERIALS
("
Item
No.
0041
Assembly
Part No.
DISCRETE MEMORY ASSY
0999236·000 1 K
Quantity
0000'.• 000
TI Part No.
~A
0539~7(]OO04
Description
71
0041A
0042
OOOOB.OOO
fA
05393 7(]oo 0481
E6
053937(]OO048~
00002.000
EA
053937(]OO0577
00004.000
EA
0972946-0003
00001.000
FA
0972946-0053
00002.00D
EA
0972946-0038
.25 IIATT
RES FIX
FIL~
10.5K
OH~
l~
.25 IIATT
PFS FIX
FIL~
100 K OHM
1~
.25 IIATT
RES FIX 2.7
OHM 5
~
.25
".CAPBO~
~
.25 II CAPBON FILM
PES FIX BO
OHM 5
RES FIX 15.0 OW"' 5 It .25
".CAPI\O~
FILM
00001.000
EA
0972946-0121
PES FIX 220K OHM 5
~
cAPRn~
FILM
.25 II
091
00008.000
EA
0912946-0065
PES I' I X 1 .OK 0 HM
.25 .. (APflON FILM
0; 'I!
00496
05,~14,PI5,P61,P69,072,R75
004QB
P7B
0050
00004.000
fA
0912946-0055
00002.000
EA
0912946-0073
00005.000
EA
0972946-0079
00001.000
EA
0912946-0089
00001.000
FA
09129106-0091
00546
005~
00001.000
E6
0912<146-0105
00001.000
fA
0972978-0074
00001.000
EA
0'l72213-0001
0060A
oES FIX 3.QK OHM 5
~
.25 II
CAPBO~
OES FIX
10K OHM 5'1: .25 W
CAP~ON
PFS FIX 22 K OHM 5 'I: .25 W
CAo~ON
PES FIX 47 K OHM
0;
~
FILM
FILM
FILM
FILM
.25 W CARBD~ FILM
RES 1'1 X COMP 75 OHMS 1.0 WATT
5~
oE SIS Trw V.P 10
(,H~S
1.0 WHT
R16
00001.000
FA
0972227-0009
0059A
0(61)
.25 II CAPRON FILM
RBI
OO'HA
OOS'l
PES FIX 2.2K tJHM 5
R5'l
0056A
0051
~
CAPflO~
"60
005~A
005h
.25 II
R62
00536
0054
~
P63,p70.~73.F76.p79
0052A
0053
OHM 5
... 74,R 77, P80
~64,R65
0051A
0052
PES F I X 390
Rn
00506
0')51
FILM
R&7, R68
004A6
(/
U
R6&
004n
004'1
PH~
P30,P32,033,P34
00466
0048
10.0K
~51,P52
0045A
0047
~ILM
R48
00446
0046
PES FIX
049,1>57
00001.000
00436
0045
PI'S FIX FlU' 7.a7K nHM 1 ~ .25 WATT
06,P 7,036,037,041,045,
0042R
OOH
Remarks
1<40
0042A
('041
Rev.
RES, VAR 5000 OHMS
2~
50 WATT
F90
00001.001)
E6
0972227-0008
X RES VAp 2K OHMS CERMFT FlU' .
P89
(~:/
6-73
5~
liST OF MATERIALS
Rev.
Assembly
PII'tNo.
DISCRETE MEMORY ASSY
0999236-000 1 K
Item
No.
0061
00001.000
EA
0912924-0010
00011.000
EA
0912225-0510
006 !A
0062
Remarks
TI Part No.
OuMtity
CAP FIX TANT SOllO 22
MFD 10
CAPACITOR,1.0 UF 50V
C8,C9,CIO,C14,C~5,C21,C22,
C23,C21t,C25,C26
0972225-0533
00001.000
'00006.000
EA
0912965-0024
0964A
00001.000
0972929-0391
CERAMIC
(AP FIX (ERAMIC .100 MF
10~
100V
CAP FIX
CERA~IC
PF 10
470
~
200 V
C5
00006.000
EA
0912929-0397
CAP FIX CERAMIC .001 UF
0539310-0236
RESISTOR,28.0 OHMS
200V
1~
RES FIX FILM 1099
OHM 11 .25 WATT
1~~
(2,(3,(16,(17,C18,C19
OM6A
0069
20~
(1 ,CIt,C6,C 1.e 12.C13
0065A
0"66
CAPACITOR,3.3 UF 50V
Cll
0063A
0065
VOLT
CERAMIC
20~
09628
0064
15
C20
006?A
9063
~
00001.000
.25W FX FILM
0069A
0010
00001.000
EA
0539310-0356
0011
00001.000
FA
0539370-0338
RES FIX FILM 324
0012
00001.000
FA
0539370-0301
RESISTOR,133
R23
0010A
OHM 11 .25 WATT
P24
0012A
0013
00001.000
EA
0539310-0548
0016
PEF
00000.042
EA
0994396-9901
FT
0411400-0022
0091
00005.000
00000.000
~ES
FIX FilM 49.9k OHM 1~ .25 WATT
PROCEDUPE,SITE & DATE CODE SERIALIZATION
WIRE 22AWG ElETR~TIN-PLATEO,COPPER
0912481-0001
JUMPER PLUG,CONNECTOR 8lACk
EA
0972494-0001
PIN,.025 SQUARE
EA
0231023-0011
CEMENT
FA
0999234-9901
DIAGRAM,LOGIC
2202050-9901
TST PROC, 763 8UBBLE 80 TSTP & ADAPTER
ALTERNATE FOP ITEM 2
0099
0101
FX FILM
EA
0097A
0'00
.2~W
R25 JUMPER
0076A
0096
1~
R50
0073A
0015
OHMS
R86
PH
GLVPTAL,GE-1201
REO ENAMEL
c
6-74
B
7
t.
3
~9261
----.:;r:;-"".
ill MA'RlC
I. MAl LEAD LENC,TH TO 8[ .O(.t F',ltOM
CONDUClO~ SIDE OF' 80A1W
4
5
6
IrKlTLS I..INlES3 OfHERWISf SP[CJFIED
r::: I lN41S'-80 A. ~
t.UI£R ...,.£O DRAWING.
'ITE/DATE COOl eM ASYMeLV IN
LOCA.TlON INDICATED Pt~
(lH.M n)
PAUG.ftAP'1-I 4.0 AND PKOCE~C; .,
'""'Go
t
5
.It.:VIS .. D lM
00 NOT SOLDER ON COMPONENT SIDE
o \1[2I~:TT:~lp:O~~~~E IMEMO~Y
CLIP (ITEM It.ol
~ iU&8L[ MEMORY (ITEM 3) TO IE INSTAL~£D
USINC. PROr:E.SS
Z
,. JUMP£1It PLUC.13 (nEM \5) 10 !IE. INSTALLED
'[TWEEN £1' EZ I E' ([4, E5 f EC" E7 f EI,
U. liD, (II t [It, £r! (£14, £I~ t £1".
Ell f [I',AND [ " t £lO. PLUGS TO IE
I!] "1M'S (ITEM
I}] MARK
APPROPRIA1E RCV LTR PH REV
LEVEL BLOCK AND PROCE55 ~
o
IHli.TALlE.D AT nST
t) ARE TO BE l~lISTALlEO ON
COMDUCTOll. SIDE ~FlEI\ PlOCE55 [ ONLY
1'<1 Tf.IE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS:
PI·1 'TH~U PI-II, Pt-I THRU PI-I,
"-'-1 TIolIitU P3-', P4-1 'TWIW P+-I,
1';-' THRU P5-8
ALl OTHEI\ lOC.ATIONS ARE Tn 8£.
02
N!tTAol\.'ED ON toMl'ONENl SIDE.
• ,-
c
~ ~
U
'~~.
a o c e . . , . . . . . .. _
<-
Cl~~I'~I~I~I~I~1
•
:: J=l ZIP-
·-1
,,~
"
,---
'jITf"'-1-i
'\ • r\.3 i=
a en:;
_ S=~Lc:),u _ nc;::J·. 9
WW • • • • "
=.
.e.a~"-:CS!l
~.
zl ••• [J
c
I
I!'"_.f
r::=.Je
'*
i
C0\.4"ONE~T
SIDE
I
V)
t-I
I.()
---u
I
i II.,lAX.
~.lI3R[F
B
B
RtF0
REF
SECTION
A-A
2 PLACES
(8-6)
I~~
A
HEIGHT
06
COLOR SLACK
~~
REVISION LEVEL STATUS
SCHO',I,TIC
7
I:mm
~~;EU~MI~~T
6
22000'2
N
999262
I
22000~'
"31
N[;(: ~'~~,~ A Tl~ ~';.r.
4
5
~{ T!"'-\"'.~':?~.lt~~11_"'J'"
A
DUAL BUBBLE MEMORY
8138
'73.
" •.no
IlIol",I*lltlll'll!-
,.•.-~~.77
32
99926!
LM
. I
...,.
-
'W"
LIST OF MATERIALS
Assembly
Part No.
Rev.
DUAL BUBBLE MEMORY. PWB ASSEMBLY
0999261·0001
E
Item
No.
TI Part No.
Quantity
Description
0001
00001.000
EA
09'1qz60-0001
PWB, OOUBLF BUBBLE
(1)02
1)00611.000
EA
0972456-0002
PIN,.025 SQUARE
Pl-1
02-1 THRU P2-8
0I)/)2r
P3-1 THF.U P3-8
00020
P4-1 THRU P4-8
0002E
P5-1 THFU P5-8
0(1)2F
0003
El THRU E20
110002.(1)0
FA
0991>58'1-0001
00001.000
536- 0001
00016.000
~A
09'16463-0002
0"00~.(1)1)
EA
09965"38-0001
00(1)4.000
FA
0996535-01)01
0003A
1)004
00004.000
FA
0539370-0385
0(1)01.1)00
~A
0996537-0001
00008.000
!'A
0972225-0510
~A
0972965-0024
WATT
IC,TFRMINATI(1N NETWORK
CAPAC I TOR, 1.0 UF 50V 21)'1:
CERAMIC
CAP FIX CEPA"IC .100 OIl' 102: 100V
C5 C8 C9 CI0 ell C16 ("17
Cl'1
0011B
00002.000
6.2 V 52: SIL VOLT PEG
~A
0'172'134-0008
OlODE,lN753A
8
0014A
PLUG,CONN~CTOR
0010;
00010.1100
EA
0972487-0001
JUMPF~
0016
00002.000
FA
2200036-0001
CllP,RUBBLE ME"'O"Y
6-76
BLACK
\ ....~----
.
-
~
~
B
5
6
7
~
+
o
I
;':F_".;:.I.' 'I
m . . ?,--tl.nli:"'i,
~lN'
',,.,')
z.2.F\WG
~
3
•
'1\-\\i.U 1;ll"..·.lH_R C.LlIt>S
o
r-'"
3
4
WIR£.
'NOT£S Ul'USS mHtRWlSE SPECIFIED
-=-;.~_~. c _i\Wl.to ::.-~:\;\::. ~ ~(""'I'iLR tU?'=.t
~"-_,",,,s 1l'4~_LlJ\JlD "/IIIH\ \lt~Z.
[d Rl""{;...,t.LR t.I_\? m-::)TI\\..LLD \'Ij\i~ 1W:,E...F\tlLD
riDLl. ,)l\ '..)."'''t'L f\:"~ '_':::''''\.'...''1 W..-"D
[;3 ~~L'III'S. M\l<"51 B't. l\\r...'U\':)E~ CQN\f.'Lt:H... \. \
1
B
o
q
12.
A"
~2.A\NC.~
0'
-------- n
DQ!L.. DO
.,
c
c
~
P.No;;,\~9
PI~--
P\~':. \~\ ...
6J
~12~Q.n
0\
I
-..J
-.l
tMk'( PfW,T }tUN\. t.LR
LC\"il'i.
B
\'\..~
t
~'t..\I
Y'(.\.}L'L':...~:...
\
B
I ..
A
'ql:>
!~\~~: \ :;:;~.:~!
(vIOl
C')!"
"Im,i~
. n t>\
Tlx ..... h"'llH Ml~l'"
""I
-"I\-".'·Y';.7.'{
D:~)G214;
~~
'o>fQ
N"
B
7
5
2
A
";:::;";.::"
7,>')-j,::,~' ';;.\'1.
,"',/, :J'." 'C'\.l
I
L '"
T
i,.!
)1
LIST OF MATERIALS
Assembly
Part Ne.
CBL ASSY, 763/766/EIA 103/202/212 OATA SET
2200051·0001 •
Item
No.
0001
Quantity
00001.000
O.... iption
TI Plrt No.
EA
0539409-0005
000111
Rev.
Remarks
CONNECTPP,PlUG 25 PINS
P2
OM?
00001.000
EA
00113
00024.000
EA
0539903-0001
HOOD,CONN 25 PIN WITH
PETAINE~S
24-10AWG .068 INSUl OIA
0004
00002.000
EA
041820'-006.
STRIIP,MAPKEP,ADJUSTA8lF,PlASTIC
0005
'10006.500
FT
0912444-0005
CABlE.12CONO 22AWG Ul LISTED
EA
0985903-9901
TEST Pr,M,103/202/212 DATA SET CABlF-OMNI
00001.000
EA
0539409-0003
CONNECTO', PACK AND PANEL. 15POS
. 00001.000
EA
0539903-0005
HOOO,CONN 15 PIN WITH PETAINEPS
0006
0007
PEl'
OOOH
0008
"1
c
6-78
.~.
.......
.~
6
6
7
5
NOTES: UNLESS OTH[RWISE SPEClFIED
[2J CIISL£ a,c,¥p 5Cf''::'/IS /I!V£,p~rp//{ER t:iIP..,S-
RAlO S~R..:',v.s IYc'lub£L-) W/TJI ITEM t.
LTI f£!P1t,fflff/J!Jl'fj'[CJi:1/lf 1/3/j"'£0
III XR£H5 PYS,'-£E TIIIEifUiJ,&ff/l£lU'y
Till/(/ Rt"TA'ltVER ClI?-S.
o
o
77.LJt
c
I
I
~'R
C
,,4/ /(R
l;;IlP
L
0\
I
-....J
\0
E2~
-1
/ "".,~
Ci)2h:
B
~'" I
"-
"w[lJ~
lP,:.
\
Cj)P/
~SPL
I
I
B
i'·
~.g; lU"~~~,:::.I,;~~ ,~\ I_~ !"
A
!HG!t' /;':':-;"
7'2
7/2
r/~.:
'736
"'"
.,'
6
;::_~
I(":'R
CO,'..:' f1W"V?;,~' rrp£9
£'''':;'/
&
7
6
5
4
A
_~(l!~2
"~;,',,
""
3
!./:
A
LIST OF MATERIALS
Assembly
Pirt No.
CBL ASSV, INTERNAL MODEM/DAA
2200052·0001 •
1-
Ou_ity
No.
11 Plitt No.
Description
Rem..k.
00001.000
EA
0539"09-0003
CONNECTOP. IIACK ANO PANEL. 15pnS
0002
00002.000
EA
0539'103-0005
HOOO.COI'4I'4 15 PIN WITH QETAINEPS
0003
00010.000
EA
0539430- 0003
CONTACT.PIN
0004
00001.000
FA
096899'l-0001
PMB.OATA COUPlfR CABLE
0001
ooOlA
P1
24-20AWG .068 INSUL OU
P3
000".
0005
00002.000
EA
0418201-0060
STPAP.~APKEP.AOJUSTABLE.PLASTIC
0006
00008.000
EA
0r.t8212-0010
STPAP.TIEOOWI'4.AOJUSTABLE.PlASTIC
0001
00006.500
0008
Rev.
PEF
FT
0912""4-0012
CABLE.5CONO.22 AWG.300 WV.PVC INSULATED
EA
09859010-9901
TEST PGI'.763 INTEPNAl
MOOE"'DAA-~~NI
0009
00006.5.00
FT
09721tH-0007
CA81 E.l SHlO PP WIOI'AIN 22AWG Ul 1I S TED
0010
00001. 000
EA
0539409-000"
CONNEC TOil. IIC PT 15 PI NS
00003.000
FA
0539430-0004
CONTACT.SOCKET 24-20AWG .068 INSUl OIA
0010A
0011
P2
6-80
I~
~
B
7
6
~
!5
NOTES UNLfSS OTHE~,','SE SPECIFIED
•
':iI-.oLEt',:'I.\S,' ':>.:~\W;':.I>.~:' R[-:l..'tH. .? C\'"NO ~K\.-".~ '"t.\.I..l'D'i. . 'i::l 'lI,\\\"\ \"'\l."" \
~ RLT""\NlV, tl \~ \No~ ; -Ifl..LU-'i) """',il-,:::
~
1!1
D
D
0>-
::~~ZOO';OJ I ~-==r 14
-----
c
T7.DO~50C"
l,I~..
I
00
......
c
PIN. I~ 't
1
~t=======-=::;====n6"
Dd)c~~
I
0'1
} 2 PL'eXS
~Pt
1f1lCJ
"3)" PLN:.[S
IMRK'CURRlNTlOQo'
PER PROtl5~ I
•
M~RK.
,..PPROPRI..,T£..
PARi NUt+.B£'P" .... Nt')
R[\lI".::,ION LETT lR PH\.
PRD<...tS!::I I
5 "Pl1i....t.'?
B
B
.0
,"",."",,,,,",
_ 0;';,_"'.."".,,.,"'"",,,"',,0;--,1i"A~-
,\
rl \
I---i----jl
W"\\TL -YYP\:Cj
'.a
1100.< ' ........
2<:000(.0
Cl~N
7
'7!;~J' ;:,~ ~;:~~. ~W ~.;':: &\~
6
!5
[';p
~--/.~ I
'\:l~: ~ l~~"~ 1ft 1~~' ~ t~,:':.~~~:::~7:,::,,:,:,T:;;;·~JJ~'_~;;;:~:--1
[U' I:..'.J.,"J TYP[!(.
B
i~;;;:}~t~¥~p~~~·,~;~.
A
4
34
3
'"
1/.,:
,I,
liST OF MATERIALS
!'.rt Ne.·
2200063-0011 •
CBl ASSY, 763, TTY CURRENT lOOP INTERFACE
1-
0001
0002
00001.000
EA
053'1903-0005
HO(Jl),COI'IH 15 PIN WITH
00001.000
FA
053"40~OOO4
COI'IHECTO",~CI"T
000210
RMWks
~ion
TI !'.rt No.
au.ntity
No.
~ETAtNE~S
15 I"I .. S
PI
0003
OOt)04.000
EA
0539430-0004
CONTACT,SOC~ET
0004
011006.500
FT
0411453-0002
CA81E,4COHO,l2AWG,lOOV,.168 no,
0005
00004.000
EA
0912561- 0001
Tf~~I
GOOO2.000
flo
0411201-0060
ST~AP,MA_KE",ADJUSTAelE,PlASTIC
EA
09115905-9901
TFST PGM,T63 TTY
000510
0006
OOOT
R...
24-20AWG .0.1 INSUl OIA
NAl, SlOTTFO TONGUE _4 STUD
El THIIU E4
QFF
INTE"~ACE-O~I
"./
6-82
~!
~
e
5
6
7
~
3
1\l..N\I'\R¥.::'
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFI[p
t
L',B'LL c.\ A..I\,,\? '::JCJU ',\IS
R.~_I!\\NLR ClIP::::'~.
'.:oC I'.L\\I::' INlUJQLD \N\Il-\ 1"'\ \_N\. L
[(! RLI-MNlR LUP \K"J"TI\LU.D viii\-\, ,\W?'::" .... ~ .. -'
Ii
an] ,_ 9.7~
//,P;
D
~-'J
5
NoD,. U':lE...t)
o~
7ZDO!
c
P1N:,lb
C,
0\
I
00
W
1
B
~
: IO~::---
~.DO
~=':~~l'll
c
rr~~'"
:s
~I--------"'---,
PI~'j I ~,~
p~
" ~EQD
flTl
?'M~ I, \. il5
PIN:,s4'c.
L
M'-' RK 113 PER
PRDCE5S 2.
PER.. P120CESS ,
I
N\~RI<. p~n NU"'B[.V'-l,,,,
LLTH.R. PE.'f'.... PKDl'LS":::. \
B
:v..ARK"INTF-OP1N II!'''
PER
Pf~~:'S
\
MAtK
~T\"
PE"- PmcESS \
-'--7
A
----,..--/. I · ' 17
LZ.OOO.dJ I t-;1
~~
,;:'.'}",
"'~'C"
6
!)
4
";':~. ~
34
~
,,;~v' ~
,.":<..J.
,~u'
::1~
:'~~;'!' ~.~
3
~'-l T~,XA~,I,~~';.,l,.~~;~'U.l'"
"J\~U f\' __ Y)
L__ i!'
,115
1.,,:;/
C;.rtfA
A
-~S
-,Li
2.2.00055
i.".·
LIST OF MATERIALS
PII'tNo.
2200055·0001 *
CBL ASSY, 763nfi5 EIA, 113 DATA SET
1-
aumtity
No.
0001
00001.000
fA
0539409-0005
Rem.i"
D..... iption
TI hrtNo.
CONNECTrR,PLUG 25 PINS
P2
0001A
/)OO?
00001.000
fA
0539903-0001
HOOD,CONN 25 PIN WITH RETAINEPS
0003
00018.000
~A
0539430-0003
CDNTACT,PIN
24-20AWG .068 INSUL DIA
0004
OOOO~.OOO
fA
0418201-0060
STRAP,MARKEP,ADJUSTARLF,PLA5TIC
0005
00006.500
FT
0972444-0001
CABLE,lOCONO 22AWG UL LISTEO
PFF
EA
09S5906-9901
TFST PGM,763/765 EIA,Il3 DATA SET-OMNI
OOI)Ot.OOO
EA
0539409-0003
CONNECTOP, PACK AND PANEL, 15POS
0008
00001.000
fA
0539903-0005
HOOD,CONN 15 DIN WITH RETAINERS
0009
1)0000.250
FT
O~3A347-3999
WI~E
0006
0007
OOOTA
R.....
PI
HOOKUP 8-22 AWG 19 STP
6-84
'.HITE
SECTION VII
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
7.1 INTRODUCTION
This section contains the logic diagrams for the terminal.
Logic Diagram
743/745 Data Terminal (Domestic)
International 743/745 Data Terminal (European)
Memory Controller
Memory Module, Oiscrete
Drawing Number
00937298A
00937308A
00999221*
009992348
Page Number
7-1
7-10
7-18
7-30
c
c
--~---~~--~--.-----
~
~
I
e
•
J
7
D
•
1
.IJ
HUSE T~""'SIST.~S
HfATSINKS.
~
IF NFCESS~l!v A SELECTED /fE.5IST"" 15
INSTAI..l.(lJ AT' W·aT TEST IN LfI)CATIfHJ
1!4"e $If. .l ... ", ,tiS REQUI~i1J IN 'Ub(~
T~ ACH]£VI MA~I(/S",CE 5"1'MMETR'T'.
~
RESI5TItIRS
,tI1te'
N~T'
M.UN"rf:D
•
~
!!!J
A"E
~
I.
2.
ALL DEVICE
vee
IS
WlT'''' N¢ VALUES
SPECIFlED
INSTALLED .'" 115'1 PC~ ..
~
N0T IrJ.!T4LLeD,
[ill
REV. "A
'¢;P
rUTU!?!
Uj!
-
3.
GlI!iJUND IS
AND PIN •
DEVICE
I1
....,..... IOV
-
-
C6, C8, CII,
•
•
•
CI~,
•
"", CI9, eM, CZI
•
•
•
•
.047~:g~
•
T.
A"Pll~D
• F ALL
Ty,.E,
a
1
It
PIN
"'-".IN
WlTl-I
I
,
It ICH""2r7.3(G)~.~
SN74.
:.c._':',
...... :.
"-"IN
I:-~"
:~' $
'.I •
~F
IHi
14-.0,""
Ie's
Ie'S.
D
"IN NUMBEIt!,
~
lC
AIJll IUF'E!f.EI.JCF
SH.wAj AS FtJLU1)W.s;
15
5~.
~
u ..
W4
00 JIIND 04 '" DEVICE TYPE
...., 5,"IND ir,., PIN IVUMI~IIlS
JtEFErt(NC~ DE5IGNAT#)1fi.
llNL'f.
UI4 ~"'D U2/'"
C3!S'
+II.QVR; ..
!5.
~E515T.R5
••
DlfllDES
7.
AMPLIFlERS
B.
N GUIDE
AT UNIT AS~eM!L""' ..
~
1
.JJTHERWI5~
N0TE5: UNLeSS
SH£fT
APPLlE:;
9
Tf/)
APPLIES
c
r(J
9372'~-
1
1
II.
"JO
TEST P4;INTS
f'IUIll~
.oII"PIt..VAL
M.oIIY
~y
1JE M~'./ED v;fn-UlJ.JT
TEST
ENGJNEERING •
....,J
I
.....
+IZV
: L. I
1 '-"
L~
II
Cl7
~
J~:~~' I~M"
, -".' <'"
'
,uv-
B
.sv
CI.
,041
I
-
~80%
L __ _
1
~
0
• .'''Oo~JC+J5,{,.2'
C
.1.31(
L - - - -
-000'011$$'1'
EJA IU"US
t
I '> .1.0)
IL
I
I
I
I
RUTltfNU
CURRENT Ltj"P CIUtJITR.'r'
----1
-
'
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ --.J
F'lftbM
>J40j
I
I
B
RLI
5
I
I
I
,.
I
I
1
II
I
I
!I(MJTIlAiA
•
·,zv
..,' ,
•
-,
I
fji~,'1t
I : ~i~'It.~~5
Iti7l~C
I
II
FIJ~ -0002 ASS.,., liNt y
I
I
I RJ"~'
I
A
{]A
U.t
1'ffMII~lT
D7R.
-
""Tn
DItTA
~(V1J
,«cun MTI4
nil C~RUn. DfTE~1'
. 0003 AllY
(.s~•• A1fD.)
I
.
'10
I
•
"""'co
IJ
(SH .• .wI')
j
I ;;f:~~
---.-:-~;---------
I ~~fJ I
{
L'---==-= - - - : 7
U~lJY
CDET
+12
CAR.tJET
T
[
I-O"'A~S1' tM:l'1
... ,JtJ_~
____ ~ _________ ~ ;~':,~,;i
~ IN~T"LL(D
I
fU Jo1tTA iff/MUJAI.
ACtbLlSTIC
I L"~·.!'!!"~ J
L_~C~V~~'!!..E!!!_':.~~
I
~
I rC;M~;N -;.1
I
•
j
I
I) 15 tt~MI""" I
I IS l~FAl"£1
I It
I
I /I
I
.. * 11'417
I
tfll71fWS
It-
r-~--+-----------~~~-~.
I
•
PJtv
y~
r
_ ~.J:,'
L ____ ~ __ h~~
F~"'f'''''D
I MINto'::'- ;:04.("£"
r ""DC,", CUculTA'1' :
I)
I
i l . -0002 .455"(
_ _ _ _ _
/0
9
I
NT
l1tNt'C,
I
f
I
I
I
A
....!M~-~.~O~~':-._--1
~5~._e~~~~)_ J
8
~~'"'
\ )
7
•
•
~700
f~
"u,
CIt...
I ,. .
I
Cllt.35Z
C'U53
-~
.1"
fIt~
!'I<
~
4('1/
40\1
------~-.....-.!I\iJ--<.........J
.............
• •
eEl..
.._
flo"
s~:=...
~
-is
Qlm
i~J
TI~
I+...
7
i
VR
.n".""""01
~di
~
...
!, (
:J"
us
~1b'"
ERCr;.:;lltlr
~ WL
I
WH'r:L
r:~,
=-
E31S
',,;,.--.r;;--r~ c
0..
~~g:,
.1+
b
,.v
,,.~w
E)'"
~
,~
_I":
~~)
f'
IItIST:;;;;:::;;rE
rCI
(11.4
~; 1»4
~~
~~---t-uas
....L
~ru
e~.
·~:lfl
~...;."~
;
...,H ......
c.1II'IIIk
I • II:
1
jh
c303
Z200
oj.
I",""
:lS~~I4/
:':-1
,.,.
~~73
JWI
-'----C....
I
--1
m
T
I
SENSE
C3l0
~t. ~/O"
:::f i~'"
a-
l
I 2 I
I ...
!-
";~Z'8./rl'-:
, .., .
~
£023
'lrO
r;;1
L.=J
~
~
Q
t RJ7IJ T
~J. I
_ ••". JI.H.,
.-J
,V
~-I
"-",
I.a
2.2
kHZ
I.IK
ItS.,1
••
RJ51
I.OK
I
Run
II.
,... ~ (~T
<4)
'T,IhftI-l
,)
T.~Ul~""')
i::r
.I%'
lN~0 ~2m ~.
J,~~~,
It3n
R300
Q:
\l-......
IUOl
1
t:l".,:;
l~v""
~:IO
oaK
I
-
~~.~
Tf
TIC/obCI
r.:'1
'LCO.'"
-L[lr2 1!
l ___ ~ C.ll'
"
.1r;-
'-9-
1
:J
I
P"~ T
00.
1°'1 ~ ~v ~
!~ . . Etal
I
11
i
n4,
+ltiOli
e~
11H 9 0
...
II
'nsr.''"'
:1
ru;,'E&ULITEll
OC
1
4
..fi!1Y'!.ER 2!f.~""T-
I
I
ClBe31
I
Itl - -~
:- -,I rrliJ,..~--'t"" .~
--I
50fT
START
I'~
(1)
I
•
1--.
:
v
SlWETrGNt..W1
.
2
...,.~..
L.:
r.~jI
~
3Z5
a JI~[fll.m.. ..J
""
.... 03·.
1
~
5
---I
~gl
JiUMI. uoz ~' '10' _"'~
",'.~
i4 N
~ fJf5T
::
~
6_1
7
~
I
I.~'"
•••• ,
1
PWIIICL."
T. Ell
f
\.
f.;
~IMii4T
9372'1a
.
8
•
7
8
!l
"
AD nHW Ali
SYNC
.r
S£N::,~Jt
__ _ _ _ _ _
_______ ___
~5
l/oJT
r;:; '--':;;cl
~~12
\4.1 .. ·•
+51/
r.:-.;<:;;t1
-.. ~13
+.5'1
Do
141·"
'011-
!
I
17
Iq
I
I"
I7i .--.: W1 .
141···~~1Io
+5V
D2
I
.,
!II
D4
I.
D7
'=~n"5·'
I I • ~"~
1
OS
4' . ,
~:
:~
D'7
"1)7
.'12
f:RiPM
E!}
5:~:U] ! III
o
,au
HOi>
RI_
B
5~.
5
5
25
",,0
21.
,..,
At
tL
TM~~~80 ::~}
It IUS(T UIS:: 31
I I II
",7
"IH'"
5
D4
••
-:~
+5/1oV
2,0
__
A_'_
All
:;
3
~IJ
A'" 3~_1!.
AI5_~t.
... "
'7 A3
,IHi
It..
Al5,
D~I
~
[!2
r'l S'fNC
SENS(JR
L'I!\
¢uTOE24.--J!'~-~-
21
(jUT I
2~ ~..:..~
rPUT2
2b
:
+2
ZZ !:Hl
23 111T
INT
-i*- '--
/I
IZ
to_s
-~~
1>£
H
b~7 1.3 _N.
Hh
1'1
r
C1
D.3 I"
1>?
[_7
t-t;J_
~o
!l>'-JT~
-2.9 _~R"-
rt>:.JT7
31
,,-
TR¢
40
rJ;R7-
.-~--
XMTDIlTA
_ _ _ _ TrJ! 51-1.5
1l~,~---'--0 [;.3
-3 1)4
~ /)5
!l~ -----.2
!1I.
RCVN1TA5
I?i.
D~
~~~u
t---t----------------~
w
:oR~HRU
/)'1
B
(. D7
U 18
r l·~l_v_"______J
-:-
y./i(-
}
Tit; 5H. 5
---+-+----
;:.'r { __
---'P-"R=-¢M_-
_____
+- - - - - -
RCVDATA
DO
----+--_
DO
Dl
[30
f2~
D2
E I'"
D3
'-f
[0
,
I
s' "
:i:ft~2
U.
All
:5
4
'------""-----.e'J
~.-, LSC'4-
u4
6
Et"'---=',-
INO
r:5 .5
- - I~ 1\0
I ___
A2
IN4_ _
35 I/>,!4-
1~_~
,3 R"D'f
FRfM 51-1. <0
0;104
I. :~~UI4." CL~
D7
17
~
R""",
[~-- .........
:~~ =-= d~~~
I'll
D2.
b3
44702
2~ :~ E"ffl1~'"
2
-:!
~3
23
' "
D_
I ___litO
AI; 3!1
1'2
t
DS
15
::~ ~~ __ ; : ;
22 +1
"
RtAD'f
,41
.4z 4700-_ 3 II
.'14
f~
/18
""t"~VGq
iI
:n__ -.!!1
;: ~~
Lt jzj'"
.,
.1
J:RIPM
~)
"
A'1
£+0
II
.3
D3
IJ
r~ ~/.{ 5
:.o;-'I--A'-O----A
----0
:
DZ
T(j
> ':'Ioi.
D
,
L~--.J
"'
c
£45
~
---v
A7
09
bO
J:,.
'0
TIoI' U
~T'SI-i_5
£l4
e=A:;:
D4-
~
IH
L~~
-J
TEST
~'ACCESS r.e7
II
o
"0
~
'"
'32
5E~SN
lNT
""
~
<28
~
~MI-
RMIS(l,'$(J~
51-1 ..
~-~
AI
1:31
'"
FR4lM{ . 2 . . 2
Sf.!. 5
F~r)M'
0111'
,SYI-ie.
. , . ,
D
9372" 1-4
3
ACt T/'f'U
-;'5V
!l
f:1'Ml-'. -
"
". ~ "
4
"
A
'"
[~7
I
R23
121
[(1
61H2141"
"t
937
2
(
\
~
~'
I
8
II
I
7
-- ------- -
6
I
I
00
"
~ -I
DIVIDER
T¢
I Jl-'
1
1
-.
DTR
,.
XMTO
12
RCIID
"
CDET
CDE.T-
31
u7
(.H.•)
NC"
R;'.~8GJ
I
•
"~U-'-_.J R.39:
DS
I
(SfE SH. 8 HIJD 9) I
I.w
io"
I..;
c
'PWI<,.'CLK
-Cf
GND
+511
+ '51/
5B
~Ol~~
12.
CLK+2
QC
a
Rot U2'} GIll
/I
ROr
I
I
E48"
r;:> C203
SH. 7
(/01.
1.tlJ~
510
JIOI
I
yt3
1..I::J5)
GIIJ~
AlO
j.-
x ~2
"
(';15-1
~
-----------l
(u6-I.S#--I. 4)
PHDE20
R¢M3000(SI-I. 4)
RIIM-
CTLlSTIlBE(UZ"'-9 SH.
~)
CTL,ZS~R8£-
rn:IT!
O.
/J27
I--
I
---------,
:r: .oi' :rl J'E;;:':E:;~iLCOl
l.7 t
Rl2.
I
£10
(U15-9,SH. • )
13
U7
Wft(U15 -18, SH. 4)
(, EIS
f."'' '
I
I
10
II
PROM-
1-
I
Nl-IH'J1i)
13
o
II
12.
II
LI----------------rt------=:---;:::1===+-t-W----------<-'..--1---,-,-,f!-,~',:
I
I
1~
"'/9
====== ===
I '-----------------+---------+------,
I
2K
'.
I
SH. 4 )
R(()
I
I
-=
R41if
'N'>~---~I.CR.U5Y
I
READY
(UI5-23,
I
GRlJUND
m~
SYNC
I
I
I
PI2\'
SIGNAl
I
-rrm-.
(SH.r-t-':>V
A
I ."
-----~--)jO
.
TI
IR0M'
5
Rf:. IX
-
t:I
17
2,
R('(DIITI1
c
I
15 ___ ,
I. __
,l!
R44
12v
3.3ft)
0NLIN€-
5H. "
V
CL$CK &.
FRCM SH 4 - - - . -
B
l'
--=
I
2
::-,-:----J4;;;~
(UlO-40)
===== ====-===--WAIr===== I~~RRUPT ====
Ul
r
-12'1
I
I
---\
'" I I ~ I»ITDATO'3L~25-.:5i' __ ~!j
.p2 ~
-'I I ~
~C f
I.
II
I I UI.-~
,L
~-------___1----.--------.
I
t-rZV
FR(bM
"Bpf'
I
-
II
II
II
-D -
I
I
I
!I
i¥JWER'«JD
(SEE SH.
~
•
"
- ---------1 r-------------
I
I
o
-....l
~
\
Ttl
~~.. iO
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
PHDSTRBE
All
12
::,:.~::
13
AI
14
([.lls·l')
AD
15
,'.A,~.U)
.
.D47
F'RIlJM 514.4
EI09
CI08
.047
fft,
HEAD
DRIV£i!5
~I 12
I
t 107
A1
(UIHJ)
~~
(fll'-"
MsmC
I
'"
~
'0
)(Zl!
(110
'I'll?
£/11
11
~/2'l--L::l
11
JI>--+'---'=-*'-----;1
13
14
YZH.
Ell?
'I'D!
~/'4
"f14
E JII.
J4
A
..
13
15
1D'196214r-957Z98
REVA
t
~
00
I
PRfNT
GND
fUI'.-.J4.
'"11·)0)
~3
J
19
! Itt
Xl)"
R8
114
______
'l'bl
10
::~:
Uf()1
-Sf
SUo ...
((lIS-3d
II<.
2.
(,m·lt;..
CR'
L ___________ ~DDRESS ~C0D~~~..:.::~ _ _ _ _ _+~
~,e4>14
CI(;7
FP'(/..,0
Y~3
'l'b2.
-SV
1;5
---'
Xl)I
~
•
7
8
I
J.
15
'InIf.""".5•
I I
,ft..AII
,sH.3
'-0"4--'
I
I.~a
ORO-
UIB-2O
I
U21
I
ODO
I
00.
1/111
OR' -
Ii
~~
iI'"
el
".
~
000
14
001
002
003
000
006
13
--t;.-
~ ~~
~
IZ-
,,~ur'~~
-cu:
ute-a
Olll'Z-
ou-
.,...-
u.-a
III
IZ I
II
"'._,. Ma-
2
L.,
(.R-m a..-
FA:,i
7
PRINT
....
-~ ~ '"
.........
I
I
-i 4
I
ovr
it> o.•
(5N. 7
OIU
0DtI
ODD
Of»
001
007
J
UI7
IJI
---
I'Jl..av
vv..
elo
~ T~ MECHANISM
DRIVE: t:LECTRf/jNlCS
'"
ooz
ODl
I
u"r-,
JQ 10
175
"Q t5
~I~
•
' ••M
C.L
12 30
zq7
~~~
UZ51
20
Tf)
J
$'"
+I2V
a
LT.eN
I
'T~
RI
ISOK
pcb., !1 ;) E~S~'dOHz
RIII/ItI.3
U415-"
:ttlOOHz
Cli!.CU17Il.Y
SH.' IfN'D 9 )
CTL2STR8E-
SILL
l
Ie
G3
SII.1
(M~l>£Nf
Nt
)
RZ5Z/1155
•• , . 7 •• 0
511. 5
R41.
5TEPPU~,
iTi."~IU,
IQ~
S .... 5
-...J
I
0\
..
f f~ r
:::
I
04, ul
0If7-
uta-a,
o
I •
10
STEP
U.-25 - -
CM-Z?
PH<:
PHB
PUA
4Ct,
zq Z
0
•
PflwEk_
tTl
15
174" 10
II
4
2
3
(TI..I.T.....
JH•
01
4
I
f'l:x,.t.
."L-
0'-
un
........
1.11,-.
U.-M
~v
~
.
.,.
I!'~
~~
2~h
...
81
'£-
T.
SH •
•
5
~
..::!~01
Jc
In'"
PI
~.8"
~"'" .. w,,,.,,"~41
"'"
+5V
r-
II
8t
I
A
I
I
t ___ ~~'=-_(~)~.~~ __
I
I!4W
...
_
I-'\;::;.t
--II
_.
ISEN5.R
.TfI~
E3
,
Ii:~
\
"
J
I
I
.1.
IU
I
I
.1(
~3~
K~&MEOiANISM INTEMa:
+'V
",_
\_ J
JI
~IJ.-+"V
1i25
"Z4
O.U
-5Y
ID! Mal.!
...
I
A,
957Z.91
,-
,
Cj
J'i4
~
~
.
'
6
7
R£Si'lfCT
vfttF
EIII
OO-----t-::!~
R./21
~.
!5
2" T¢ 1.4 k.
n
2
4
~~E:\..
0 e1Ztl
lClD.
:WI
0'
ToO'
PRINT HEIID
+12 V
STEPPING
M~T~R.
o
+lOV
0
el"
~
PVF'ETS £'125
~
1~ 5.hWo
~'f:"'~ •
O VOLTS
I
R"O
I T-
-+--+-'=-~
U.". .a!
~
GIOZ
4.1K
- l Z ' _:.. .
'MOb
~
~ ....
"L"IS
RIJ9
Aq$~~
.70
.r:".,.;--.,--+---------+-----.!.~
.w
~.TlDI-15
""NO
p-VNl)£
RS~PE "1,~~~~~,~-+---+-------~
D--GHDC
GNO,
Jf,b-,' ~
JIOI·!I
?
,..,.. PHCC:-.
JJZ"-"7
""".iI)
TEMPERATURE
COMPENSATION
11N914.,
(r:.
1 •
,,"-Z
~H,')
CZ,01
-=-
EZD1
0 MO,.;W
"'2:1:1
-12. V
---(D
IZO,
L_--,
{
SU!,··1
Jl'f.l.
r--,
1'0 I
(ue,-s)
FIt',..., 51-/. '-
+I(
0
ST£'PE~ B
Ees<
..:;:....
ISO
I
I
o
I
I
:30 I
(U'5~/~)
, -_ _P",W",",-,C",L.::.<
T~ '1/.5 1.0
(,,8,,)
(1I25-/tJ)
•
I
I X:
Rtto
3.9,1('
. STEPPEIiA
C213
25Mr
'.0
~
I
L_--,
_JZi~,~
ill
i
l__ _2~..s~£NeID
"".w
(211
PANTR
ltm
Jl'&1
,--,
"0
I
I
I
.5n.
+/2 II ---r-----L""',!4--~./IA-_,
< 2M.
HOI
);J.~~!:;:
W ,
• ,,'IX..
s",,.n
1S,,41(.
,.,.
U54
A
••
_ _~~_ _-<>o Eill. PVSWB
..7 ~
R'04
RIO!)
Fe52
IC
RZZ,"
J'"f:.M CJ!JH-)
PG
5U. 3 (,."""
SCCU.N)
•
IN~>
I1 I..
1~
YELl
CR'2SI
Z5MF
I...
IN4934
REDI
'30V
~.
ZK
~
__
pese
V\IrnJ.O\-3
ErA
1T.-''''',iiH''il
~•.!'-"~!.)_..J
GW'--+-----'--.~"Y'c-4~
,.. 1
I
I
I
Ttl
I
sPEI'.nR
2
1
' ..."
-=-
__
'0'1°
I,
I l______
•• "
(SH. 2 J
J4(!l .I... ,
L
. . J
'4\3
... " . L....
96214
__ , DR
04-03
_~_~
93?2q~
'(URRtN""",P 2'
d,
"
"
-~
~
~
•
2
3
CC ITT
GHISSHEiT.....i~'
AC0USTIC C'UPLf.~/M0D£M
(~/UGI"''''T~ MeDn
~£CErvER
o
£'409
lMrle
r
---
~~--
-·~
-
I
- -:(?v :;::: - -" R4e-l
'4"
REc;;II~
!ill
'""'.'aUN 1
;6'; ~
F~\:~R
1
~
3tYu4'
W
I
I- - -C422
- - - 0._'
MAR.K FIL~
----.
tc'IOOO
I
{FMK
980
"'0
F5P
IT; ;reEl;;'-'
~_~5f
J.03
£ rR ReV/MTA
8
~ e4os1
I JurwPIR INSMUED:
I ~ZI':~~~~LE ~
f40l
Lls~ ~H...: !..N~5~ _ _
I
I
c
J
.... 12"
,-
~ F~R
r~sTALaD
I'~-R440,
- OOOL
1
L
r- -----------=--1I
~
~,I
I
o
IUD
1850
FSP
TRANSMITTER
I ~.~:f(~N; t.~fI~ I
L_I ___ ..J
"'531 r INTERNAL
,DC',,, I
.1 Cf(f/5
{'M/(
---.~~--~---'
'--~--r_-
c
L __________
'''$$1
937300 -"'03 ..JI
IK
_-.!
e~Jl. '1
ASS'"
.01
~
B.37/(.
,_'
1.0
~
.1%
R552
- r 3R.'".
I
~1~'.T
1,1 'W'., 1--- ----
+5V.-A./V".r-
Q407
I E T HAvE
fi,. ALL
DlV!C! TYPE,
WIT'"
PIN 1 ~F ALL
""-PIN lC'S.
I.~
lCI~
Ice I
C4
T
16v
.
~
. .7J""'-
-11-7& ·.L
o
~
~
Uti
UI4
00 o'IIND 041: DEV.lCE TYPE
4 1 5,IUJ'b" II: PIN WUM!!Il.5
Ut4 AUD U21. REFEPf.£I':CE DeSIGWATeR
CK3S+,
C35b. THESE ?¢/Nr.s WILL BE
U tTCH TI/J • 300 VI( •
FERRIT.£ BEAD IN5TAll ED &IN 5TAKE PIN FtiJR
REV. B f C PC8'S OfIL Y
ETCII REPLIICED WJ7H C'IL r.'8.,.A)oR FEIiRITE
8[405 (2) ON REV E
ALL IiE/JA
EARliER PCB'S WIll HAVE 11~7!J INSTAllED.
"fllB pCB!5WILL f/AV£ EITHER R373 OR JUAJPER
WIRE. R[VC IIIILL HAilE tlllMPER WIRE.. REV £ fLATEIf
WILL /lAII£' ETCH.
I
$.
Rf.sl.:sT~R.S
,.
I>ltDl.lES
7.
AMPUF'lERS
ARE
1/4 WATT,
NfDT MARI(ED
"'~T
ARE'
MARK~l)
5"'...
t-
'NQ'48.
ARE
RC.'5o!lP.
I.
~N
9.
D" SYMe WITl-JfljU',
T£ST ~NGIN~ERl.NG.
liE
T
1017
T-- :'4-7-+ 50
(4(1/" C408,
T:~;'
~1-;'84J7..
-2£1%
- 20%
(,."j C4Z.,
•
'10-
- 2.0%
c4291
-
T
~
----vLo4
U4
E85
I c,~
.047
T
+80r.
-toy'
I+-
SPARES
B
-
~
f-z-7el(f.
PIN Ie'.,
.IZV ____~--------~--~--------~----------------~
- 5V
." (N"'2J78S"{C)J1;~
Cfi4~'3%~,(v.""
",_)
C CN4%r..57(8)", ~,,~ •.J
SN74.
I.· PIN
PIN NUMBERS, liND RlFEf(CNCr
.F lC IS SH.WIJ ~S FGLt~wSi
~
AS~EMBL"'.
8(JARDS WILl.
ARE PREFIXlD
GRCDI,INJ) IS APPU~D Tel)
n£.sIGNAT"~
II.
•
--t
o
-If.
REVIS'ONS
937298-0003,QSS'I.
f3v
_--..l
I
A~l>
I
2
SPECIFIED;
IS APPUeD Ttl PIN /.,. eF III.(
PIN 14t f/JF AU II.·P1AJ lC'.,.
AAllJ
IJ<2lT INSTAL.LED. FOR FUTU.RE US€ 0NLY
C055,
@l
ALL DEVICE TYPfS
vee
~prI(/JN,QL A8M AND IS
CO:-4f:IGUIil,ATI .1STAL 1.£1) f/JN Z'30V PCB
C0NNCCTED
-
flJN
M(/JUNTCD
IF NECESSARV II .5ELECTEO R£S15T""_Ij
INSTAI.lCb AT U~Jlr TEST IN L.~CATI0N
R4he fPR. "' .... "'9 AS IUQUI~ED II1_P
ge;~T'f,;;.IC~ ...~e-.o
,~c,~o .• ~,:~
.~.~""~.~'
~~~OR~;;;~"':IQOI
...~....
DATF
c.....
f"IQA {'.
"
I(("("u~
,', 'I./...<..J
">-..L. .;,/
•.•
~,.
8-11·'7
,.
r."
0:,'
(,""'"...."'r.''- IJ.·•• r....
DIAGRAM, LlliGIC-SCHfMA7JC
/-1 (fi D [L 7'1- 3 E/ 7+ 5 E
r:r;;""~ ~,.
0196214°1
4k ,7/(~.,,;;:- :\~~7;
'I
~.::.:l.::::
n;~~~ f~~~~Y H;~'&w
t
.;'11
oos
l~
'7".
[;;ATA
~f
TER,'/,: IJAI..
c..ooo-~"TItES
·~~~~~~,o.uu.-Ol0
I.~;:;.i:!~~,:;;:r;?:;;,:m:N" f-
I
=I
VNc.ESSOTHERW~E __ t~1£O
1.INI.£.S50THERWlSEWO£CIFIEO
'\.. )
INS
A
~1
t"*)
6
7
8
~
5
4
3
PI>WER
·sov
o
r.mR..-.
l=i.!.IJ.-- I -
'
~
TER'1IIJAL EIA Bu"as
~ 5V f
-.J
.....
.....
I
- - t:3; - -1:S::E~ ~
I
,..
I
I
-0001 A.s.sV
Au])
I
I
IL
J'O'
B
~
I
I
RLI
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
RL2
-.J
>J40)
flA
+5V
I
I
I
,,,.7
1~"I51A
•• "
150
· 1_"_.:. -
.
["''>
<434
.••
, ~ [~I
-..P
U f
t
A
r.',
'1" .'lOKIj
HI III
Ut;.02.
I
':\.
+12'11
+5V
.
J
~4J5
24.0
IK
•
~
-,..~
I
7
ReVD."'.
J40:
I
('r."M(bN T. I
JiLCUSTlC I
I'
I ~:):~~E,!/ I
I' ::i\'.w ,
51/75150'
_m_
" . .,
I
.
"ssr.
r~
---..-:-w;--------IN.$T/HLCD
F~!i
-0002 ASSV'
'I
- 000+
,
I ,... II
I
11l~'
., . ,
II
I
?7
~4/9
-
150
••
---..'
'co
I ~,i:
, t>" .)
"
II
8
CDCr
Pff!JCC55f1Ti CUCUJTR'(
I;I
I" ','
I
I
5
f
15
TUMIAJAL
13
fJA
IIJTUFA([.
12
"
I
E401
?
(.402.,
I
E'403 INTf"iNAl JUMf'Ck5
CIRCUITRY
-0001 A'S'"
----
rg~~~~~5iS''''2V
I(U".lJus"",)
:
I l£l~S- fJ;-,-ClH1
L -- ----'
I
I
JI
I
I
PcvD~rA
I,
lI.Ml1'l>4rA
I') •3
I
I
I
I
I
I
CO ..... UN'.1
Ic::{~~~[1
DVX2
I..
;'T/XI
1)5
I
I
P,t....
F~A"'1(GIJn·
I
I
I
I
~
I
B
I
10
q
l::-:"~ spma_ _ ~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~:~-~~~~::~:3"'~ __
..J
I
I
1t4'1?
J.~K
I
I
I
2
I
y~
Te
r,
I
---------I--~
C.UPL£R/
"'(JI>£M
I
I
~~~--"~~"-'_J
7
CARRIEI( l>lrHr
I
4
I
RCVD
I
I
,
IW:,;' I
r c;':;;';;'J- T~"--l LTRANSMI~~~~~$~ _ _ ~~ _ _ _
I \.A(Pl}Ct-f N~(UJTtt.V :
XMTR
DATA
I?£<£IV£ DorA
r- --- --.
O.\lV
DT R.
I
I
-IJ~.~---....!
rr. . . o.' I
II(
~
I -0003 .55,(
I (SII. e)
ILJ~·.!L_J
4
:--~I~.vRL
R£Ar')V
I
1
(,R8~
'tIC
I
I r----~
3
CIA
P4.4
- - - - - - - - - - - - ~-- - - - - - - - - - I1JSTAI.l.£J) ~# 5TD·I1_ - t:~MMUA/ICATI~N
ClIlCUJT~Y
I [404 I E405 I (4Qb p.nAllLl UIIJT ~NlY
Ar0U;STIC
L_ - - - *R«O ___ ~~~~ __ I__ ..J
I
"'3 •
S7[PP£~!
LetiU
5
••
.,
TUMUJAL
F'~eM
cess.R
.418
I
I
- ltV
J403
luts-/o)
L_ RECEIV~ CURRENT-.:~(/)~ _ _ _ _ ~_ _ _ _ _ _-_ _ _ ..J ;X~':s~l:i
XMlfbATA
A
Cl~ClJlTl/I'
.
__________
CURRENT L
,------------------------,
1
I
1
I
----1
743/745 INTCRI'ACE
REFERENCE
n~
SM.
-SV
+SV
c
R"
+-------".:..:~-TJ403
_.1
AC()U5iIC CfJUPLER/
•
r-_~~~"'-CUC~IeY
SP--<>'1
nitS ~_)~6
n,~-f-!·~---
I
~~~
L-
5W
+
500 V
@
I
II
4wDG
lOT
~"o
(''35t
1500
C3:!51
1500
R'37
"lOV
40V
tw C'~I\
fre.
1~'1
[.loiS
.4-yrL
I
.....5~l
T
T'O"D'I
.
~~IO
~'!US~ ri.!!2J"TlIflW...J lrt!:'~;£~!?"I~/!·U~~{;J
.-j.+-''-1rt-f-...~->+'''''"~-'
1-------=----=--EJae
AT~
....
:~_~_________~e:&~_________!-__Jr-;:::~~::::::::::::::::::i=~::::~-t=::~~---t------I
RE.GUL
REG SENSE
~
}
f3tg
E'383C
•
eI
[~Il
I rD--~ "M~(\.6'C) 10
lJ44
C.328
.1
'""N\,...,........,~-,
.. !O'l
j ."
tI-._~.12V~
E~\e[~l
aJJ6
:l8 !l ~~gJ
1/2W T
c ~I~
... D,
---
Ie
1
[ )I(P
tbV
.'0 auc
-
~
~:;/LSRN
-.J
I
: IwDe:.
o~t 470
RJ03
N
~
;-
I/lW
1--
~. I~:UB
tnzo
3!1O
1
C.R304
553844/
UESIIOI
13
R338
lW
'
.40t
\0/.
I - - - - - - - -R " " ' - +~ov
Pj2IW£P (,j!0D
'NO PESET
-
-
- - - - - - - - - 1 ~~g~v·
_L
---~4)~~~~~~~_:~1r-------R3,.
(P,;/ CR35.
.L=J.....,,,..r;-j-----J*""--~t_1
~?~
R35l
+5V
A
J302
+5V
OS'
172 ~
~'B3
1'3 1
~
-12v
R
I
EJlO
(323
---~
-l'lV(L¢AD
£321
B
~0
~
a
5.l.
2,:
':"
':..35f'1
Z;tZz.
R3~2
;',,'
.
I
'"',,, ..
A
(>, ,
.!;':~~~LR (SttT~)
':~';:
~:6Zp< ~~~~= ~~~~: ~::a;~-~_:ID
~~~~~~~~~.~.
R351
•
_I ___
937308
96214
_8
+
(j
lr
__
R3~4
20V
'."
P302
/
(j
3
~
~
\'
B
F~~M
S"'I. !.
0
I
{--.r"
S'1ItJC
l'fH(
..
Ra'lM 1S()if.-';~
1
,...
II.·
+,sl/
I
4r'-'(l-~ •
I.
I
I.
I
I~
I
L.!!!.':-1
R~M'-
b
+5'1
10 'I(!t.
III vlIb
I~
s·,.c
]k~ i~
......
W
o
:'lj>[S[T
.,.
,f>1
t1
:~
2)0
I,_,!_
la,
A7
16
lq
15
WR-
10
c.
H
I
l)cn
[\
GhlD
to. ~'o-'-=--
t., >,'~-""'--
D01
now
-5'1-'
'lIB
',&::10
15
TM55504
<1>"-
»3
- _ _,
D!i
1'1
rlJ(J~_2"
T~ S"."
::'P':' -
-H-~- ~~ ~;
-~i- i H
,04
-::-Ii':~F'!-
;."
~:, :,;7
p_4----.....
~k;-
I
e!o:n £ ~:-'"
1:~~1i~t
--ji i~::
;~.::£.
1
,,:JT
~7i1~~;~
__
c
1-U'" c 1.3!__ Jf -')-
lOj.'
21 H
L-.'
"z
%)4-
,,,1>.
17
PI:f/,JM-
A
He
TM555DI6
l_l_ _"D..9.----.....
:~~":.TA
FReM
SU.5
A8
~
.'2'1"
WR.-
DO
T#J !'I, 5
0----'
~I
.0 __~~-::
112
:~ :~: ~Re ..., ~:: ~
f...~/
0
n.
DO
G8
+!\..'
bl&2
/0
~I.'
1r,I.'
Art
En
Fl.
:
A"
~
r----:.:.----~o
b7
SH,5
£!~
.... AI -2 AI TM=>
01
lit
I---U-- " AZ 4100·113
. __
!)471/
5472
~'EID
~: :~~~
E4,
£41
~
",
A··
~
£11
T,
"T~''J
AI?.
£t1
Fl.
~
... s .... ~
VlI
IHCE~:
--<>
D'
L.!!!.':.J
~
un
AIO _'. __ ~~/
1+11 40
It I!
PI, ~!.._f.!...Z______
'-~.'.j.2
B
5
A'I ~-:._A!-
~-~.,
5'"
·/lA17
111.21.....2!.........
·'1"."
,IOLDIIII
I
D3
~
T¢
5~.
W;~ i;~-~~
51-1,3
10
5HJC
--}
21
"lbl!
rr.ClM
DZ
10
I,
I
I
DI
»0
::::~llil ~
Do.'
I
." to
v~
!::'I
[70
ru ("i:»C'l
+ 5 V I.
/).
.-
~.
-,v =mil VII
c
~
nt.
A•
AI>
".
• ElS TEST
"""';j'T
L~.J
.. ltV
AI~
<>--ro•
"
<>--El5
~
ltfJl."
~
Fi;--R-,~
---n---------!
I,
.
,31
'
"Ell
I2,zoMI-
--;-rr-
••
.----0
.
.,
I~
I
3
AD TK':J AI'
£!I.::~j;.
+5"
-.l
4
AO TUIW AI 15
"
FR~'"
S~
;
5
6
7
1*\
·937308
4
4
2
I
8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
Pf>WER<"'f}O
(SEE SH• .) l . .
R.... 470
'
'f,-Z
r""10
I
I
c
R9
,
I
-t
Ii
I
I
I
L
~
~
.5 .....
r-
±
~,~
q /0111/ 8
,
.JIlV
el2
II
\
.047 lJ'5V
!
5
.,
CLKt/-
._-
11151:1",1,,[.
3
U <]'~ ~'l! Il"",
11'U
4
Q
.. ~
2"'!!"
1~5 o'J? oCI(
2
I~l 10I ~4
r.-
I
4
DIVIDER
eL/ltO
"
(R?
I
3
p
r;:"
~+5V
-=
i '
e
.
,'-~
~LS\.I
'z
'II',rMR.
~
Ub
FR~MSH,4
....1...
/I
~f<
CI(
.r.
13 _l5ID'a .
KU3 Q q
~_~
"
..
RC IK
CDET-
J
111
II
+OV
I
1
.
R:.~8
"fACY
.,., ... )
12
I,
IlM
1
LU..!._J
I-
I
--------.,
r:::-t~;;;
~:I
II ~II ~:
'" I
R<"ll ~
"' ~
JUfI.1PEIoSZN:TIILLCO I
(!N F'fII-fTABLE
I
UNIT
e"L'
I
"
,
--------------~
Rlt
14'
1b
ClK,ft.
,
1
I
vcr-
10\-
f
510
Ul8
20l
--
1
+
-t-
S
QD~
'L-oE1ZI
11
n'~
•
XOZ
Ail
t<
~
5
KOI
15
~
4-
'0)
n
5
A2
AI
14
(U15''''1
AO
L-oE'123
YO
I";
I;':""",
•
--,~
15
e
YDI
I
I,
1=
L.o "OS
1-.0 E1H
7
•
,
'-
1'8
1,/ 19
I 9
1'.1
I
,--'UtO·. ge
-rj .
.
PR1NT
I
j
I
GI,~
~,
I
~7
.I ~
CtC~,~~~C109 ~ERD
~I"
I
.~
I
I
4
,t.euF
~LSO'1
Il.!.iJ- ,
c.
I
I
fsl
~~
~
1I
~~?~YO,/IYlY!r4{':JYbYl
I
~
~C
I
us
(U/~)-'8,J~'
~
1
~.
I
~
C
)
I
l]'
I"""
~
-~E1C' I
~ I~
_J .
~
:s _
I
'Lq
1
I
1 _,
r<'EH' I
~4
~c"
1
r I l~
I
•••
III
1 ~
"
r<'tr~41
~~
'--''-If;I"
,., r-l
1':
I
I'
"'5~'J
1 _.
•
'~o1b 1~7
I
~ D
"
..,
r ~v
I
,J.
(UI;·~'·
L ___________ ~DDRESS~ECU7
RIIM-
6
U27
5J:
-A
EI1
:
(.1
3
Uti
"
LSII
R"
-
'" AIr"
UlO'lO
SH.4
013_ _.
I
.(.141
C105
SH.
\
- SV
"
i: J tS
PI 09c.,
nF-N('
'---=K U3 - ,
C.
PHD ',Hel
¥CR'
CLI<
W
_
DR1YE'RS
,?4"
t-
...
2..'2.. 16
• f:;,J
f
6
R
5
>
FRtlM
,JZI.--9,',U.".
C7LZSTI{P[ -
(Uc5-9,5H.
,
bEI5
12
ABC
u8
A
L5138
CTLlSTRPE-
'3
£5
4
+5V
u7
'';;
II
0'"
U5
C Tf'LI
ISH, 4)
-"7
-
4)
•
AI!
U\
10
A1
.1
At>
Il
,U"-."
AS
'3
7
XD4
b
XDS
5
'(t>"I'
'D'
.:.
(UtS·;t)
A3
..
v
••
~
-4
9... ~1~
'"
v. 0Z
."'
'"
'I.'
..•., .•.
'7
~
PHOSTRS£
, -s
v ;
t
(-,
(~'...
,
)
~
-;;1'+
YDS
"
.,
<>-
7
4
R5
IK
2....
l')
11
FR0M ,,, 4
Jl'HO!lTReeN- £7
B
f;o
....
£12'0
4
I+-
z-
_"
'L-o.,10
~
'"I""
JlOi
1
XD'3
f
AID
U15-1
(U,,""'"
eo~
,C41
C,C1
SZ,'.'
r--1 Y'
I ~~
09.0
I I
I
•
GHe
l&
IU'5'S
10
PROM-
-!)V
I
~I--I""""--_
r.tijf
GNO
Ell> 0
047
CtO,
Ii"
9
1
110
-t5't'
T(/l C
SH. 7
LEes
C'O~~~~Cl0b
T !)v ~
is.
~
....
-= . . . J .
c
pwR el.K
PW/>.CLK
lJ
+5V~5
1Z
A
0I>f""
8 -IO
HC~"9'1
61 _..Y1 14
12
TERMINAL INTERFACE
5
wAlT-
CU\
.. ReM·STeppeRS
S>i, ..
) 1
L
I
II
z.71~i~T~i(s££s".8MJn9):
L~
...JI
IIL.:..: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_______ _
I
+
Rt01
INTERRUPT
ACKN0WLEOGE
&- READY
u4
J
- __ ~,~
_~o
S'fNC-
L.04
JlJTA
19----;"'·'J-~-- DO
1
'L
WTA
3.3.11;
17
I/~S
32 13
RCYDA7A
UlB'5
(I
OJ
===----...:= ---------------- tll
WAn
)'0
'\/VI,
-- -------1------IIr --- -------~----- t - - - -r-r-------------l*
B
I
2
(U16-40) 3LS~!5...!.5Jl __ ~!..J
Tit>
'K
t .,V
_
.,~
..,..
II ~
II
I Jl-I
C9
r
MLlNE-
-IZV
~{'M10ATA
+z ~
bB f'
~__j5__. 4_ .,
nzv
SH. " 2
R4
I
q;-c'"~II
U'3
~
'LK+'-
-
P
r'
13
--,---
'1
CL .CK ~
t,O •. ~~II
\"':11
F
"8
...!§=S7
1
II
II
I IF~e..
-=-
S 8
SN753SD
U.5
,,,opr
U5
.70
ElB~
3
E.
(7
q
I I
II
-...J
~
y.
f:EL[C. T
I
R24
I.
\J~
I
Jr.
111111111
cz-
C'-
I
I
I".
1,,·-
MNJ?K
~I·:,qr~· ~R~
I
..J
I.'
+ ••
,r,l"
,-~,
10
~
Ii,
)~'
''1
.c'f~ L!:...: -
)
)"
IJ4:
)
'0-
I
('PL'1
S"'~~l
]
•
(NI'M-)~
-
h.
I.
2
~
-
I..~-
,. ,.
R4-
t\~-
15
cO
~EY"1MW It;'" ~, . ."
hc.,i...4_ _ _
J
fl',f'>411Nt -
2:1
. 12
Q'-....:J v
~~.~L:,:l~-_ _ _ _ _...._ _ _~
u"~~s~"oHE.T5 )
I
I':
f.
c
OS,
32.CO Hz
! ~OO Fz
..v- GNO
7
to-
LINE',
.~.
R'Z)
'OK?
Ctt,rit~
.... TP,n
L.~ATED
~
~i
.~w
KlYWM'D
f UNC rUN
1
I + 5V
1>-GIN MECHAKX!lM '''In.!
!
E I ! .... I
TAO-l/ MIH"'R I
>-t
,i:NS\!R£'3
I
~
II
3
o
ul~-22
Q3 (5H.4~
A5T z.r:ZC!
~ PLACE.S)
E19
R14
20K
-5\'
d
A
-
•. J" " "
•~ (~CPS
rFIIWI.X) ~ ~
KE~,~ MECHANISM
tr)
~
)RIO
?II<.
~r',~0R
Pi
E'Z.
cnu",l.js
~
r--r--'
J
K[YE~ARD
I!I
•• v
v
W(,-
INDl(I\T¢ ...·
171
2'
: C"IFT-}~;C
t'I:n:
"§~
I I
----.,,)2
.
I
u,"
G'
{
I
I
,-,
]lSI
l'fo-I~I~
R207
("
;- RZZ3
I
L _...i
Jc.S2.
B
r-,
110 II
.,.
rf:)
g
1X I
"!O II
50v
PWRCLK Trt Sh.
WeB-~)
,s"o)
I
IZl.J ,
I CZ03
.L .47
T
r.lOT-R
110 I
j'O:{
IfJ751AI
CKlOl
(UZS·16)
e /3
e
?,~(:l
.01
209
12..IK
1%
1.0
51
t--
'"
0-
I
I
o
, 50 I
1
:J252
"0
pe',-
I
I ","
,)'>j-"""
oE25'
II
II
-ce251
9: 4
-loIII---L--------;!»
I IN4
"Ne
I ,I
I
I
"CO
"Co,
'""
f
(
)
I
L_.J
BLK"
riT I
-LW'
3~O
•
t---+l:
quol
~.:?OI-1
>15~3W
ZK. k20b
+5"1
...,.
•
RZ09
'53
10'10'
STEPPE'fA
5 TEPP t
0 E25b
"'.",.,,'"
RZl4
'INIr------j
(1.1.,.-,)
ki..,;'~o
C2"
c~
j'
5.,,:·047
(:25~
pes'
, """
CtH
~~
J2S1
•
0';(
R233
'Z \I
-Ii! V
!
~
-=
t"..!::)1<:'W
~I
··-·I~
PR"CES's0R
A
Q209
8to
-;..l
'"INT
o
TIP4lB
(1.".~)
RI()8
R:04
(r
~l>ST
uz.-z
.47
IN9r46
CRI03
c
£fl2. PVSWB
i "',..... ,
C113
~
o---J
TEMPE~ATURE
COMPENSATION
rass
zoo
'IIV\ ,
~
m,
(2
I
w."
". ,..
-r,
-'-1"
)4;>:-
I
~,
J,
.."U""
A
.."....
. . __
10
962.14
I .
fit<' C
""08
.
~.
~
8
s,
6
7
'BAND PA SSFILT£R ,479
- J.lflPFlTIIt"
I
I
f-- eo.
~
J4oz·i riI 'SOl
I~.
'~_.
_
INPuT
__
~I
---3
+
1
L-.l
J40Z-3>-,
~
, ..
L_ ~
-
-
41, -
~
"489
I~:;'K
/"7,,',
t:.,t-
r
I
R4S0
C4 bY
", 2 K
:>
~
-
L8PFLTR
,01
R"'31
b K
•
R...
17.8,10(
1
7,),)
I.,.
0'"
_-=-_~oZ.lDB_--L-
-L
2
_
_____
..L
~
Q:= '.t>
____ _
la4
1"
....L3
.
_~
'::"
__
~4fl
I
I
58? K
r4
.01
R494
1 MIC. 8UF:ANP I
M8PfLT"
R44S
1'0,,.,
U40'
",... BDB
ft.:=.1l15
..
~ ~
L
C( I TT
CR4,,--l
-.+iT fDIMlT£R
-
2
3
,A,C\ZlUSTIC CZ,UF'lER/MillDEI'i
(0RIGI Np..T(. H~C()
I
.01
C4"
'''.
I
•.1402-/
-
C418
.D1'1
C42'
MIC
~.
0
5
"':;;15 sHEEr 4P"L,£5 ril
R~~Y 937310 -0001
1
I
I
, -+.
{
RI:CTIV[ R
,=sP 1 \ &0
TP
·
_ _ _ 2-
'M~ '30
{
r
Rf1,)
.~,
f_.._1,,,....~ i
10%
~
,t---'--
101(
I (~~~~j' -.P I
:;;1(;.. ... , , ' - I
...
~b,
...,
I
~,),(
~- ':.
;;
~
~
: E
<>c
1-
R474;10K
-.J
I
I
t')v~c.
It
Q401
B
,,'%
Fc~1900
/-/c
'E.407
I
I
1_
"
-
--:-:-
~
R4-Rr' -
- - -- -
--------~V0.
,I
I
1
J
-, -
r----- ---------I
{(4-11
¥
,-----------,
1r,14;/,
,
J4u:.. 3
t
E403~
I:
Jv,,!p[pi
iN:.rfiLL[D Of'.
.
jNT(RNAL
PORTl1hl.E uNiT
.O~I
I
I
I
R471
100 K
i
~F<.4'-",
I
XMITDJlT~
lTi"" l~rr C~R~Tl
~"!.P_(~. ~)_
J
I
J
::;:;~2
~'~
R433
("02
3 + U405
I
Ri31'
LY_-2'" -':.7~_-=-_~~
__
1
~~~~T~R_ -.J
5 +
)
J
<03-1.
-'1
R4.10
:~.':'i'\
93./K
1%
u/J W
TP
i,.,~~wv
' .•,
C403
.1
A--JDe
R498-l
6
,'YV--,
K
'
'i,
-
I
I r---·--,
7'
P/"
I
-,
7
R4%
I
-
;;S5
BRlD6E/- -
SPKR DRIVE.
7
i.J40S
IO="-.OKI\~
1'7.
L-----'-'
.
B
~WilD
_
5/:;
I@.- - - - -
___ L[~~It..~N~r:",t~~H~'!~J
CR418
L~~
I
I
A
b
bj~~1{
+-_-t"
(,1(420
A
-
I
I
CARDET
,
I..
I
1<'4 .. "
'>IV'.
r - -1'N'ER,iAL - -
L_
-
FQ.lR. -0002,
ASSf ¢NL1
_.J
J!.)MP!R JNSTALLE D I
I ['f04 ~I eN
P(..RTABL[
IL [401
~
y;~~TS:~L~ND5~
_________ .JI
Ck40'Z.
L - -~- - - -SPACE
- -FILTeR-Ispm~
--
INS1All.EO
IK
L
UA
>'
41K
TP
2BDI(
. .J I
r~-;
R,iJoB
R457
c
TllV
I
I
R553
1"-
1141\
J403-B
CI( 1/ 29
A5T1czzl
R458
)
I
----------=-1
--
A
I
O'/~i6
-.J
,
.f
I
(42D
~
t
GNTERNP;Z --6[405l
I ,JUMPER INS7~LllD l
I
tJN P~RTABLE
a f40l. I
I UNIT
fbNL'(
t
!is:=' :_H.l ~~;~ __ J
~~~C~R~"~5~~+-~~~~__-+~~U~1
C,('4/~
Ll--~
RLVDATA
e
Rq.5
/.5K
. 'N'.,
CP.4{3
c
\1e.o
F;P
r r;; RCc-;r;c -,
(i'O
INTGHR ~~-~----'--,
CR4-/6
D
i"Hr\ lb50
E4-o9
LMr~
rRI\HSKIl"T'(R
DrFFERENCEINTEGRAT¢R~!!."
1
LAC!Q...:-£u.!'3__ ___ J
:~4\5 ~:
I Jl;N'lPER ~OP, I
LM~D::~t;_.:T~ON__.l
I
J403-5
bZO
rQ
o
'"""'fc
DT
lOy,
f.","
F1 L 7 £ R
--l R412 3,
ITFt 10 K
I~~;~~\
I
AN5MIT
R492
/OK,
R409
330
I
I
I
I ____________ ,
I
I
J :c:~I~_E~I~
I
I
L
L -----.---
Q--o
~~R
j
IbPTlQN
:
f
:
A
C~
__ ' ____ 1
Gr'-f:;t-,N::'-';"'IT'l-~-,",:1 J4C.;,-
~~:~""-ffi-:_-----"':
'CURKl'nL'.p"
T01(ER
SPEA
J'JMP£.R.
: M~DU.\
~401 J~OIID
96214\
9~7.:,O:
B
7
6
*
5
4
l=o~999221
3
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
I.
D
I
CAPACITANCE VALUE5 ARE IN MICROFARADS
2.
RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN OJ..lM5
3.
RESISTORS ARE .2'WATT,
~
ffil
_ _
AN OPTIONAL 5YNCHRONOU5 CUJP (TM5'W'3)
REGUIRES EXTRA SIGNALS seT AND 5CR
AND " 20 PIN SOCKET FOR UJf.4, 51/ e
TEST FIXTUI"':E .sprUNG PIN
~~:;'i2ri~2ci7':T
(C.
-
5%
PO~ITIOt.l
OF NEA"'E~T
PW~
c
I
l~ ~I
+5V~
I
6
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
102
I
~
---
I ~
I,. .
I
:.:"ov.
7""502
=
I
L~¥f.~IRESETI.
FVNCTIONTIMIN&
I
L.:C:....J
c
I~
W
~
IZ
~oo
00
~
A4lS00
~
B
--l
I
~~LS02
['.I
II
---l
~
--,- -
I
~ " \1
II
-- -
II
I
SPARE.5:
·~
I~ ~I -=
-
_
!
PIN).
.sYMBOLS REPRE'5ENT
MOUNTED
SQU'\RE PINS UTILI!ED FOR JUMPERI~G
CIRC.UIT win" JUMPE.P\ PLU," AS INDICATE.D.
>-O---Q--{
_
~432
~
I
-r:::Y-
~B'-
I~
7486
Ii"~
+12V
-
I~
I~lUI
74LSQ4
1
C+TH.UC",C25 • .L
1
I
B
I
A
L_J
~432
~
70432
~
~
A
no
_
-==:. ~
VS7.SI
I
r-~
l-'I>Iu35
1~17404
L~
-IZV
~8
1::1:1,1.1.1.1.1.1,1.1.1'0/,,1121
7404
~U77
~ 75189A
,r-::;l
j'I1h.
"
.~+5
IZL_
1"_ _ _
-=-<'","1
•• ~~.~""~.~"U_.
I
~~~'u.'o.o~.~O"
~Qn'=I::::::
';::=:::;;;;;;;;;;;;;;:;;;;;;::=::::;;:;:~~~;;;::=::::;:==::;
"MEN!I=~E~'=;:S~~'~o
:""&.6:
;:77
•• ,~,
••~••"O~
'iY
,JMTEXA.sINSTRUM£NTS
d'
•• /,
:~;:g:::;-~:~"
::J u 17
;
.."
"Q
NO
.;;;;;;-0
B
r~
\.
)
,.~
~,--
P"OCESS
CLASSIFICATION
FOItC()llllEL.f.TIONTOQOVT/lNDS
IFICATIOf
IN"4
.l233tD
01
HV
R343
IS
7314
2.7
,
,
_________
II
n~c.
-Il.:---G; ~
E.319 __
-50------0ES2S
0
+1'lV
CIi!!311
~J
1:S~5~
B
""W,,,
TWI5TCD,t:M:::],e
W
I
UPSTA'I
RB7
MA2
MA3
MA4
M ....
M .....
MAl
MA8
MA.
(T~i~)o-
E"I(T""I)
r~
RBI
:;>E95(TP'5)
E%
(TP.9i")
E'37(TP~7)
(T~J;)oE7~
E77
(TPll)
r(T",Z)
(TP'O)
.
,
"
'90~
--.....J
L-
6Y 13
5zy
lf
6A. 14
L-
·n
-..J
,-
~~~U46~:13
L-
"'... 14
GZ
Gi'
15
t--
L---
G~9
fTP4~)
N
tv
(f,:g~
~
01
BI
SH4(
E~
~T~~i)
(~~~~
02
03
04
05
DO>
07
2 IA
4'" 10
3 1'1" 74367
~~~g)
~3
1"li!:Ii
Of
MA'
MAE>
MAl
M ....
MA.
I
I
MAIO
MAlt
}<,
MAI2
MAI3
(TP81)
~EBc.(TPB'Z,)
3 l'f 1<4361 5 '1" ~I
I.
,, ,,
0_ ..
E19 (TP19)
~E81
4~
~IA
• IA
3 f'f 743615'1" II
42A U47S.
I
f-o EM (TPeQ)
ROMIN-
c
I
ON-O
MAIO
MAil
MA12
MAt!
(TP7(.)
£78
(TP7!)
k~
I
~ ~~Il
~~:: o::Ii:;;o:
:l:~~:;;
(Ti7~o-
I
4
2•
5 2Y
E 4Bo-
U49
.0
U
4~'U
~
4A'°f-----
r="
~ 1e
2
~ 2. U48s
~2.Y
I
&y 13
TP~
VII') N
If)
111
I
~
L-
L---
Z
~ I...
"
en""a.!!II
r;'3A,
3'(
;:
0
-
1,~1ol16
fY3
MEM3-
r--! 1'1"IA 7"3675'( Ilf---
sy II
S.o."l---"y 13
G2
:}SH~ I c
~
0;;
-"
~!;:. 19-
.AB
'3.0.
73'1"
(TP... 8)
r1~
MOVO-
E83 (T""3)
0
~
;!:
~
2ft
tA
Iyzlo!-t--
fYIt-!-t--
in
(3)1404
r~~~
:J
U27,yo "
~
III -
~"
M~Yt
SH'.
M-'VO }
7.8
lYZ 10
zyt 1/
2'(0 12
~
~
B
a:
N
N
M£.M '3
+5V
5H 7
~85 6~
74LS'OO
PR4IM-
r7~1.2
r-
o
'---- I--
14LSOO
..
~
<>
'"t.
.
!;i
'"
6
'i bt. to~
t
~
~
1ri
::J
;n
t;
"b
~
iii
"' '" "'
'"
'"'"w
£;
"-
to
£;
w
"'to
'""-'"
~
;;;
4-
t;
~ ;;;
:3w W
"'
~
~w
-
<[
\
:.;:
... «on
"'" '" "
.(
"
<[
O!
<[
t-
<[
'"
<[
2
<[
~
W
Lu
., ~
'"
to
...
0
~
i;
<[
..
~
t--
ii0
<[
J
SH+
~~~~)
(T~~%C;>-Z
on
MEMORY BUFFERS
...
I
I
oJ
1<
~
~
x
oJ)
;.
.... _1
.... 1......._
....
'"
IIJIi
,.
(:;
/
I
(
~
,
~
II
7
8
. '"
~I'
y~
!O
Sfi5
5
6
( ~~~
MEM2.
,Ala.,
4
2
:kc=>~I~I~B:A:N:K~I:======-__________-=========================================-=
3
- ~~----
1"13't U6J8
M£MfM#VO
•I
M2 rt4
MEMJ-
iI
I I AM.?
MAS
o
10
MA4
--+U.
II
; r
-+-+
III.
I.
I MA5
MAt.
I
MAl
}-5H 7
MA8
M"
MAIO
I
I
I
I
1
II
!
I I I I I I I
II
I I MAl!
MAle
MAI3
181 "1211231 Ii 21 31 41 51 .1 71 8
~~~~~:i~~~~ .STZ2Z2.
'" <.> OJ
RII
TP2
TP I
SHT 9 BM>Il-
U28
1~12
c
c
l.rb 2K
7404
IIt)lOB
A5T2222
RECYCLE
R4
i®042K
10
-;.J
N
R6
/'"",-__-<'-_----1--=''- SH
"
A5T2222
-.J
R5
SH4
1~2K
VI 6
UIO
"t7400
B
Y27
V3
~
A5T2222
e
7454-71 V4 •
V5 II
V6 12
V7 13
C¢Il0N
VB
5 E
14
11 F
I
I. H
CSi
15
PU2.
Ii§.
3 ID
420
6 3D
C5Z
I r:b
13 50
----1i60
LltX 02
..
US
eTlD'"
CTl~REP
BREP
7432
N
12
13
"
7408
I ~'I !I'I'
~~~
~J
o
'5
~---
RI4
I
DATA UT
Rig
""'200
2K
A5TZln
C0llCN
'---- ---
N
II
ffi
R2
1140
"
/'"",-__-<>-_----1----"0_ SH
A5T2222
PUPL5-
SH-4-
QI2K
B
R3
RI
U8
74\74
~-
Ii'
..
FUNCTION TIMING
~~~
:l:
I/)
1"11.1>
_
7-+IlD
I
I
6
li~E:~~~~-------l
~
:Zv:
I
~
~.1,-c-
~
:
------'. 2:;1 - 1 2 C '
5H IO{ ~~
I
: :
D-
-12C
TO SI(' 6Nt) AT PS GNDNOl5E
TO -ltV AT PS
:
6NDN
:
:
:
,,
:
:
I
I
~HIO
CLAMP-
,sH 9 BBL3£N-[5J)3 ~ BBL3£NSN9MODI5£LI
I
I
-
:
I
-
:
f - :
fI
SH 9 BBL5£N-[5l)
,sU9MODl5EL-
!
I
"
,
-=- ,
'---
I
I
I,
5:
3~
'---,
BBL5EN-
I
I
I
I
I
SH9 !!.BL7£N-rnJ).3 ')
SH~M003S£L-
~8L7[N-
I
:
5H9MOD45EL-
+-
I
,
,I
SH + DATAIN
SH /0 5TROBE
I
I
-12D
J3,
~ '~&EN-
b
2~OATAOUT
F?
>r
~
r++H~
REP-
4}ANNIH-
s>--XIN-
rl--+H+~ ,,::!-XOUT-
CLAMP-
I
I
/15:
:
~2'
-50-K>
+50
I
I
I
MOD'5£L--<~
:
--<4
GND--K S
DATAIN-+;_
5TROBE~7
E
8)t--PG
, STAGE I OF 4
'
L'l)r.N!~A.L_,s~~E?_J
MOD2SEL--K'
I
As
:
-
:
.ill
:
-
,
=
-= '
:& :
.151
lID.
no
:
I
fiil:
-
I
I :
I
A5
,
A4
,DUAL MEMORY MOOIILE
1-0A..G'!A."'-.9!'9!~? _~
'r5i
I
I 151
, :
:
L __________
'
J
MOD4SH----<'~
/15i"t_H__+_t+t__'
ASi
-
: -
-'-"'-
I
i
MOD3SEL---<,'
I ,
I
-12D--1(8
A3,
I
I
_
rl--+t---1I--++~ 7~P6-:
r++--1!--++--1-t--7(
SH
,
,
f-
-5D
+5
,
'
,I
i
-
f-ID
SH 9 BBLJENlliJ ) 3 Yr-BBLlEN-
-...l
I
N
00
:
-
:
'
I
:
-
~
I
I
GNON
:
,
I
~4,~
r---
,
I
H2~-I2C
I
I
I
I
Ij-O-
,
[
BBL,-EN-
, - , , - - - -
J ( \ I I D .
H
5H9BBLtP£N-J5J)3~
1 ' - - '
I
BC-
i
"
I
5
y++---,1217
" .j-
'
"
I
I
l5L,
71,-A'++--1!--+-'-"'~7 Or
:
SH9B8L4£N~.3).-B8L4[N-
'
Ij
-
I
:
r--- i-------'
i------------l
~
:
:
~I)D-,
A-
i-----------l
SH9BBL2[N~rm)3>-8BLZ£N-
1
,------7, 7>:-A-:
,-----7'-)!---,
I
_ _
:
SH9 BBLO£N:f5l) t).-BBW£N-
'=L/4,~
5
, B
151
r-
:
rr-
, ' -
f-
I
-
~
~
(J)
m
C
.I2l
-
- I
,
-
A6
,
L_____ _
f£~:
~
101 XJN-
XOUT-
OH '2{ :-
BUBBLE CARD INTERFACE
jDI9621;1--~999221
SllIO..l'L.J
.:ALE
T
r.,
\-
fe
..... , .
rEV
I
-
(
')
~
~
B
6
7
.~
t
!5
Z
3
4
NOTE:
m ~OP" 230V OPERATlO~:
~DR
R350= 30K,5W
U350 ... TIL It.."'-
115V OPERATION:
.,lVn
R!:ISO"" 18t<,5W
U360'" TIL \14
01
10
+5V
A3!Ja
....7K
R~71
R359
.. 7K
R.381
ZZOK
Q..~'!)O
4.5T2.'.307
'1"'"
f\351
II<
7
+
U:35.'
Z.ZK
r
I
AC SENSE
R'!I5~
A(
.. 7 K
r"'"
E31-5
+10K
el
R3{PO
"'K
(356
1(350
471<
;47
sov
Ie
E~4'(T'!l4')
£.34(..
-...l
I
tv
SH4
+5V
C~~50
\0
IN"\~fl
R~"~
CR3S1
R%l
l.ZK.
41.tK
I·"
IN~\~n
"'''"
4'1\
R371
4.1K
Z.ZK
£351
B
IN,,+e
UU53
INH"'II
(TPJ52)
R3",O
«f.1K
u;s,
"
B
"'!I1?
t'lOK.
R3104
Z70K
R~b"
N
N
11'51
A5TZ.ttt.
4.1K
r
.,.7K
100
PG
(TP35 I)
(R!)5t
.1
E.JS'Z.
5101 II
R31",
1.1K
F\'!I1Z,
R~l'3
R3BO
SH II
PG-
+
4
R3.1.
180
"~r.4
3'.ZK
V.
~
35+
C
354'
R3"'5
470K
R').'
47K
1%
R3'31
2.2K
R!l~
("!I'!I~
H4
411<
.1
- - - - _ . - - - ----
A
A
UL
\
8
CD
I
7
CONFIGURATION, CORRECT SIGNATURES
BBLOEN, ~I ETC
2. DIODES. ARE
p
3.
I,yqj~
7.
~IIE
'
II.
B
RT54 15 A SILICON TEMPERAru,.1!
RES/STA.NCE IS IK15% AT Z5·C
er---..,
.
1
15
12!]
OE:NaTES IIU/I/ILE MEMOIIY ELEMEI'ITS
...I/YTT4.. OE:NOTES IIUIIBLE MEMOIIY
.. _--, (JRIVE COILS
FIELD
I
-I!f- DENOTES
I
3
1611l~NO
I
l
oJ
SCHOTTKY oloorr
SENSO,.
BAL£. FMPT";o.
~O~04.·Ci(OI
4ZtJDO#'·(JIOZ
I
2
L'~tCN"2.~I.~~ .~i.:._(~"tJ
Till MLUC OF It 41 tIN CU!vgCN IU"Le .scH£MATfr)
.JH££Ttf l IS ~LlcrLD nll.u.,Lt M.r NO, AS
$lIf>WN:
". AlO RCrc1f£NCE DESIGNATION PlfEFIX ASSIGNED TO THIS IJLJAIIfO
CAPACITA·VCE VALUES ARE IN MICROFARADS
10.
@
I
6
/lOT£S: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
CORRr;CT S/6NATURr; Or;~r;ND$ U~N TeRMINAL
B
C.)..I"2'5~35 u~
"'<1 ~
C~"'-~Z.71(.\.-;._ ..
I
I}/!(;r"
I~~ ~
2:!.l;!4";; "'-1"'1
6
SH'"
~D)2""""
I e£SISTO~
fCZ-i;:--Al
5:;;;'li;;JrI 0
W4J"i4f(P) CL",,.
... f.i'r.
•. 6~ n..
II.SK A
I~2111)114' :;~f~J
'''-11
. . ~,i..
~,~.
Y COil DRIVE
5. RES/STAJo'CE VALUES ARE IN OH_WS
ALL ReSISTORS ARE 1/4 W Z 5%
~.
, PI;5 7~(~_ _ _ _....._ _ _ _-,
1171
390
1174
390
I
~;" r--~-~'--l
I):
---rNOgf If
__~-+____~3~1__-G
.:'1
i
'
~.
r
11
11'5
I
r--~----~~----~
~
(57~1'
03,
'1"
IW
c
c
n-'~fI1~\
,
~
~r---~"~-4~~-J~
7402
(t:j:~~-_-
~
o
-t
1>5-3
.gJ~7 ~
'00.
-,.
~
HL7ii[jJ
C/OII.
·w
,
>1013
BI
~
?"
It
C/7
ZOO.
.1M~7
VitI!!>
~ IN7I"A
50V
,
Cl~
Cli
15 •
IJZ
7c.
~
""16IDI~I"
SHf234
lEY 'TATUS
"$HUTS
-l
~O'lO-OOI
$C"!.-E fJCt~£
43
~,
...'n !{iF
A
~
~
5
6
7
8
~.
4
2
3
o
o
+~--------------~-----------,
.,77
~90
Rao
390
r::lE>
Ii
4
1
1
7PIZ
_5V
)~_"'-""~H_-LJ
T
c,u
-.-
.DD47
T
1
II
CRI~
lJ
VSHljO
I
W
I
(~:11:~~~)
-I
BSL £N
"5-7 (
A
[D
CRI'
V,sK"O
f"
7PIO
c~
7402
C'-'3
I
r
v~;~:
DRIV' COIL
C/9
.0047
zoo v
r ~SKl30
CR4
P3-8
CR6
~
R5,
I
C14
f
sov
R7tJ
IK
US-4
(~H3,O)
B
GND NOISf
c
L ________ .J
~/£IZ
l ____ J
-.J
CZ4
sov
:I
ZOOV
c
~
"75
f,
7402
~HJ(C-3)
r - - - tt>--_I~---l
13 1 ""DO!":::!
~
7P7
P5-B (
""7
7S
, - - - - -7V
3.9 K
VSKI3,)
..
~
It'"
-lie
,.~
B
10
."
I~I~
TP'
L ________ ...l
N
en
en
en
o
I
+5V
~
1400
"
"
X COIL DRIVE
999234 ID
!."U'T
2
flWJ)
•
e
7
P2-~
w-.' -
-50
•• •
1\
nL'
4
_TPl4
1'2-4
DI
2
31
TPI~
P,-".
"..
"..
VGlN
P2-8
"50
I Y
ID
c"f-J..
RH
~z~g
f
I~v
c.,..L
1.141(,.,. ,
-
JovI
r.ND
":"
I
.
":"
P3-4
e
f
ANN~.
:l~
,
__________~~r-~
~
£25
£2"
• £22
TP2, 0 -
U9~:
£23
~13
U9~
4
Ie
TP27
TPZtf.
RZ.,
~6'
,II.
10
IV.
":"
QIOCOlltt.TOR
(!1HZ. ~","·7)
3 IW
,""- TP25
• TPll
sbvI
~--~~------+----!~~~
+5
P3-6
W
N
,'"
, T"o"
..22
U9W
-.J
I
aZ4
J:po·
RI1
~.
E'~zo
REP
c,o .
P3-5
,422
£20
+S~=-----~----~
P,S-3
.
R,9
"24
Ra2
10
IV.
ANNIUILATE
R,
100
,%
REPLICATE
~
P3-'
-'2D-
rRANV • • ,N
rlflltNSFEIt tlliT
GENERATE
+$D----~__~~--~
.,
C.I
C7
.1
B
~
100V
PZ-6 "
-lID
OIITAIN
~,(
OMII
(~~~::)iiiLiil
[jJ
PZ-7
~I
~~
7.00
*
"MOO
(,w
I'
:
P3-Z
(
liATAOUT
I
U,
1317400
__
C2
.001
2DOV
12
TPZB
/I
C4
.1
JIl)()V
.C.lI
.(J()/
~R4
100
YTP34
IK
.,.. 7,6
I/oov
lOX
1%
'"
C5
470PF lr ZOOV
R5
---""""
+30.
'K
bTP35
9'39236-0001 AsS'I ONLY
999234 I {)
NC
~
f-~'"
"
zoo.
10K 1% R6
+eo
pz-, ( MoESfL
Q
3r-------------~
117
'K
RI5
A
'"
nr-----------~
MC,S.ofL4t------------~
R'4
.,.
'"m
I<)
r-______________jS~N~5~~~~~T~_________l • Alt4 1Hr-------------~
3 1 - - - - - - - -...
,
•
IOOV
( -'j
()
I>.
~
~
6
7
B
+12 D
D
/'2-3
f---
F2- 4
(
,
·5D
REB
1n
~
4
5
3
R9()
SH
1/2W
Vf1lF
TPI4
't-!.D
TPIS
PI· 1,8 ~(---_-t--+--'
pz· 8 "
-12D
CZ,
1's6v
so.
VGlN
liS/)
Tr/~
---"N'Y----
cn
,
1
.5Ml.~21
:i--qf~
R49
2.7
R3
'Printllble CharKters
z
I
\
Printer Control Characters
mlllmm
j
l
1:::::::::::::::::1
I
y
[
;
x
APPENDIX E
ERROR CODES
E.l INTRODUCTION
This appendix provides a quick reference of the error codes that may be encountered when using the
terminal. The code digits and their meanings are given in table D-1.
Table E-1. Error Codes
Meaning
Attempted to transmit when a receive only condition exists or communication is not
enabled.
Attempted creation of a file with a record length greater than 80 characters.
An invalid parameter was entered, i.e., a letter in place of a number.
Attempted to create a file whose name already exists in the catalog.
Invalid source entry when using a COPY command, i.e., in command, COPY 5file TO
data23, the source 5file is not a file in the catalog.
Invalid destination entry when using the copy command, i.e., in COPY data23 TO 5file,
the destination file is not a file in the catalog.
File not found.
The structure of the COPY command is not correct.
Attempted to use a file already in use.
Attempted to delete, erase, lock or free an undefined file.
Catalog full, the maximum number of files (16) already exists in the catalog.
File undefined.
Attempted to create a file that was larger than available memory space.
Attempted to create a file of zero or negative size.
Attempted to enter too many characters into a record.
Attempted to write more characters in a file than were allowed by the CREATE
command.
E-1
Table E-l. Error Codes (Continued)
Code
Meaninc
77
Record file is full. Record pointer is at the end of the file (rewind isrequired if data is to be
written in the record file).
83
Attempted to read past the end-of-file.
84
Attempted to write into a locked file.
88
Attempted to do an ASR function to a file that has been defined as RECOR D or PLA YBACK but does not exist.
93
Attempted creation of a file with an invalid or reserved name (i.e., file name did not begin
with an alphabetic character or was named KEY or TO).
94
Attempted creation of a file or invalid typ.e (i.e., not C or L format).
BSn(l)
Bubble memory synchronization begin attempted by the terminal. The number of the
bubble memory module is represented by n. If the I is printed, the bubble module is
inaccessible due to lost mask .
.
BRnm
One of the three mask pages needed regeneration. The bubble memory module number is
represented by n and the page number is represented by m.
El32
Default parameters have been installed, possible loss of data.
E176
Bubble memory space has decreased, possible data loss.
E214
Bubble memory system inoperative.
E-2
APPENDIX F
INTERNATIONAL KEYBOARD LAYOUTS AND SYMBOLIZATION
F.l INTRODUCTION
This appendix contains illustrations of the keyboard functions with various combinations of keys
depressed for the international keyboards.
Figure F-l. United Kingdom Keyboard Symbolization
GJGJGJCJG]GJGJGJGJGJGJDDEJEJ
D[JwGJ[JGJGJ[JCJwGJ~~0EJ8
~WWWwwwwwwDDGJa~
DGJGJGJGJGJ[J[JDD[JDD~
I
.
I
SPACE
~~[[[p
R~OMM()
ONLINEO
Figure F-2. FCTN and CONTROL and SHIFT not depressed and NUM LOCK not selected.
UPPER CASE not selected: A through Z are lower case.
UPPER CASE selected: A through Z are upper case.
F-I
~.
,
Figure F-3. SHIFT key depressed and FCTN and CONTROL keys not depressed.
(Independent of UPPER CASE lock) A through Z are upper case.
BrJ8EJDDDDCJOCJEJEJ5JEJEJ
BEJEJEJEJEJBEJEJEJEJ~~EJEJ8
DBEJ888~8a~mm~B~
D EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ G EJ ~ EJ D D::::8
I
SPACE
I ~~[[Cb. RE=S
a
ON L1NEO
Figure F-4. CONTROL key depressed and FCTN key not depressed.
DDDDDDEJEJEJDDDDEJEJ
DDDDDDDEJ[][]D~~EJEJ8
DDDDDDD[][][]DD~B~
DDDDDDDEJEJEJDDD~=:8
I
I
~':~
RE=S
ON LIN EO
Figure F-S. NUM MODE seJected and FCTN, CONTROL, and SHIFT keys. not depressed.
F-2
'
EJEJG0EJ0EJGDDDDDEJEJ
(
DDDDDDDDDDDD~~EJ8
DDDDDDDDDDDDDGJ~
DDDDDDDDDDDDB=:8
I
~~~[[Jo
]
RE~~
ON lINEO
Figure F-6. FUNCTION Key Depressed.
~
0
b}~
0
0
b4b3b2b~
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
,0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
NUL
OLE
SP
0
@
\
p
0
0
0
1
SOH
DC1
!
1
A
a
a
q
0
0
1
0
STX
DC2
"
2
B
R
b
r
0
0
1 1
ETX
DCl
£
l
C
S
c
s
0
1
0
0
EOT
DC4
$
4
0
T
d
t
0
1
0
1
ENQ
NAK
%
5
E
U
e
u
0
1 1
0
ACK
SYN
&
6
F
V
f
v
0
1
1 1
BEL
ETB
7
G
W
9
w
1
0
0
0
BS
CAN
(
8
H
X
h
x
1
0
0
1
HT
EM
)
9
I
Y
i
y
1
0
1
0
IF
SUB
*
:
J
Z
j
z
1
0
1
1
VT
ESC
+
,
K
[
k
t
1
1
0
0
FF
FS
,
<
l
I
I
I
1 1
0
1
CR
GS
-
=
M
]
m
}
1
1
0
SO
RS
>
N
n
-
1 1 1 1
SI
US
"
?
0
0
DEL
1
/
----
Figure F-7. U.K. ASCII and Special Character Set Encoding
F-3
Figure F -8. U.K. Pound Sterling Sign
Figure F-9. French Keyboard Arrangement Symbolization
Figure F-IO. FCTN and CONTROL and SHIFT not depressed and NUM MODE not selected.
UPPER CASE not selected: A through Z are lower case.
UPPER CASE selected: A through Z are upper case.
F-4
(
LJ~~[]CJLJ[]CJDCJ[J[2JuEJB
D~Q~~QQ~QQQ~~0BB.
Dwwwwwwwww~DGJB~
8CJGJGJGJGJeJO" DDCJBD
SHIFT
w
"
I
X
C
V
•
..
I
SPACE
SHIFT
,COMMAND()
NUMrrrlr'\
lOCK~
PlAYBACKO
RECORo()
COMMO
ON LlNEO
Figure F-ll. SHIFT key depressed and FCTN and CONTROL keys not depressed.
(Independent of UPPER CASE Lock)A through Z are upper case.
BBBEJDDDDCJ[J[JBEJ5JEJB
Figure F-12. CONTROL key depressed and FCTN key not depressed.
DDDDDDEJEJEJDDDDEJB
DDDDDDD·EJ[][]D~~0B8
DDDDDDD~D~DDGJB~
DDDDDDDEJEJEJDDD~~
I
I
~~~
R~:.2
ON LlNEO
Figure F-13. NUM MODE selected and FCTN, CONTROL, and SHIFT keys not depressed.
F-S
~~G0~00GDDDDDEJEJ
DDDDDDDDDDD~~0BB
DDDDDDDDDDDDGJB~
DDDD8~:a:c~
I_
J ~~ITIJo
DDDDDDDD
RECORoQ
COMM()
ON LlNEO
Figure F-14. FUNCTION Key Depressed
~
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,,
,
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
,
,
,
,
,,
,,
0
0
0
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
~
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
,
0
,
0
,,
0
0
0
,
0
,
0
0
0
0
NUL
OLE
SP
SOH
DC'
!
,
@
STX
DC2
"
ETX
DC3
EOT
,
,,
0
,,
0
\
p
A
P
Q
a
q
2
B
R
b
r
#
3
C
S
c
s
DC4
$
4
0
T
d
t
ENQ
NAK
%
5
E
U
e
u
ACK
SYN
6
F
V
f
v
BEL
ETB
&
,
7
G
W
9
w
BS
CAN
(
8
H
X
h
x
HT
EM
)
9
1
Y
i
y
LF
SUB
*
J
Z
j
z
VT
ESC
+
,
K
[
k
FF
FS
,
<
L
CR
GS
-
=
M
SO
RS
>
N
n
-
SI
US
?
0
0
DEL
0
/
I
I
Figure F-15. French ASCII and Special Character Set Encoding
F-6
m
,
(
Figure F-16. Germany Keyboard Arrangement Symbolization
{
Figure F-17. FCTN and CONTROL and SHIFT not depressed and NUM MODE not selected.
UPPER CASE not selected: A through Z, A, 0, U are lower case, {j
UPPER CASE selected: A through Z, A, 0, U are upper case, I
CJ~~CJCjDEJEJ~CJLJDDEJEJ
DGJw[JGJGJ[JwCJGJGJGJ~BEJ8
DwWwwwwwww00D~~
EJ [J GJ GJ [J GJ [J
D~:::8
I
I
w DDDB
SPACE
NUMrTT""lr-\
lOCKL..Ll......J'-I
RECORoO
COMMO
ON LIN EO
Figure F-18. SHIFT key depressed and FCTN and CONTROL keys not depressed.
(Independent of UPPER CASE lock) A through Z, A, 0, U are upper case.
F-7
BB8EJDDDDDDDEJEJDEJEJ
I EJ EJ I I
B I IEJ 0 EJ DIC~ARIIFI~L11 I 1
CTRLI
ENO
DC211 DC41
NAK
KEY
JENTE
DBEJB8a~0a~DDD~~
IEJE] EJ EJ G ~
',
I
I
-v
D I
EJ GEJD D::::8
SUB
NUM~
LOCKlli.JV
SPACE
RECORoQ
COM..r\
ON LlNEO
Figure F-19. CONTROL key depressed and FCTN key not depressed.
DDDDDDEJEJEJDDDDEJEJ
DDDDDDDEJLJ[]DD&j~B8
DDDDDDD~D[]DDD~~
DDDDD~;::8
DD IDDDDDEJ
I
L-...--_____
.
0
~~r:~
RECORoQ
COMM()
ONLiNEO
Figure F-20. NUM MODE selected and FCTN, CONTROL, and SHIFT keys not depressed.
8~GGEJGGGDDDDDEJEJ
DDDDDDDDDDDD~~B8
DDDDDDDDDDDD~EJ~
D.DDDDDDDDDDDD::::8
.
I'
J
.
0
' - - - - - - - -
~~[[]O
Figure F-21. FUNCTION Key Depressed
F-8
RECORoQ
COMM()
ONliNEO
(-
~
0
0
0
0
0
0
b.tb3b2bl
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
NUL
OLE
0
0
0
1
SOH
DCl
0
0
1
0
STX
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
,
0
@
P
\
p
1
A
Q
a
q
De2
"
2
B
R
b
r
ETX
DC3
#
3
C
S
c
s
0
EaT
DC4
$
4
0
T
d
t
0
1
ENQ
NAK
%
5
E
U
e
u
1
1
0
ACK
SYN
6
F
V
f
v
0
1
1
1
BEL
ETB
8t
,
7
G
W
9
w
1
0
0
0
BS
CAN
(
8
H
X
h
x
1
0
0
1
HT
EM
)
9
I
Y
i
y
1
0
1
0
IF
:
J
Z
j
z
1
0
1
1
K
A
k
•
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
SP
SUB
.,
VT
ESC
+
,
0
FF
FS
,
<
l
a
I
0
0
1
CR
GS
-
=
M
U
m
u
1
1
0
so
RS
>
N
n
1
1
1
SI
US
?
a
0
.
/
DEL
Figure F -22. Germany Keyboard
BEiD~~8D
Figure F-23. German Characters
F-9
Figure F-24. Sweden/Finland Keyboard Arrangement Symbolization
wGJGJ[J[J [J[JGJGJGJ CJ[JGJEJB
DGJ[JGJGJ[J[J[J[JwGJ[J~~EJB
~GJGJGJGJ[JGJ[J[J[JGJGJDGJ~
D [J [J GJ GJ GJ [J D D [J D D~~;:~~8
I
w
SPACE
I
NUMrrT"lr-'I
LOCKlLL.J'-l
RECORDO
COMMO
ON lINEO
Figure F-25. FCTN and CONTROL and SHIFT not depressed and NUM MODE not selected.
UPPER CASE not selected: A through Z, A, 0, A are lower case, U.
UPPER CASE selected: A through Z, A, 0, A are upper case, '.
LJ~~CJ~CJ~CJDCJLJ[]DEJEJ
Dw[JGJGJ[J[J[J[JwGJ[J~EEEJ8
DGJGJGJGJ[JGJ[J[J[J00DGJ~
B [J [J GJ GJ [J CJ
B D~~:a::8
I
GJ
w
SPACE
DD
I
NUMrrT"lr-'I
LOCKlLL.J'-l
RECORoQ
COMMO
ON lINEO
Figure F-26. SHIFT key depressed and FCTN and CONTROL keys not depressed.
(Independent of UPPER CASE lock) A through Z are A, 0, A are upper case.
F-lO
BB 8 EJ 0 0000 DO G'a 0 EJ EJ
IBEJEJElEJEJBElGElBOEa~EJ8
OEJEJEJEJEJEJEJEJc:JDDDG~
DEJEJBEJEJGEJEJEJGDD~~
I
I
SPACE
~':ITIP
'
RE=8
ONLiNfO
Filure F-27.CONTROL key depressed and FCTN key not depressed.
DDDODOEJEJEJDDOOEJEJ
DDOODOD~~~OOEa~EJ8
DDDDDDDt:JEJEJDDDB~
DDDDDDDEJEJEJDDD==8
I
I
~~,:rrr:.
RECORo()
cOMM()
ON LlNEO
Filure F-28. NUM MODE selected and FCTN, CONTROL, and SHIFT keys not depressed.
~~G0~0G000DDDEJEJ
DDDODODODDOD~~EJ8
DDDDDDDDDDDDDG~
DDDDDDDDDDDD8~
J
I_
.
~----.
Figure F-29. Function Key Depressed.
(F-ll
~':ITIJo
RECORo()
COMM()
OHliNEO
~bsb
0
7b~
0
0
b4b3b2b~
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
.
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
NUL
OLE
SP
0
0
0
0
1
SOH
DCl
!
A
a
a
q
0
0
1
0
STX
DC2
..
1
2
B
R
b
r
0
0
1
1
De3
#
3
C
s
1
0
0
OCt
$
4
0
S
T
c
0
ETX
EOT
d
t
0
1
0
1
ENQ
NAK
%
6
E
U
u
0
1
1
0
ACK
SYN
6
F
V
f
y
0
1
1
1
BEL
ETB
•,
•
7
G
W
w
1
0
0
0
BS
CAN
(
8
H
X
•
h
x
1
0
0
1
HT
EM
)
9
I
Y
i
y
1
0
1
0
SUB
*
:
J
Z
j
z
1
0
1
1
IF .
VT
ESC
+
,
K
A
k
•
1
1
0
0
FF
FS
,.
<
0
I
1
1
0
1
CR
GS
-
.
l
M
A
m
1
1
1
0
SO
RS
.
•
•
>
N
n
U
1
1
1
1
SI
US
I
?
0
0
DEL
p
Figure F-30. Sweden/Finland ASCII and Special Charader Set Encoding
\
Figure F-31. Sweden/Finland Keyboard Charaders
F-12
p
(
Ficure F-32. Den.....k/Norw.y Keyboard Arrancement Symboliz.tion
[J GJ GJ [J GJ [J GJ GJ.W GJ [J [J DEJ EJ
DGJ[J[J[JGJGJGJCJGJGJ~~0EJB
~WWWWwwwWwwQD~~
(
DGJGJGJGJGJwwOOCJDD=s
I
I
SMC£
~~[[[p
R~:~
ON L1NEO
Figure F-33. FCTN and CONTROL .ad SHIFT not depressed and NUM MODE n.ot selected.
UPPER CASE not selected: A throuCh Z,Ii., 0, A are lower c.se.
UPPER CASE selected: A throuCh Z,Ii., 0, A are lower c.se.
CJ ~ c:J [J CJ CJ [J CJ OT] [] [] 0 EJ EJ
DGJ[J[J[JGJGJGJCJGJGJGJEBffiEJB
DWwGJWwwwWwGJQ[J~~
B GJ GJGJ GJ GJ WW [] D CJ B D~a::8
I
I
SPACE
~~[[[p
R~:~
ON lINEO
-;:;:-".
Ficure F-34.SHIFT key depressed .nd FCTN and CONTROL keys not depressed.
(Independent of UPPER CASE lock) A throuc" Z are upper case.
F-13
BBBEJDDDDDDGEJEJDEJEJ
BEJEJEJEJEJBEJEJEJEJD~~EJB
DBEJB8a~86~DDDGJ~
EJ EJE] EJ EJ EJ
D~:::c~
D
I
G EJ BIB D
~~rrrP
SPACE
-RECORD()
cOMM()
ON lINEO
----~-~-
--
Figure F-35. CONTROL key depressed and FCTN key not depressed.
DDDDDDEJEJEJDDDDEJEJ
DDDDDDDEJ[]EJDD~~EJB
DDDDDDDEJ~[]DDDGJ~
DDDDDDD~ EJ~DDD=a::8
I_
I
' - - - - - - - - -
~~~[I)t
RECORoQ
COMM()
ONlINEO
Figure F-36. NUM MODE selected and FCTN, CONTROL, and SHIFT keys not depressed.
EJEJGEJEJEJEJEJDDDDDEJEJ
DDDDDDDDDDDD~~EJB
DDDDDDDDDDDDDGJ~
DDDDDDDDDDDD8~;::8
I
J ~~[]]O
RECORoQ
_
COMMO
ON lINEO
Figure F-37. FUNCTION Key Depressed
F-14
/
"---
~
b1
0
0
0
0
b4b3b2:
(
0
0
0
1
0
0
~
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
(I
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
•
0
0
0
0
NUL
OLE
SP
0
@
p
0
0
0
1
SOH
DCl
!
1
A
Q
a
0
0
1
0
STX
DC2
"
2
B
R
b
r
0
0
1
1
ETX
OC3
#
3
C
S
c
s
0
1
0
0
EOT
DC4
$
4
0
T
d
t
0
1
0
1
ENQ
NAK
%
5
E
U
•
u
0
1
1
0
ACK
SYN
lk
6
F
V
f
v
0
1
1
1
BEL
ETB
·
1
G
W
I
w
1
0
0
0
BS
CAN
(
8
H
X
h
x
1
0
0
1
HT
EM
)
I
Y
i
y
1
0
1
0
LF
SUB
..
9
:
J
Z
j
z
1
0
1
1
VT
ESC
+
•
K
1
1
0
0
FF
FS
•
<
L
1
1
0
1
CR
GS
·
=
M
1
1
1
0
SO
RS
>
N
n
1
1
1
1
SI
US
?
0
0
/
A
•
A
Filure F-38. Denmark/Norway ASCII and Special Charader Set
Figure F-39. Denmark/Norway Charaders
(
F-15
k
I
m
q
A
•
•
DEL
APPENDIX G
(
Table G-l. Models 763/165 Optional Internal Electronics Jumpers (Upper PWB)
Signals
PWB Jumper Points
SIGNAL GROUND/
CHASSIS GROUND
OPTION
SIGNAL and CHASSIS
GROUNDS ISOLATED (STANDARD)
SIGNAL GROUND TO CHASSIS GROUND
E366-E367
E365-E366
CARRIER DETECT
DELAY
LONG (STANDARD) 3 to 7 SECONDS
SHORT 1 to 2 SECONDS
E425-E426
NO JUMPER
Use
Upper Board (937300).
G-l
(
(
(
Sales and Service Offices of Texas Instruments are located
throughout the United States and in major countries
overseas. Contact the Digital Systems DiviSiO. n, ~
Texas Instruments Incorporated, P.O. Box 1444,
Houston, Texas 77001, or call (713) 491-5115,
for the location of the office nearest to you.
Texas Instruments reserves the right to make chsnges at any time to
improve design and supply the best product poeaible.
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
INCORPORATED
Printed in U.S.A.
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-21:37:19 Create Date : 2017:08:05 09:14:36-08:00 Modify Date : 2017:08:05 09:58:16-07:00 Metadata Date : 2017:08:05 09:58:16-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:ec9167ce-dbb5-2f4c-8f12-ee49c0c67a41 Instance ID : uuid:fe79e0a6-6b1a-394b-9962-b8929a45af9a Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 294EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools